Home

CJ-series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ

1. Word Bits Type Description Range 0 00 to 15 Time Milliseconds 0 to 59999 1 00 to 04 Hours 0 to 23 07 Daylight saving time indi 0 Standard time cation 1 Daylight saving time 08 to 13 Minutes 0 to 59 2 00 to 05 Date Month of the year 0 to 12 08 to 12 Day of the month 0 to 31 13 to 15 Day of the week 0to7 3 08 to 14 Year 0 to 99 CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 A 23 Appendices A 7 Slave Diagnostics Message A 7 1 A 24 Slave Diagnostics Data Message Every PROFIBUS DP slave device has to support the transfer of acyclic diagnostics message The contents of these messages allow a PROFIBUS Master Unit to assess the status of the slave device in every state of the communication The diagnostics message format is defined in the PROFIBUS stan dard The slave diagnostics message consists of at least 6 mandatory bytes If supported the slave can send additional extended diagnostics bytes in the same message The extended diagnostics format is defined in the PROFIBUS standard The extended bytes are usually only included in the diagnostics message if an event has occurred which results in extended diagnostics In some cases the PROFIBUS Master Unit will itself form a slave Diagnostics message This is the case if the slave device is not responding to any request sent by the Master Unit The format of the message will be the same as a message
2. Diag Station_Non_Existent Diag Station_Not_Ready Diag Cfg_Fault Diag Ext_Diag Diag Not_Supported Diag Invalid_Slave_Response Diag Prm_Fault Diag Master_Lock Bit Name Description 00 Diag Station_Non_Existent This bit is set by the Master Unit if the slave does not respond to any of the request messages sent by the master If this bit is set the diagnostic bits contains the state of the last diagnostic message or the initial value The slave device sets this bit to zero in case of a correct response 01 Diag Station_Not_Ready This bit indicates that the slave device is not yet ready for data transfer 02 Diag Cfg_Fault Set by the slave device this bit indicates that the last received configuration data from the Master Unit are rejected The configuration data in the slave device dif fer from the configuration sent by the Master Unit abessay sonsouBbelg ALIS Z Y 03 Diag Ext_Diag This bit indicates that the diagnostics message returned by the slave device con tains extended diagnostics i e it contains more than the mandatory 6 bytes 04 Diag Not_Supported In case the Master Unit sent a message to the slave device which is not sup ported by that device this bit will be set by the slave device 05 Diag Invalid_Slave_Respon This bit is set by the Master Unit if the slave has returned an invalid response to a se Master request message
3. Hide Hides the Error Log view View Error Logging FDT Monitoring View The FDT Monitoring view displays the communication between the FDT Container application i e CX ConfiguratorF DT and any of the DTMs The communication is listed as a sequence of function calls from the CX ConfiguratorFDT to a DTM and vice versa Note The FDT Monitoring view is hidden by default After starting CX ConfiguratorF DT the window will be displayed by selecting the View FDT Monitoring option from the main menu The purpose of the FDT Monitoring view is troubleshooting in case problems occur with third party DTMs The contents of the window can be copied to the clipboard to allow it to be pasted into another document or into an email The messages themselves as well as the sequence of mes sages may hold additional clues in case of problems CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 3 Configuration Software The format used in the FDT Monitoring view is Time lt Time gt Date lt Date gt lt Information Type gt lt message gt The message may include the name of the DTM involved in the communication The figure below shows an example of an FDT Monitoring message sequence This example sequence is generated when opening a CJU1W PRM21 PROFIBUS Master Unit DTM Doig FOT Morita Ui Acteren sir By right clicking the mouse cursor in the FDT Monitoring view a context menu is displayed
4. Section 5 Troubleshooting This section describes the event codes error confirmation methods and corrections for errors that can occur Section 6 Inspection and Maintenance This section describes the contents of periodic inspections the service life of the Bat tery and Power Supply Units and replacement methods for the Battery and Power Supply Units Appendices The appendices provide the specifications of the Basic I O Units Unit dimensions load short circuit protection detection line disconnection detection and measures for EMC Directives A NJ series CPU Unit Software User s Manual Cat No W501 Section Description Section 1 This section provides an introduction to the NJ series Controllers and their features Introduction and gives the NJ series Controller specifications Section 2 This section describes the variables and control systems of the CPU Unit and CPU CPU Unit Operation Unit status Section 3 This section describes how to use I O ports how to create the slave configuration I O Ports Slave Configuration and Unit Configuration and unit configuration and how to assign functions Section 4 Controller Setup This section describes the initial settings of the function modules Section 5 Designing Tasks This section describes the task system and types of tasks Section 6 Programming This section describes programming including the programming languages and the var
5. ERRORS AND OMISSIONS The information in this manual has been carefully checked and is believed to be accurate however no responsibility is assumed for clerical typographical or proofreading errors or omissions 16 CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 Safety Precautions Definition of Precautionary Information The following notation is used in this manual to provide precautions required to ensure safe usage of an NJ series Controller The safety precautions that are provided are extremely important to safety Always read and heed the information provided in all safety precautions The following notation is used Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which if not avoided could result in death or serious injury Additionally there may be severe property damage D ececautions for Safe Use Indicates precautions on what to do and what not to do to ensure safe usage of the product H Precautions for Correct Use Indicates precautions on what to do and what not to do to ensure proper operation and performance CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 17 Symbols 18 SP gt The circle and slash symbol indicates operations that you must not do The specific operation is shown in the circle and explained in text This example indicates prohibiting disassembly The triangle symbol indicates precautions including warni
6. 19 Master Unit version and DTM version do not match Please select DTM that can be used with the connected device refer to section 1 2 2 Specifi cations The selected DTM is not suitable to configure the connected PROFIBUS Master CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 Please use the DTM as specified in the error message A 17 sebessay 10113 pue Buruseny 1G440 e1nbyu0g x9D S Y Appendices ij Communication Error Messages The table below lists the Error messages related to CX Server communication between the PROFIBUS Master Unit DTM and the CPU Number Message Description Correction 50 Communication Failure with The communication between the PC Ensure there are no problems with Unit and the Unit on the CPU could not be the connection between the Per achieved sonal Computer and the CPU Ensure the Master Unit has been correctly mounted Refer to section 2 2 Installing the PROFIBUS Mas ter Unit for detailed information Make sure the Device settings are correct Perform one of the following suc cessfully to confirm the problem has been solved Download configuration Communication Test in Device Settings tab Update monitoring data Slave Diagnostics clearing error log A 18 CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 Number 51 Message Communication Failure with CPU Description T
7. Move the sliders toward the back until they lock into place i i i i Precautions for Correct Use Special information Postoi e Coe E The sliders on the tops and bottoms of the Powe r Supply Unit CPU Unit I O Units Special 1 O Icons indicate Units and CPU Bus Units must be completely locked until they click into place after connecting the adjacent Unit connectors precautions additional information or reference information 0B M a n u al n a m e NJ series CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W500 suun Bununow r syuauodwog J9I Q1 U0D BudeUUOD L E Level 1 heading Level 2 heading r Level 3 heading Gives the current headings Page tab Gives the number of the main section This illustration is provided only as a sample It may not literally appear in this manual Special Information Special information in this manual is classified as follows D recautions for Safe Use Precautions on what to do and what not to do to ensure safe usage of the product H Precautions for Correct Use Precautions on what to do and what not to do to ensure proper operation and performance EB orl Information Additional information to read as required This information is provided to increase understanding or make operation easier Note References are provided to more detailed or related information CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 Introduction Precaut
8. and an Error message will be displayed in the Error Log view of CX ConfiguratorFDT The communication settings must be changed to the correct value first When CX Server has been setup correctly it can be used for e Configuration download e Monitoring purposes Downloading Parameters In order to download the parameter sets to the PROFIBUS Master Unit perform the following sequence 1 Select the DTM in the Network view and right click the mouse to display the context menu 2 Select Download Parameters from the menu to initiate a download A communication channel through CX Server will be opened automatically Alternatively the following can be done e Select the DTM in the Network view and press the Download button in the toolbar to start the download process Monitoring For monitoring an online connection with the Unit must be made first To achieve this perform the following sequence 1 To go online perform one of the following actions 3 36 CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 3 Configuration Software e Select the DTM in the Network view e Select the Device Go Online option from the main menu or the DTM context menu or e Select the A button from the Tool Bar 2 A communication channel will be opened through CX Server The name of the DTM in the Net work view will turn to Italic font to indicate that the Unit is online 3 From the context menu select th
9. 7 Troubleshooting and Maintenance Bit Name Description Correction MstrMdCmdErr Mode command error An error has occurred when setting two or more mode switches in Switch Word _SwCmd The flag will be set to TRUE until the correct command i e one mode switch has been issued MstrParamErr Parameter error An error has occurred initializing the PROFIBUS interface after reading the parameter sets from the non volatile memory to the volatile memory Most likely cause A faulty parameters has been down loaded to the Unit To correct this Check the parameter settings in CX Con figuratorFDT and correct them if necessary After correc tion perform a download of the new parameters to the Unit 7 12 CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 1 4 7 Troubleshooting and Maintenance Troubleshooting the Network 7 4 1 Troubleshooting Parameter Download The PROFIBUS Master DTM provides clear error messages if downloading of the parameters to the PROFIBUS Master Unit fails Failure can be due to any of the following e Errors or inconsistencies in the slave parameter sets which are checked prior to download e The Master DTM being unable to establish communication with the CJ1W PRM21 PROFI BUS Master Unit e A communication interruption of the process during download Errors in Slave Parameter Sets The error messages displayed will provide a clear indication of the problem
10. B Line A Line Termination Resistors w e 3900 2200 Network 3900 110 mH Network ae 110 mH In order to minimize cable reflections and ensure a defined signal level on the data lines the data transfer cable must be terminated at both ends with a termi nating resistor combination The bus termination diagram is shown on the left The bus terminator connects the two data lines via a 220 Q resistor which in turn is connected to VP 5VDC and DGND via two 390 Q resistors Powering the terminator resistor via VP 5V and DGND ensures a defined idle state poten tial on the data lines To ensure the correct functioning up to the highest baud rate the bus cable must be terminated at both its ends A missing bus termination can cause errors during data transfer Problems can also arise if too many bus terminators are fitted since each bus terminator rep resents an electrical load and reduces the signal levels and thus the signal to noise ratio Too many or missing bus terminators can also cause intermittent data transfer errors particularly if the bus segment is operated close to the specified limits for maximum numbers of devices maximum bus segment length and maximum data transfer rate In addition to the bus termination additional precautions must be taken to ensure proper operation at high baud rates i e baud rates of 500 kbps and higher Due to the capacitive load o
11. CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 1 17 1q440 e1nbyu0g X9 1 sainjea4 1 Q4oyeinByuoD XD 1 1 Features and System Configuration e Communication channels to facilitate data transfer through PROFIBUS DP V1 MSAC1 acy clic message transfer between a PROFIBUS DP V1 slave device DTM and the physical slave device e Communication channels to facilitate data transfer through PROFIBUS DP V1 Class 2 acyclic message transfer between a PROFIBUS DP V1 slave device DTM and the physical slave device This also allows direct connection to third party PROFIBUS slave devices supporting PROFIBUS DP V1 Class 2 e g PROFIBUS PA devices SmartSlice GRT1 series GRT1 PRT DTM SmartSlice GRT1 series GRT1 PRT DTM allows configuration of the GRT1 PRT PROFIBUS Com munication Unit and SmartSlice I O Units The DTM provides the following user interfaces e The Configuration User interface to define the I O configuration and parameter setting for I O data exchange with the PROFIBUS Master Unit e Configuration User Interfaces to configure individual SmartSlice I O Units attached to the GRT1 PRT e A monitoring User interface to monitor the status of the GRT1 PRT and individual SmartSlice I O Units Generic Slave DTM The Generic Slave DTM allows the handling of classic GSD files of up to GSD revision 3 within CX ConfiguratorFDT Upon allocating a slave device for which only a GSD file is available
12. OPERATE The master exchanges data with its assigned slaves Inputs are read and outputs are written Also the master cyclically sends its local status to all its assigned PROFIBUS DP slaves using a broad cast message The PROFIBUS Master Unit will always be in one of these four modes Mode transitions from one mode to another will be performed via intermediate modes For example a mode transition from OFFLINE to OPERATE will be performed as OFFLINE gt STOP gt CLEAR gt OPERATE CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 1 7 SNG4ONd JO MIIAIBAO p k SWSIUBYDEY UONDE OJg 9 4 4 1 Features and System Configuration 1 1 8 1 1 9 1 8 Auto Clear and Fail safe State If an error occurs during the data exchange phase of the master the Auto CLEAR function deter mines the subsequent actions If this function has been disabled the master remains in the OPER ATE mode If the function has been enabled the master automatically changes the network to the CLEAR mode in which the outputs of the assigned PROFIBUS DP slaves are switched to zero i e the fail safe state The master continues to read the inputs of the slaves Configuring the PROFIBUS Master In order to operate a PROFIBUS network each master in the network needs to be configured This pro cess of configuration involves e setting up the network topology i e assigning the slave devices with which the mas
13. e Standard diagnostics tab displays the same information for the associated slave device as in the Slave Diagnostics Data box in the Master DTM Monitoring User Interface e The Extended Diagnostics tab displaying the extended diagnostics reported by the slave device The interpretation of this diagnostics information depends on the type of slave device Standard Slave Diagnostics Example As an example the standard slave device diagnostics information window is shown below For more information regarding interpretation of the indicators refer to section 5 7 1 Monitoring the Master Unit and the Network 5 52 CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 5 Operation lt ComendTh4COrt gt OMRON Ci bree ARON CLIPPED O Rie DGA pit MAON opor tert rte gt y goc Extensted Oagnesios taun snas W Mare oot W ire errraest wW Prete fot we Svc Mose WZ vie ove mores W rere Mocs we Furction ret egoeted vrata WD Etma dag wece C Save eevee D tartar ed wD Ate Sagres Ww Sener ret eee wW orermeeuacer eepe D Sano ne enner W Leented Aagzomcs overa meus et Urte Aster tots tees Get Erte a ee O sree pirs YOMJON 84 BUHOPUOWN Z S Extended Slave Diagnostics Extended diagnostics data are often provided by a slave device to indicate additional slave specific diagnostics error and alarm information which cannot be contained in the standard data part of the diagnostics message These extended diagno
14. 3 2 1 Configuration User Interface Opening the Configuration DTM The configuration DTM is opened by e Selecting the Master DTM in the Network view and double clicking the left mouse button e Selecting the Master DTM in the Network view and right clicking the mouse From the con text menu select Configuration The Master DTM Configuration User Interface which is dis played in the CX ConfiguratorFDT DTM view is shown below WLA 493Se I SNAISONd LZWNd MLrO 2 lt i gt Cliw Pert2i PROFID O w Y Mer Snop Ba Peeetes Seve bee Agere omron S a ES 2 o far O af ou 5 n rer oO 8 Prey gt T o t Q Master DTM Configuration User Interface The Master DTM Configuration User Interface contains five tabs e Device Setup tab e Master Setup tab e Bus Parameters tab e Slave Area tab e Advanced The five tabs are discussed below CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 3 15 3 Configuration Software Configuration Interface Buttons The Master DTM Configuration User Interface contains four general buttons They are listed in the table below together with the action taken when pressing them Button Action OK Evaluate and save the changes made if any and close the user interface If any invalid settings have been made a warning message will be dis played allowing cancellation of the command Cancel Close the user interfa
15. A download initiated by the user starts with a check on the slave parameter sets The Master DTM will check e The total number of slave devices assigned which must be at least one slave device e The total number of I O modules per slave which must be at least one I O module per slave e The maximum size of the I O data size which must not exceed 7168 words e The maximum number of I O modules which must not exceed 4000 e Any existing overlap in the I O Areas configured e Any existing overlap in the allocated CPU memory areas Any of these errors will abort the download process without consequences for the CJ1W PRM21 PROFIBUS Master Unit The error messages associated with these failures are listed in A 5 CX ConfiguratorFDT Warning and Error Messages The list also provides remedies Errors when Establishing Communication If no errors occurred during the checking phase the Master DTM will try to establish communication with the CJ1W PRM21 PROFIBUS Master Unit through CX Server If this fails an error message will be displayed indicating a communication problem see A 5 CX ConfiguratorFDT Warning and Error Messages A failure to establish communication prior to download will have no consequences for the CJ1W PRM21 PROFIBUS Master Unit The list provided in A 5 CX ConfiguratorFDT Warn ing and Error Messages also provides possible remedies Errors During Download If none of the first two processes result in a failure downloading wi
16. Ignore Auto CLEAR Configuration Data Convention The Configuration Data Convention setting defines how the slave device will handle the special identifier format data parts of the Check I O configuration message The slave can perform the check either according to the original PROFIBUS DP standard or according to the PROFIBUS DP V1 standard This allows PROFIBUS DP slaves to use either standard PROFIBUS DP data types or extended PROFIBUS DP V1 data types Control DPV1 Compliant Description The Check I O configuration message will contain PROFIBUS DP V1 Data type definitions in the spe cial identifier format data parts and the slave device will perform the check on this assumption CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 3 Configuration Software Control Description EN50170 Compliant The Check I O configuration message will contain standard PROFIBUS DP Data type definitions as well as vendor specific data types and the slave device will perform the check on this assumption Fail Safe behavior The Fail Safe behavior box defines whether or not the PROFIBUS Master Unit will in CLEAR mode send an empty output data message to the slave device or a data message containing zeros Depending on the slave device an empty data message may be required if the slave device per forms user specific functions in CLEAR mode and during which the outputs can not be set to zero Note Ifthe s
17. LogStorErr Error Log storage error An error has occurred when writing the error log to the non volatile memory or when reading the error log from non volatile memory during start up Most likely causes A failure or interruption during the writ ing process To correct this e Send an ERROR LOG CLEAR command to the Unit e Restart the Unit e If the problem persists replace the PROFIBUS Master Unit 7 10 CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 7 3 2 Master Errors Word 7 Troubleshooting and Maintenance The Master Errors word _MstrErrSta contains error indications on the PROFIBUS interface and network The corresponding bit flag will change to TRUE if an error event has occurred Bit MstrBusErr Name Disturbed bus Error Description Correction An error has occurred in the PROFIBUS interface with distorted messages received by the PROFIBUS Master Unit Most likely causes e No or invalid termination or no inductors used at high baud rates e Faulty wiring To correct this e Check the termination on the appropriate devices e Restart the CPU Unit to re download the configuration e If the problem persists use CX ConfiguratorFDT to re download the configuration e If the problem persists replace the PROFIBUS Master Unit MstrProtErr PROFIBUS protocol error An error has occurred in the PROFIBUS interface with distorted messages received by the
18. MstrOfflineCmd Switch master to OFFLINE mode 4 GlobCtITxCmd Transmit Global Control command pos 5to7 Reserved by system g 8 ClrNewDiagCmd Clear new diagnostics bits 9 9 to 15 Reserved by system 5 3 s n s FO PN VUN Ndd ey uo Bulpuadag suonouny jqejeay u S29U9134 1A Y CIO n 2 Global Control Command The device variable for CJ series Unit that corresponds to all bits of a word in CIO n 2 is as follows CJ series I O memory address Word address CIO n 2 OO m O vene Oto 15 GlobCtlCmd NJ series device variables for CJ series Unit Description Global Control Command The device variables for CJ series Units that correspond to bits 0 to 15 of a word in CIO n 2 are as follows CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 A 3 Appendices CJ series I O memory address Word address CIO n 2 NJ series device variables for CJ series Unit Bit Variable name Description 0 _GlobCtlGrp1 Send command to slaves of Group 1 1 GlobCtlGrp2 Send command to slaves of Group 2 2 GlobCtlGrp3 Send command to slaves of Group 3 3 GlobCtlGrp4 Send command to slaves of Group 4 4 GlobCtlGrp5 Send command to slaves of Group 5 5 GlobCtlGrp6 Send command to slaves of Group 6 6 GlobCtlGrp7 Send command to slaves of Group 7 7 GlobCtlGrp8 Send command to slaves of Group 8 8 Reserved by system 9 Res
19. RW Sync TRUE The Sync command forces the slave devices into the Sync mode In this mode the slave device will not update its outputs and continues to use the output data received before the Sync command If the slave device is already in the Sync mode a new Sync command will force the slave to update its outputs only once with the most recent output data received from the Master FALSE The Sync command will not be transferred to the slave devices GlobCtlUnfreezeCmd GlobCtlFreezeCmd Resulting action at slave FALSE FALSE No change in function FALSE TRUE Slave device will be in Freeze mode TRUE FALSE Slave device will be in Unfreeze mode TRUE TRUE Slave device will be in Unfreeze mode Sync Mode The user can set the Sync and Unsync bits at the same time and both will be transmitted to the tar geted slave devices at the same time but the resulting action at the slave device is defined in the PROFIBUS standards 4 14 CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 4 Data Exchange with the CPU Unit GlobCtlUnsyncCmd GlobCtlSyncCmd Resulting action at slave FALSE FALSE No change in function FALSE TRUE Slave device will be in Sync mode TRUE FALSE Slave device will be in Unsync mode TRUE TRUE Slave device will be in Unsync mode 4 2 3 Unit Status _UnitSta One of the following Device Variables for CJ series Unit is used to monitor the Unit
20. W455 GRT1 series Digi Learning about the various Describes the models specifications functions Slice I O Units tal I O Units Ana SmartSlice I O Units that operating procedures and applications of log I O Units work with the GRT1 PRT GRT1 series Slice I O Units Counter and Posi series Communication tioning Units Sys Unit tem Units CS CJ Series PROFI W409 CS1 CJ1W PRM21 Learning about the Describes the operation and configuration BUS Master Unit Opera tion Manual CS1 CJ1W PRM21 PRO FIBUS Master Units CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 details of the CS1W PRM21 and CJ1W PRM21 PROFIBUS DP and PROFIBUS DP V1 Master Units when used in CS CJ series systems 35 Revision History A manual revision code appears as a suffix to the catalog number on the front and back covers of the manual Cat No W509 E2 01 to Revision code Revision code Date Revised content 01 September 2011 Original production 36 CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 Features and System Configuration This section provides an introductory overview of PROFIBUS its functions and how to setup and configure a network It also addresses the PROFIBUS Master Unit and the configurator their features and specifications 1 1 Overview of PROFIBUS 0002 1 2 1 1 1 INtrOdUCTION pocie bee
21. gt 3 S Response code Description a 0000 Normal completion n 1001 Command too large i e gt 124 words 1002 Command too short i e lt 4 words 4 110C e Device Address Invalid i e gt 7E Hex e New Device Address Invalid i e gt 7E Hex e Address change lock invalid i e not equal to 00 or 01 e Invalid target slave address exceeds 125 PROFIBUS Master unit not in correct mode i e it is in OFFLINE mode e The slave has deactivated this service e The slave has not responded to the request e The slave does not have sufficient memory space for the request data e New Address is same as current master address Service is not supported Device Service Access Point is invalid i Rd_Inp Service The PROFIBUS DP Rd_Inp service allows a PROFIBUS Master Unit to read the current input data of any slave device even if it is not allocated to the Master Unit 6082 GNAS J YSSIN SNI4ONd Z 9 The figures below show the command and response message formats Command Format 28 09 38 y 7 Command code Device address Device Service Access Point CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 6 11 6 Message Communications Response Format 28 09 Command Response Device Data length Input data code code address Bytes Parameters Destination Address Command Respon
22. 1 Introduction Relevant Manuals There are three manuals that provide basic information on the NJ series CPU Units the NJ series CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual the NJ series CPU Unit Software User s Manual and the NJ series Instructions Reference Manual Most operations are performed from the Sysmac Studio Automation Software Refer to the Sysmac Stu dio Version 1 Operation Manual Cat No W504 for information on the Sysmac Studio Other manuals are necessary for specific system configurations and applications Read all of the manuals that are relevant to your system configuration and application to make the most of the NJ series CPU Unit NJ series User s Manuals Basic information NJ series CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual NJ series CPU Unit Software User s Manual NJ series Instructions Reference Manual NJ series CPU Unit Motion Control User s Manual NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherCAT Port User s Manual NJ series Motion Control Instructions Reference Manual NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNet IP Port User s Manual NJ series Troubleshooting Manual CJ series Special Unit Operation Manuals for NJ series CPU Unit Introduction to NJ series Controllers Setting devices and hardware Using motion control Using EtherCAT Using EtherNet IP Using CJ series Units Software settings Using motion control Using EtherCAT Using EtherNe
23. CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 3 41 3 Configuration Software 3 42 ComON gt ETI 20 C Ato Oss Fal Sate Sroa Pacen As eo bend pras n Cine Moke gore At Ore Sere co Gots nOs Moc rigsemer Das Correto iry in O Dats boong P corchen O Coreree f iar ra wore Ens onokat Dot f dave ect moni Dayo pint wr ha oyes Auto Clear Processing The Auto Clear processing box defines whether or not the PROFIBUS Master Unit should ignore a failure of this particular slave when Auto CLEAR has been enabled in the Master Unit See Auto CLEAR Box on page 69 in section 3 3 1 Configuration User Interface When Ignore Auto CLEAR has been selected a failure of this particular slave device i e the slave device requests new param eters or fails to respond will not activate the Auto CLEAR mode The Master Unit will however ser vice the slave device This feature can be used with slaves which can fail during operation but for which failure it is not necessary to switch the entire network to Auto CLEAR mode Control Description Process Auto CLEAR When Auto CLEAR has been enabled in the PROFIBUS Master Unit a failure of this particular slave will cause an Auto CLEAR event When Auto CLEAR has been enabled in the PROFIBUS Master Unit a failure of this particular slave will not cause an Auto CLEAR event The Master will however service the slave device e g send new parameters
24. Data Exrange re Mamery Ex ar 5 ae a biae vwa Cortese vanas Saugo n Pages 1 as we amp eu Ga ir Sore de w Coreen PROFIBUS Protect fie Soas in Dats icharge The indicators shown in the example figure above are all related to bit flags in the Unit Status Word the Master Status Word 1 the Master Status Word 2 and the Slave Status Word see section 4 2 Device Variables for CJ series Unit Software Switches Statuses The table below lists combinations of indicators with information on possible problems Indicators Description Correction Local Parameter Storage Error An error has occurred when writing the configuration to the non volatile mem Valid Configuration Indicator willbe O Y OFF To correct this e Restart the Unit e Re download the configuration e If the problem persists replace the PROFIBUS Master Unit 7 14 CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 7 Troubleshooting and Maintenance Indicators Description Correction Local Parameter Load Error An error has occurred when loading the configuration from the non volatile Valid Configuration Indicator will be Memory to the volatile memory at start up OFF Most likely causes e A failure or interruption during the writing process e A faulty parameter setting which makes initialization of the PROFIBUS inter face impossible To correct this e Check the parameter settings for incorrect values e Restart the
25. FE Hex e The Data Length is invalid i e gt FO Hex 2208 PROFIBUS Master unit not in correct mode i e it is in OFFLINE mode 0001 e The slave has deactivated this service e The slave has not responded to the request e The slave does not have sufficient memory space for the request data e Destination address is same as current master address 0402 Service is not supported e Device Service Access Point is invalid e The Function code is invalid MSAC1_Write Service The PROFIBUS DP V1 MSAC1_ Write service allows a PROFIBUS DP V1 Master Unit to write param eter data acyclically to a PROFIBUS DP V1 slave device which is allocated to that Master unit The figures below show the command and response message formats Command Format 28 09 33 00 5F Command Function Data length Data code code bytes Device Slot address number Device Service Index number Access Point Response Format Upon normal completion of the MSAC1_Write command service two types of response frames can be returned e A normal data response frame signalling successful completion of both the command and the PROFIBUS service e A normal response frame containing PROFIBUS error codes indicating that the PROFIBUS service was not completed correctly although the message was completed normally Both response frames are shown below 6 18 CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Op
26. H Precautions for Correct Use The default mapping of areas on to the CPU memory is the same default mapping as used in the CJ1W DRM21 Devicenet Master Slave Unit Care should be taken to avoid data overlap if such a Unit is part of the same CPU system as the CJ1W PRM21 PROFIBUS Master Unit Mapping Area Controls Each mapping Area in the Allocation tab is equipped with four controls and an information field located below the area The controls and information field are listed and explained in the table below Column Description Area Selects the CPU memory area to which the associated I O Area will be mapped Possible options are e Not Used List must be empty e CIO DM e Work HR EM Bank 0 to 12 Decimal Start Address In this field the user can enter the start address in the CPU memory of the mapped data block Length The length box allows you to select the number of visible rows The mini mum and the default value is 100 words If more than 100 words are config ured the minimum Length value will be that number The user can set the Length value to up to 7168 words Occupied This field display the actual length of the data block not necessarily the same as the amount of data in it This length includes both data and any gaps between modules Gaps may only be there if Auto Addressing option in the Master Setup tab is disabled See also Note 1 Compress button Pressing the Compress button will com
27. I 1 I 1 I i Slave I O data refresh i TEE I i I Li 1 I I I Li I i I ji I I 1 1 Li PROFIBUS Cycle i i I I iJ l H i H rt H H 1 I 1 I tot 1 I i 1 1 I E i i I 1 i i 1 i yl 1 1 1 i 1 i tot 1 I i h a y Slave I O data refresh i i i i Li i T T T T Tot t T 1 i I I 1 I j i 1 i Tpp cyc Tpp cyc i i Tepu cyc j Tepu cyc Tp cyc i TpB Cyo Tw TM Proc Tmp T M Proc Tour TRUE Tourer TRUE 5 38 CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 5 Operation TiN Slave device Input TRUE FALSE delay TPB Cyc PROFIBUS I O data exchange cycle time See Appendix A Bus Parameters TM Proc I O Processing time in the Master Unit TM Rrf Master request cyclic refresh until actual start of cyclic refresh TCPU Cyc CPU cycle time TCPU Rf CPU cyclic refresh time TouT Slave device Output TRUE FALSE delay The total I O response time is the sum of all components Tio Tin 4 TpB Cyc 2 TM Proc TM Rrf 2 T cpu cyc Topu re Tout Note The calculation assumes the presence of only one Master Unit on the PROFIBUS network Minimum I O Response Time The minimum response time i e the time from an input on a slave device being set to the time the output on the same slave device is set is calculated based on the figure below The following assumptions are made The slave device is the first one in the PROFIBUS I O data exchange The input data is available right before the intern
28. Indicates that this slave device is allocated to the PROFIBUS Master Unit and has sent new diagnostics message to the PROFIBUS Master Unit In this case the PROFIBUS Master Unit must be in CLEAR mode or OPERATE mode FALSE Indicates that one or more of the following con ditions is present e the slave device has not sent a new diagnos tics message to the PROFIBUS Master Unit since the last time it was read or cleared e the slave device has not been allocated to this PROFIBUS Master Unit e the PROFIBUS Master Unit is not in CLEAR or OPERATE mode Note In case an allocated slave device is not responding and therefore not sending a diagnostics message the PROFIBUS Master Unit itself will provide a diagnostics message to the CPU containing the mandatory first 6 bytes This diagnos tics message will then indicate that the slave is not responding 4 25 S SNJEJS SAYDMS d1EMYOS PUN SALIAS D 104 SAIqeUeA 21A Z Y Beiqmenns HBEIAM NAIS BeIAM NAIS sBej4 sopsoubeq M N ALIS 6 2 7 4 Data Exchange with the CPU Unit 4 26 CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 Operation SSS This section describes how to operate the CJ1W PRM21 PROFIBUS Master Unit in a Network It will discuss setting up a network configuring all the connected devices and starting the network Furthermore it provides information on the I O data exchange performance and it also provid
29. Module List Box The Module List Box list contains the following information refer to figure above the table applies to the lists in the Input and Output Allocation tabs CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 3 21 3 Configuration Software 3 22 Column Description Addr Station address on the network obtained from the slave DTM Index Index number of the I O module Device Device name obtained from DTM Module System generated name Size Module data size unit of type mentioned in next column Type Module data type e g Byte Word etc Addr Mapped address area in CPU memory For example Cl03200 equals CIO Area start address 3200 I O Mapping Areas Each Output Input Allocation tab also contains two areas on to which the I O data can be mapped The areas will in turn be mapped to the CPU memory By default all data is mapped to Area 1 in order of ascending slave device address Note 1 When mapping the modules are copied from the module list to the mapping Area and not moved This means that the module list acts as a resource for the two Mapping Areas below the module list 2 When adding removing slaves modules and Auto Addressing has been enabled the modules in the Areas will be remapped This usually results in I O data being re mapped Therefore it is recommended to select all slaves and modules before setting up the CPU memory mapping configuration
30. Server is installed on the Personal Computer Refer to the Master Man ual for installation details i System Error Messages The table below lists the Error messages related to the System on which the DTM is installed Number 100 Message Connected device can not be configured with this DTM Description Incorrect firmware type Correction Make sure the unit connected is a CJ1W PRM21 Make sure the Unit number in the Device set up corre sponds to the physical unit 101 Incorrect version of CX Server Incorrect version of CX Server Make sure the correct CX Server ver sion is installed Version must be 1 7 and up 102 Name of the function called with improper parameters Container called a function with NULL pointer CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 There must be problem in the con tainer Reinstall CX ConfiguratorF DT if problem persists contact supplier A 19 sebessay 10113 pue BurueM 1G440 e1nbyu0g x9 S Y Appendices A 20 Number Message Description Correction 103 Received XML Document Container called a function with an There must be a problem in container does not fit its XML schema improper XML document program Reinstall CX Configura torFDT if problem persists contact supplier 104 Ole Register Drop Target An internal error has occurred Reinstall CX ConfiguratorFDT if Failed problem persists contact s
31. Slave station 00 to 15 SlvDatXchgL 31 19 18 17 16 Slave station 16 to 31 SlvDatXchgL 47 38 35 34 33 32 Slave station 32 to 47 SlvDatXchgL 63 54 51 50 49 48 Slave station 48 to 63 SlvDatXchgH 79 70 67 66 65 64 Slave station 64 to 79 SlvDatXchgH 8 95 94 93 6 85 84 SlvDatXchgH 125 124 123 122 121 120 119 118 117 116 115 114 113 112 Slave station 112 to 125 83 82 81 80 Slave station 80 to 95 When a slave device is in Data_Exchange with the PROFIBUS Master Unit to which it has been allo cated it is exchanging I O Data with the PROFIBUS Master Unit If the PROFIBUS Master Unit is in CLEAR mode it will read the slave s input data but send zeros or an empty message as output data If the PROFIBUS Master Unit is in OPERATE mode it will read the slave s input data and send any out put data provided by the CPU Name of Device Variable for CJ series Unit Type R W Description Function SlvDatXchg BOOL R Slave Data TRUE ee Indicates that this slave device is allocated to Array g the PROFIBUS Master Unit and is exchanging 1 0 Data with PROFIBUS Master Unit _SIvDatXchgL _SIvDatXchgH LWORD R Slave Data In this case the PROFIBUS Master Unit must Exenenge be in the CLEAR mode or the OPERATE mode Active Flags FALSE Indicates that the slave is not in Data Exchange with this PROFIB
32. The remaining ClO words provide status and diagnostics information on the Unit itself the PROFI BUS network and the slave devices I O Data The total size of I O data however must not exceed the maximum I O size of up to 7168 words which it can exchange with the Controller memory The I O data can be distributed over up to two input areas and two output areas Each of the input and output areas can be mapped to any location in the DM Area CIO Area WR Area HR Area or the EM banks of which can be accessed with user defined variables see 4 1 7 Data Flow PROFIBUS DP Class 1 Services The PROFIBUS Master Unit supports all mandatory Class 1 services defined in the PROFIBUS DP standard EN50170 Volume 2 for Master Slave Communication These functions includes the fol lowing services e Set_Prm e Chk_Cfg e Slave_Diag e Data_Exchange e Global Control FREEZE UNFREEZE SYNC UNSYNC CLEAR The PROFIBUS Master Unit supports cyclic Master Slave communications for networks with up to 125 slave devices With each slave device it can exchange up to 244 bytes of input data and up to 244 bytes of output data For diagnostics purposes the PROFIBUS Master Unit collects all Slave Diagnostics messages which it can transfer to the CPU memory using commands From every allocated slave device it can receive up to 244 bytes of diagnostics data CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 1 11 1 Fe
33. The slave device will set this bit to 0 06 Diag Prm_Fault Set by the slave device this bit indicates that the last received parameter data from the Master Unit have been rejected The parameter data in the slave device differ from the parameter sent by the Master Unit 07 Diag Master_Lock This bit indicates that the slave device has been parameterized by another mas ter The bit is set by the Master Unit if the address in byte 4 differs from 255 and from the Master Unit s own address The slave device sets this bit to zero CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 A 25 Appendices Slave Diagnostics Byte 2 A layout of Byte 2 is shown below This byte is mapped to the low byte of Word D 7 65 43 2 1 0 Byte 2 Diag Prm_Req Diag Stat_Diag Reserved Diag WD_On Diag Freeze_Mode Diag Sync_Mode Diag Deactivated Bit Name Description 00 Diag Prm_Req This bit is set by the slave device and indicates that it needs to be re aparame terized The slave device is not in Data_Exchange with the Master Unit The bit remains on as long as it has not been parameterized successfully 01 Diag Stat_Diag This bit indicates static diagnostics at the slave device The Master Unit will repeatedly request diagnostics data As long as this bit is set Data_Exchange with the Master Unit is not being perform
34. Unit Software User s Manual Cat No W501 Configure the PROFIBUS Master Unit using CX Con figuratorFDT on the PC See sections 3 2 CJ1W PRM21 PROFIBUS Master DTM and 5 4 Configuring the Master Download configuration data to PROFIBUS Master Unit See sections 3 2 3 Connecting to the CJ1W PRM21 and 5 4 5 Downloading the Configuration Y PROFIBUS DP starts communicating confirmed by the COMM indicator continuously lit Check status of other indicators See sections 5 5 I O Communication Characteristics 5 6 Operating the Network and 5 7 Monitoring the Network 1 22 CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 1 Features and System Configuration 1 4 2 Preparations for Communications 1 Mount the Master Unit on the NJ series controller unit refer to 2 2 Installing the PROFIBUS Master Unit e Treat the Unit as a CPU Bus Unit e It can be mounted to a CPU Rack or Expansion Rack e Number of Units 16 Max ainpses0jq Buresado dIseg p 4 Set the Unit No UNIT No for the PROFIBUS Master Unit refer to 2 1 3 Switch Settings Connect a PC to the NJ series controller unit and turn ON the power supply to the CPU Create the Unit configuration refer to Sysmac Studio User Manual Cat No W501 OA KR ND Install CX ConfiguratorFDT and the DTMs to the PC suoNeoiunWWOD JO suonesedeig Z p 4 1 4 3 Procedures Prior to Starting Communications Use the following procedure to conf
35. Verify that any stubs used are not too long Verify that termination resistors and inductors are properly set and used Configuration is not correct e BF indicator is Flashing e Slave Data Exchange Active Flags show which slaves have problems e Use CX ConfiguratorFDT and DTMs to determine slave diagnostics Verify that the configuration is correct e Verify that address of targeted slave device matches the configured address Verify that the slave parameter and con figuration settings are correct Verify that the watchdog setting for the slave device is not too low The configuration contains timing errors e BF indicator is Flashing e Slaves are sometimes briefly in and out of data exchange Increase slave Watchdog Control value in the Master Unit Bus parameter set Verify that the Bus parameter sets are correct If necessary increase Target Rotation Time and or Min Slave Inter val parameters e Re download the configuration If the problem persists replace the Unit A second master device with its own slave devices is on the same network interfering with this Master Unit e The baud rate settings of both masters is different e The total Target Rotation Time set to both masters is too small i e not the sum of both individual time values Verify that all masters on the network are set to the same baud rate Verify that the total Target Rotation Time for all masters on the network
36. _FileRdErr e Re download the configuration e Ifthe problem persists replace the Unit The configuration contains timing errors e After restarting the Unit the ERC indi cator is ON and the PRM indicator is OFF e Verify that the Bus parameter sets are correct e Re download the configuration e Ifthe problem persists replace the Unit The PROFIBUS Master Unit is in either OFFLINE or STOP mode e The BST indicator is OFF e The Unit may have been configured to maintain its current mode last mode was OFFLINE during download e The BF indicator is ON A PROFIBUS interface error has occurred see Mas ter Errors flags _MstrBusErr MstrProtErr _MstrAdrErr MstrHwErr Determine the mode of the Unit Check the Master Status word _MstrOperateSta _MstrStopSta MstrClearSta _MstrOfflineSta If Unit is in OFFLINE or STOP mode e Verify that the master does not use the same address as another Master Unit on the network Otherwise correct the Master Unit s PROFIBUS address Verify that all Master Units on the net work use the same baud rate setting Otherwise correct the baud rate set tings Set CLEAR or OPERATE switch in ClO Word n see Note Change the configuration to set the Unit OPERATE mode when switching the CPU to RUN mode see Master DTM Master Setup Tab Download the con figuration and switch the CPU to RUN mode Network cabling is not correct e BF indica
37. _MstrOperateSta _MstrStopSta MstrClearSta _MstrOfflineSta If Unit is in OFFLINE or STOP mode e Verify that the master does not use the same address as another Master Unit on the network Otherwise correct the Master Unit s PROFIBUS address Set CLEAR or OPERATE switch in SwCmd Network cabling is not correct BF indicator is ON e Master Errors flag may provide more information _MstrBusErr MstrProtErr _MstrAdrErr MstrHwErr Verify that the network installation is cor rect e Verify that the network is still in tact and connected to the Unit e Verify that any repeaters used are func tioning correctly PROFIBUS Master Unit is configured After switching the Master Unit to OPERATE the Unit itself or other Units on the CPU showed unex pected behavior The I O data mapping of the Master Unit may overwrite either its own or other Unit CIO DM Areas settings e Master Unit operational mode changes unexpectedly e Global Control commands are transmit ted unexpectedly e Other Special I O Units or Special Bus Units change behavior unexpectedly Verify the I O Mapping of the Master Unit Ensure that the I O data of the Master Unit does not overwrite its own CIO words Ensure that the I O data of the Master Unit does not overwrite CIO words or DM words of other Special I O or Spe cial CPU Units e g Ethernet Units The bus parameter used on the network are wro
38. co urteo If when pressing the Apply or OK button no I O modules have been selected as yet a warning message will be displayed The I O modules can be selected later Pressing the OK button with the warning will apply the changed device address After changing the address in the slave DTM Configuration User Interface the updated address will be shown in the Network view next to the device name Changing the DTM address via the Master DTM The slave DTM address can also be changed via the Master DTM To accomplish this first open the Slave DTM Address Assignment table 1 Select the Master DTM in the Network view 2 Right click the mouse and select the Additional functions entry from the context menu 3 Select the Slave DTM Address Assignment function CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 5 Operation The window shown below will be displayed rs nid gii r nans r aM l gt COW PRAQI PROFIBUS DP VI Master Slave DTM Address Astignenert Pere OTM Stance Aadat Anny wenet Com te DIM Nime aiden OMRON Cow FRI Mets CPM PRT 2 3 Sighs Admis 4 In order to change the slave DTM address perform the following steps 1 Select the slave device in the list YIOMJON e dn uS Z S 2 Enter the new address in the field Address in the lower right corner of the window Press the Set button The Status field will display the status of this service After changing
39. diagnostics is continuously reported No data exchange will be performed Re parameterization requested When set the slave indicates that it requires a new parameter setting The slave device is not in Data Exchange with the Master Unit The indicator remains ON as long as the slave device has not been parameterized successfully Extended diagnos tics overflow The slave device has more diagnostics to report than it can fit into its transmission buffer Diagnostics information is being lost i Extended Diagnostics Tab The Extended Diagnostic tab contains any extended diagnostics reported by the slave device The fig ure below shows an example of Extended diagnostics T2 cnw eRT magni alaj xj Dever Cw PRATA OM fie OC t0 oui on Vervtor OMRON Comparator det Mute OOE Chegroste Extended Dapoi A R wad apoie Mortage i Om Ont te w OL OOI O0 O00 DDO M pes vei Nonig PUE e Derece mistos PLO n Morio mede LG 891A9q ALIS 2U E seal snN oNsoUBeIg Z g The first row of the Extended diagnostics window contains the raw data as received from the slave device Depending on the GSD file it may provide text strings for each Extended diagnostics events entry i e if the event occurs and the diagnostics information is received by the DTM it can display a text string in stead of only the raw bytes If the strings are not supported the user must determine the event from the raw da
40. from the Device Type drop down selection box 2 Press the Settings button next to the CPU type selected The CPU settings window see figure below is displayed Dewe Type Setmags NISL om ae 3 In this window make the proper adjustments if necessary The selections made must match the physical configuration of the CPU system When done press the OK button 4 Select the Network Type to be used as connection between the PC and the Unit The available options may include other CPU systems or Communication Units which are setup to act as a gateway Refer to CX Server Runtime User Manual Cat No W391 for details on configuring CX Server Note 1 Only the direct connections between the PC and the CPU on which the Unit is attached are considered These include Ethernet and USB 5 22 CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 5 Operation 2 Select the Settings button next to the Network Type selected to display the Network set tings window and select the Driver tab USB is shown as the example below z z Network Saming USS Port 3 Make the necessary selections to facilitate communication between the PC and the CPU to which the PROFIBUS Master Unit is attached and press the OK button Jase 94 Buunbyuoy p Testing CX Server setup After making the settings press the OK button to close the CX Server interface In order to verify that the communication has be
41. user interface windows can be opened re sized and moved inside this window MOPUIM UIEN 1Gs4JoyesnByuoD xXD Z L Error Log View The Error Log view at the bottom of the CX ConfiguratorFDT application window displays the error messages reported by DTMs to CX ConfiguratorFDT A Time stamp a Date stamp and the DTM name are added to the message The contents of the window can be cleared or copied to the clipboard to allow pasting it into another document The Error Log view is opened by default when starting CX ConfiguratorFDT FDT Monitoring View The FDT Monitoring view at the bottom of the CX ConfiguratorFDT application window displays the FDT DTM communication function calls between CX ConfiguratorFDT and the DTMs A Time stamp a Date stamp the type of information and the DTM name are added to the message The sequence of messages can be used to troubleshoot problems that may occur when using third party DTMs in CX ConfiguratorFDT The contents of the window can be cleared or copied to the clipboard to allow pasting it into another document The FDT Monitoring view is not opened by default when starting CX ConfiguratorFDT It can be opened through the View FDT Monitoring menu option CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 3 3 3 Configuration Software Main Menu The main menu of CX ConfiguratorFDT provides all the necessary functionality to handle a com plete project
42. 4000 Do not add any more modules to the configuration 15 A 16 PROFIBUS Master is not in correct mode Please set the PROFIBUS Master in one of the following modes STOP CLEAR or OPERATE CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 The Set Device Station Address com mand can not be executed because the PROFIBUS Master is not in cor rect mode i e the Master Unit is OFFLINE Set the PROFIBUS Master into one of the following modes STOP CLEAR or OPERATE Number 16 Message Master Unit indicated failure of Set Device Station Address Description When sending Set Device Station Address command one of the follow ing problems occurred e The slave has deactivated this ser vice e The slave has not responded to the request e The slave does not have sufficient memory space for the request data Appendices Correction e Check target Slave device on the PROFIBUS network e Check specified Slave address e Check Slave timeout parameter 17 New address and or Ident number hex are is empty No data is entered in the New Address and Ident Number fields Fill in both the New address and the Ident number hex fields 18 Slave Master DTM does not accept the specified address The DTM has not accepted the new address setting Possible cause is that the slave DTM data set has been locked for parameter changes
43. Button initiates an error log clear command All error messages in the Unit and the displayed list will be cleared i Online Operations Tab The Online Operations tab is the second main tab in the DTM Diagnostics User Interface It contains the necessary controls to e Switch the Master Unit to PROFIBUS Operational modes e Select one or more groups Global Control Message Commands and transmit Global Control command over the PROFIBUS network The Online Operations tab is shown below 3 32 CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 3 Configuration Software lt i gt OIW PRH PROFIBUS D WLA 193S SNAIJHOHd LZWNd MLrO Z PROFIBUS Communication Group These buttons can be used to force the Unit to change its operating mode The four operational modes are e OFFLINE mode e STOP mode e CLEAR mode e OPERATE mode The mode changes are implemented through messages to the Unit s software switches in the CPU Memory Area see 4 2 1 Software Switches _SwCmd soeLaluy snN oNnsouBbelg Z Z l Precautions for Correct Use When initiating a mode change it may interfere with attempts from the CPU Program to write to the same software switches Care should be taken to avoid these situations Global Control Commands Global Control commands See section 5 6 3 Transmitting Global Control Commands can be initi ated by the user from the Online Operations tab The user can
44. Data Types EEEE EER E E EE 5 34 5 5 4 Exchanging I O Data Over PROFIBUS 0000 ee cececeeeeneeeeeeeeeeneeeeeaeeeseeeeeesaeeeseaeeseneeeensaeeeeeaas 5 35 5 5 5 JO Response Time cca tek heh ON AN AS Ad I IE a 5 37 5 5 6 System Startup Ta I Ee E E E eu ea th ode oe Lees in eee elea T 5 40 5 6 Operating the Network cccccesssseneeeeeeeneeeeeeecceeeeeeeseeeeeeeaseeeeeeeeasaseeeeeeasaseeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeseenens 5 41 5 6 1 User Access to the Network c c ccstnctsoocsenadetevssdevscuecesnschevectevecbobesesbeeu gud selsoe cvdseceedebisuecceureebs 5 41 5 6 2 Changing PROFIUS Mode of the Master Unit 0 0ccccceeeeceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeaeeeeseseeaeeeeeeeeaaees 5 42 5 6 3 Transmitting Global Control COMMANAS 0 0 0 eeeeceeeee cent eeeeeaeeeeeeeeeseeeeesaeeeseaaeeeeneeeeneeeeeeaaes 5 43 5 6 4 Using Auto GL EAR EEA REA E Ades TA A A E TT 5 47 5 7 Monitoring the Network sssssssnsenunnnnnnunnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnannnnn nnne 5 49 5 7 1 Monitoring the Master Unit and the Network 00 00 ee ceeececesee erence eenneeeeeaeeesneeeeesaeeeseaeeenneeeneaa 5 49 5 7 2 Monitoring Slave Status e ta lee ewes celine bona ad ese wda lacie baectacesebehee entice 5 52 5 7 3 Using the Error Log keira raaa irera aeaaea ra a aaa adka SEATa a AETA EERE A Ea 5 54 5 8 PROFIBUS DP VI ServiCes r a ae r a rara ra aa E e aa eaea pa ara a a aa kear aaa PE denia pay 5 57 5 8 1 Configuring and Monitoring Slaves us
45. Meaning Gives a short description of the error Source Gives the source of the error Source details Gives details on Detection Tells when the the source of the timing error is detected error Error attributes Level Tells the level of Recovery Gives the recov Log category Tells which log influence on con ery method 2 the error is saved trol 1 in 3 Effects User program Tells what will hap Operation Provides special information on the operation that results pen to execution of from the error the user pro gram 4 System defined Variable Data type Name variables Lists the variable names data types and meanings for system defined variables that provide direct error notification that are directly affected by the error or that contain settings that cause the error Cause and cor Assumed cause Correction Prevention recton Lists the possible causes corrections and preventive measures for the error Attached This is the attached information that is displayed by the Sysmac Studio or an NS series PT information Precautions Provides precautions restrictions and supplemental information Remarks 1 One of the following 2 3 4 Major fault Major fault level Partial fault Partial fault level Minor fault Minor fault level Observation Information One of the following Automatic recovery Normal status is restored automatically when the cause of the error is removed Error reset Normal status is restored
46. Memory 256 Mbytes e Hard disk A minimum of 256 Mbytes e CD ROM drive e Graphics resolution 800 x 600 pixels minimum Operating System MS Windows 7 MS Windows NT4 0 SP6 MS Windows 2000 SP2 MS Windows XP Internet Explorer 6 0 or higher is also required Connection to CJ1W PRM21 Ethernet or USB port of PC with CPU suoneoyioads Z CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 1 19 1 Features and System Configuration Item Specification CX Configu General Project functions File handling CX ConfiguratorFDT supports overall handling of ratorFDT project files as well as network data e New Start a new project e Open Open an existing project file e Save As Save a project file e Export Export project data to HTML e Properties Edit project property information User management Functionality of CX ConfiguratorFDT can be limited as defined by several password protected access levels e Administrator e Planning engineer e Maintenance e Operator e Observer Network setup functions CX ConfiguratorFDT provides network tree view from which hierar chy between Master and slave devices can clearly be distin guished The following network functions are available Network DTMs i e devices can be added or deleted using drag and drop from the Device Catalogue e Network DTMs can be copied and moved from one location to another in the network
47. MstrErr BOOL Master error flag The master error flag collects the error flags in the master errors word i e _MstrErrSta The Master Errors word contains all error flags related to the PROFIBUS Master functions TRUE MstrErr is TRUE if any of the flags in the Master Errors word i e _MstrErrSta are TRUE see 4 2 5 Master Errors _MstrErrSta FALSE MstrErr is FALSE if none of the flags in master errrors i e _MstrErrSta are FALSE NewErrLogSta BOOL Error log con tains new errors The Error log contains new errors bit indicates new errors in the error log since the last time the error log was cleared or read TRUE If the error log contains one or more new errors FALSE Indicates the error log is cleared or read ParamTxSta BOOL Parameter transfer In progress TRUE Indicates transfer of Configuration and setup data e from the PC to the Unit s internal volatile mem ory or e from the Unit s internal volatile memory to non volatile memory or e from the flash card to the Unit s internal volatile memory During this transfer no other transfer of data can be started in parallel FALSE Indicates that no Configuration data transfer is in progress ParamStorErr BOOL Local parame ter storage error TRUE Indicates an error occurred during an attempt to write the Configuration and setup data to internal non volatile memory If t
48. Multicast Communication In the case of multicast communication a master device sends an unacknowledged message to a predetermined group of slave devices Diagnostic functions Extended Diagnostics Extended diagnostic functions defined in PROFIBUS DP enable the fast location of error at slave devices Diagnostic messages are transmitted over the bus and collected at the master Three diag nostic message types are defined e Device Related Diagnostics Messages concerning the general operational status of the whole device e g over temperature low voltage e Module Related Diagnostics Messages indicating that an error is present in a specific I O range of a device e g an 8 bit output module e Channel Related Diagnostics Messages indicating an error at a given input or output e g short circuit on Output 5 CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 1 Features and System Configuration 1 1 6 Protection Mechanisms Monitoring Time PROFIBUS DP provides effective protection functions against parameterization errors or failure of the transmission equipment Time monitoring is provided both at the master and the slave devices The monitoring interval is specified when the system is configured Monitoring at the Master The PROFIBUS Master monitors data transmission of the slaves with the Data Control Timer A separate control timer is used for each slave This timer expires if response dat
49. Multiview Explorer Or right click CPU Expansion Racks under Configurations and Setup and select Edit from the menu The Unit Editor is displayed for the Controller Configurations and Setup layer CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 33 2 Right click any open space in the Unit Editor and select Production Information The Production Information Dialog Box is displayed Production trformation Mee Tike was Hri DF DDD Stea err Simple Display Detailed Display In this example Ver 1 0 is displayed next to the unit model The following items are displayed CPU Unit CJ series Units Unit model Unit model Unit version Unit version Lot number Lot number Rack number slot number and unit number EtherCAT Slaves 1 Double click EtherCAT under Configurations and Setup in the Multiview Explorer Or right click EtherCAT under Configurations and Setup and select Edit from the menu The EtherCAT Configuration Tab Page is displayed for the Controller Configurations and Setup layer 2 Right click the master in the EtherCAT Configurations Editing Pane and select Display Produc tion Information The Production Information Dialog Box is displayed Production Information Sede REE OROIL ECT Rew OMON Corporation Ore The following items are displayed Node address Type information Serial number If the model number cannot be determined such as when there
50. O Petam te DP command bet Denice aton Adres T get Dev DES beri mtm Pwes Mow pe i In order to change the address of a slave device perform the following steps 1 Enter the device s current address and its PROFIBUS Ident Number 2 The PROFIBUS Ident Number can be found in the Generic Slave DTM or through the device s documentation By default the device s current address will be 126 If necessary change this to the actual current address YIOMJON e dn uS Z S Enter the new device address in the New Address field Optionally select the Lock checkbox if the address change must be made permanent Q A Q Press the Set button to invoke the PROFIBUS DP Set Slave Address service The Status field will display the status of this service H Precautions for Correct Use Selecting the Lock option makes any future changes of the address impossible even after power down power up of the slave device Note After successful completion of the address change the device DTM address in the Network view has to be changed as well s ss Jppy WLG pue eolAeq BulbueuD z z Changing the Slave DTM Address When assembling the PROFIBUS configuration in the Network view the Master DTM automatically assigns addresses in ascending order to the slave DTMs If the physical address on the slave device differs from the DTM address the DTM address must be changed to match that setting Changing the DTM address can be done in two
51. O Communication Characteristics 5 5 1 I O Data Configuration I O Data Configuration Each slave device defines its I O data size sequence and format by means of I O modules each of which consists of one or more bytes containing a PROFIBUS defined coding scheme The I O mod ules can define input data or output data or both input and output data The I O modules are used to configure the I O data exchange process in the Master Unit and also to verify the amount of I O data to be exchanged with the slave device For modular slave devices the I O modules are selected by the user from a list of available modules The modules usually have to be consistent with the physical I O of the slave device For non modu lar slave devices there is only one I O module and can therefore not be selected by a user The selected I O module bytes are sent over the PROFIBUS network to the slave device at startup using a Chk_Cfg message The slave device has to check and approve the I O modules sent by the Master Unit before I O data exchange can be established sonsia oeieyy UoI eDIUNWIWOS O I S S I O Data Range Supported TheCJ1W PRM21 PROFIBUS Master Unit supports up to 4000 I O modules which can define a total of up to 7168 words of input data and or output data The I O module selection made per slave by the user is also used to setup the I O mapping i e the definition of which I O modules are mapped to which CPU memory location This section
52. OCHO pid Oe I v OMRON Comation kjeiihnie OA neb Daxon itecad isga m J Meter 0 ome Meray Mi Od Oi O boU SEL s x O Da bit i lt 6 ated Nota eves ied HL pn Masio mode Correct Um 5 7 3 Using the Error Log Error Log Concept The CJ1W PRM21 PROFIBUS Master Units are equipped with an error logging mechanism which will internally store error events Most of the errors which are stored in the Unit s Error Log are stored in volatile memory i e when power to the Unit is switched off the errors are lost Severe errors however are also stored in non volatile memory i e these error reports are still avail able after cycling the power down and up again The errors which can be logged are listed in section 7 5 2 Error Codes and Detailed Codes The CJ1W PRM21 PROFIBUS Master Units can log up to 80 error events 16 of which can be logged in non volatile memory Detecting New Errors in the Error Log If a new error event is logged in the Error Log of the Unit the bit _ NewErrLogSta is set in the Unit Status Word _UnitSta see section 4 2 3 Unit Status _UnitSta This bit flag can be evaluated by the user through the CJ1W PRM21 Master DTM Diagnosis User Interface In order to view the bit flag perform the following actions 1 Open the CJ1W PRM21 Master DTM Diagnosis User Interface 2 Select the Monitor Master Status tab 3 If the Automatic checkbox in the Refresh box has not been sel
53. PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 6 Message Communications Command Format 28 09 39 Command code Device address Device Service Access Point Response Format 28 09 Command Response Device Datalength Output data code code address bytes Parameters Destination Address Command Response The address of the device on the PROFIBUS network to which the PROFIBUS message will be sent The valid address range is 0 to 7E Hex The most significant byte in the Response Format is set to 00 Device Service Access Point Command The Device Service Access Point for the Rd_Outp PRO FIBUS service must be set to 39 Hex Data length Bytes Response This parameter defines the number of Output data bytes returned by the slave device The number ranges from 0 to 244 bytes The most significant byte is set to 00 Output Data Response Output data returned by the slave device Response Codes Response code Description 0000 Normal completion 1001 Command too large i e gt 2 words 1002 Command too short i e lt 2 words 110C Device Address Invalid i e gt 7E Hex 2208 PROFIBUS Master unit not in correct mode i e it is in OFFLINE mode 0001 e The slave has deactivated this service e The slave has not responded to the request e The slave does not have sufficient memory space for t
54. Slave New Diagnostics Flags CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 Appendices The device variables for CJ series Units that correspond to all bits 0 to 127 in words CIO n 17 to n 24 are as follows CJ series I O memory address NJ series device variables for CJ series Unit Word address Bit Variable name Description CIO n 17 0 to 15 SlavNewDiagL Slave station 00 to 15 CIO n 18 16 to 31 SlavNewDiagL Slave station 16 to 31 CIO n 19 32 to 47 SlavNewDiagL Slave station 32 to 47 CIO n 20 48 to 63 SlavNewDiagL Slave station 48 to 63 CIO n 21 64 to 79 SlavNewDiagH Slave station 64 to 79 CIO n 22 80 to 95 SlavNewDiagH Slave station 80 to 95 CIO n 23 96 to 111 SlavNewDiagH Slave station 96 to 111 CIO n 24 112 to 125 SlavNewDiagH Slave station 112 to 125 bits 126 and 127 are reserved by system pa yo9uU0D aq 0 Salsas FO PN HUN Ndd 94 uo Bulpuadag suonouny jqeeay ul SeoUeJe4IG L V CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 A 7 Appendices A 2 Bus Parameters The PROFIBUS Bus Parameters define both the baud rate and the bus timing settings necessary to perform the exchange of messages over PROFIBUS The Bus Parameters settings must be deter mined for each and every Master device on the bus and usually depend on e the number of I O data bytes per slave device e the number of slave devices connected to the master e
55. So eee pone 1 2 PROFIBUS Services 002200000005 1 15 Protection Mechanisms 02 05 1 7 R Removing Gaps 00 e eee eee 5 32 Repeaters ation eit eel eo ih ear hie 2 8 RS 485 gt aleotan e e Meteo ee ares 1 3 2 8 RS 485 Transmission Speed 0 5 1 4 S Shock Resistance a na naeun 1 13 Slave Devices 000 nane 1 4 Status Bar 2st ueri geara Nre henan aeei anaig 3 5 Status Indicators ndine a a a eiaa aa 2 2 STOP sil aa a A te ea aie el ae 1 7 5 42 5 50 System defined Variable 00005 4 2 System defined variable 0 6 5 T Termination Resistors 00 20005 2 10 Token Passing 2 200 cece eee eee eee 1 5 U Unit No Switch 0 20 00 000 ee eee 6 5 Unit Number 00 2 3 4 4 5 17 Unit Setup File Backup 000 5 7 33 Unit Setup Restore 0 0 eee eee ee 7 33 User Management 00 0 ee eee eee 3 12 User defined Variable 005 4 2 4 4 V Vibration Resistance 02220000 1 13 CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 Index 3 OMRON Authorized Distributor Cat No W509 E2 01 Note Specifications subject to change without notice Printed in Europe
56. Status from the user program e WORD type Device Variable for CJ series Unit holding all switch functions contained in Unit Status e BOOL type Device Variable for CJ series Unit separating functions per each switch contained in Unit Status The Unit status word contains all the status and error flags concerning the Unit itself as well as error flags which indicate the presence of error flags in the Master and Slave Status Words All bits are con trolled by the Unit S SNJEJS SOYDMS d1EMYOS PUN SALIAS D 10 SAIqeUeA 2143A Z Y 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 43 2 10 UnitSta UnitErr MstrErr NewErrLogSta SHUN SMBS YUN Z 7 ParamTxSta ParamStorErr ParamLoadErr FileRdErr LogStorErr CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 4 15 Name of Device Variable for CJ series Unit UnitErr 4 Data Exchange with the CPU Unit Type BOOL Description Unit error flag Function The Unit error flag collects the status of all error flags in the _UnitSta area TRUE Changed to TRUE by the Unit if _MstrErr NewErrLogSta _ParamStorErr ParamLoadErr _FileRdErr or _LogStorErr are set to TRUE FALSE Changed to FALSE by the Unit if _MstrErr NewErrLogSta _ParamStorErr ParamLoadErr _FileRdErr or _LogStorErr are FALSE
57. Status word 151413121110 9 8 7 6 5 43 2 1 0 weersel TL DOE TTL MstrBusErr MstrProtErr MstrAdrErr MstrHwErr MstrMdCmdeErr MstrParamErr CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 4 19 4 Data Exchange with the CPU Unit Name of Device Variable for CJ series Unit MstrBusErr BOOL R Disturbed Bus TRUE error Type R W Description Function Indicates that distorted messages have been received by the Unit This may occur if the network is not properly terminated or a cable is used which is too long for the selected baud rate FALSE Indicates that no Disturbed Bus error has occurred _MstrProtErr BOOL R PROFIBUS TRUE protocol error Indicates an error has occurred in the protocol handling e g a transmitted token frame could not be read back Note In case this error occurs the Unit will automatically switch to OFFLINE mode FALSE Indicates that no PROFIBUS protocol error has occurred _MstrAdrErr BOOL R Master TRUE address dupli Indicates there is another master on the bus with cation error the same with the same device address as the CJ1W PRM21 Note In case this error occurs the Unit will automatically switch to OFFLINE mode FALSE Indicates that no Master Address Duplication Error has occured 4 20 CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ ser
58. The device variables for CJ series Unit that correspond to all bits of the 8 words in CIO n 9 to n 16 are as follows CJ series I O memory address Word address CIO n 9 to n 16 NJ series device variables for CJ series Unit ee Varabiename OE 0 to 15 for each word _SlvDatXchgL _SlvDatXchgH The device variables for CJ series Units that correspond to all bits 0 to 127 in words CIO n 9 to n 16 are as follows Description Actual Bus Cycle Time CJ series I O memory address NJ series device variables for CJ series Unit Word address Bit Variable name Description CIO n 9 0 to 15 SlavDatXchgL Slave station 00 to 15 CIO n 10 16 to 31 SlavDatXchgL Slave station 16 to 31 ClO n 11 32 to 47 SlavDatXchgL Slave station 32 to 47 ClO n 12 48 to 63 SlavDatXchgL Slave station 48 to 63 CIO n 13 64 to 79 SlavDatXchgH Slave station 64 to 79 CIO n 14 80 to 95 SlavDatXchgH Slave station 80 to 95 ClO n 15 96 to 111 SlavDatXchgH Slave station 96 to 111 CIO n 16 112 to 125 SlavDatXchgH Slave station 112 to 125 bits 126 and 127 are reserved by system CIO n 17 to n 24 Slave New Diagnostics Flags The device variables for CJ series Unit that correspond to all bits of the words in CIO n 17 to n 24 are as follows NJ series device variables for CJ series Unit aa SlvNewDiagL _SlvNewDiagH CJ series I O memory address Word address CIO n 17 to n 24 Description
59. The table below lists the main menu and their sub menu items Menu Command Short Key Description File New CTRL N Creates a new Project Open CTRL O Opens an existing Project Save CTRL S Saves the displayed Project to a file Save As Save as is the same as Save but the Filename Specification Window is always displayed Export Project to HTML Exports Project data in HTML format and launches the browser Project Properties Opens an edit window to add or edit Project information Recently used File List Lists the recently used Project files Exit Exits CX ConfiguratorF DT Edit Cut CTRL X Cuts devices and pastes them to the clipboard Copy CTRL C Copies devices to the clipboard Paste CTRL V Copies devices from the clipboard to the cursor position View Network view Hides or un hides the Network view Device Catalogue Opens or closes the Device Catalogue Tool Bar Hides or un hides the Tool Bar Status Bar Hides or un hides the Status Bar Error Logging Hides or un hides the Error Logging window FDT Monitoring Hides or un hides the FDT Monitoring view Device Add Device Opens up the Device Catalog Add window from which devices can be added to the selected network tree Upload Parameters Uploads the parameters from a device to its associated DTM Download Parameters Downloads the parameters from DTM to it
60. Unit Lit The PROFIBUS Master Unit is faulty Replace the PROFIBUS Master Unit COMM indicator is also flashing Lit Not lit The I O tables are not registered in Register the I O tables the CPU Unit The same unit number is being used Correct the unit number Make sure on another Unit as well that all unit numbers used in the sys tem are unique The CPU Unit is faulty Restart the CPU Unit If the problem persists replace the CPU Unit Lit Not a valid combination at startup Lit Not lit Not lit Unit is functionally correct If there are still problems check on the other indi cators Lit During startup the checksum of the Send a ERROR LOG CLEAR com Error Log stored in non volatile mem mand to the Unit ory was found to be corrupted Restart the Unit During startup the checksum of the Re download the Parameter sets Parameter sets stored in non volatile from CX ConfiguratorFDT memory was found to be corrupted If the problem persists replace the PROFIBUS Master Unit During startup the Parameter set Check the Parameter set in CX Con stored in non volatile memory was figuratorFDT and re download the correct but the contents contains Parameter sets from CX Configura errors preventing the PROFIBUS torFDT interface to be initialized correctly If the problem persists replace the PROFIBUS Master Unit Lit There is an error in the CPU Bus Unit Read the error history and correct the Setup or routing tables data that is causi
61. Unit Status word see section 4 2 3 Unit Status _UnitSta Master Error A Master Error indicates that a new error has been set in the Master Errors word see 4 2 5 Master Errors _MstrErrSta Local Parameter An error has occurred when storing the configuration to non volatile mem Storage Error ory Local Parameter An error has occurred when loading the configuration from non volatile Load Error memory File Read error When set to TRUE this indicates that a transfer from Memory Card to the Unit has failed The Unit must be re configured Unit Memory When set to TRUE it indicates that an error has occurred when writing the error Error Log to the Non volatile memory Error Log The Error Log contains new entries since the last time it was read or Updated cleared Parameter Stor age in Progress Configuration Parameters are being transferred to or from the Unit Slave 3 30 Status Slave Diagnos tics Received When set to TRUE it indicates that new slave diagnostics have been received All Slaves in Data Exchange When set to TRUE it indicates that all slaves are in data exchange with the Master Unit CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 3 Configuration Software A Slave Status Tab The Slave Status tab displays a comprehensive overview of the status of the allocated slaves An example of the Slave Status tab is shown bel
62. and open project files It facilitates user access control which limits of use to authorized per sonnel only using password protection Additional functions CX ConfiguratorFDT provides additional functions like printing error log ging FDT Communication logging and help files CJ1W PRM21 PROFIBUS DP V1 DTM The CJ1W PRM21 DTM provided to configure the CJ1W PRM21 PROFIBUS DP V1 Master Unit provides e The Settings User Interface which handles the configuration for the PROFIBUS Master Unit This includes the bus parameters settings the I O data mappings and Master specific set tings The Settings DTM provides its own user interface e The Monitoring User Interface which handles the status monitoring and control over the PROFIBUS Master Unit when it is on line and communicating over the PROFIBUS network It provides its own user interface to read out Master status flags and Error log as well as Slave status flags and the Slave diagnostics messages received by the Unit It also allows the user to send Global Control commands over the network and to change the PROFIBUS Mas ter Units mode on the PROFIBUS network The communication interface between the CJ1W PRM21 DTMs and CX Server CX Server provided with the CX ConfiguratorFDT package is the driver for communication between the PC and the NJ series Controller Unit A communication channel to the user to change a remote slave device address This channel has its own user interface
63. are stored at the lowest address String is pad ded with a zero byte or a zero word depending on the num ber of characters Not Supported Date Time format is trans ferred to CPU memory as string of words CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 5 Operation Data Type Size bytes PROFIBUS DP NJ series Controller Unit Time of day Supported Not Supported Time of day format contains Time of day format is trans time since midnight ferred to CPU memory as string of words Time difference Supported Not Supported Time difference format is the Time difference format is same as Time of day format transferred to CPU memory but contains a time differ as string of words ence 5 5 4 Exchanging I O Data Over PROFIBUS The cyclic refresh cycles of the CPU and the I O data exchange cycles of the PROFIBUS network are two asynchronous processes for which the CJ1W PRM21 PROFIBUS Master Unit performs the interface function CPU Cyclic Refresh vs PROFIBUS I O Exchange Cycle In general all I O data exchanged during a PROFIBUS I O data exchange cycle must be exchanged with the CPU as soon as possible after the end of each PROFIBUS DP I O data exchange cycle is signalled sonsiajyoeeyy uonesiunwwog O I S S In order to transfer I O data between the Unit and the CPU the Unit has to request a transfer of I O data The actual transfer of I O data will then be performed duri
64. as a result of a PROFIBUS DP V1 MSAC1 services From these codes the user can determine the cause of the failure The figure below shows the two of the three Error code bytes returned by a PROFIBUS DP V1 slave device in case an MSAC1 service resulted in an error The third byte Error code 2 which is not shown below will always contain user specific error codes Error decode byte Error decode Error code 1 byte Error code Error class CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 6 Message Communications Error Decode Byte Bit Description 00 to 07 Error Decode The code determines the protocol type of the slave which returned the error code Since this error scheme can also be used in network applications containing protocol converters i e gateways non PROFIBUS protocols are also defined in this list e 0 to 127 Reserved e 128 PROFIBUS DP V1 e 129 to 253 Reserved e 254 PROFIBUS FMS e 255 HART In case the Error decode byte is 128 i e PROFIBUS DP V1 the Error code 1 byte can have the possible values defined in the table below Error Code 1 Byte e 2 Module failure modules connected to this device e 3 to 7 Reserved o Error Class Code Error Code Description S 0to9 Reserved S 10 Application e 0 Read error Error codes related to the applica o e 1 Write error tion i e the slave device it self or I O N D Q O n 8 V
65. as well as module dependent parameters e Setting of PROFIBUS DP Extension parameters e Setting of PROFIBUS DP V1 dependent parameters Group setting The Group setup function allows definition of the group to which the associated slave device will belong Monitoring functions The Monitoring functions provides a display of e Standard Slave diagnostics flags e Extended diagnostics messages Support functions e Context sensitive help functions e Multi language support CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 1 21 1q440 e1nbyuo0g X9 1 suoneoyioads Z 1 Features and System Configuration 1 4 Basic Operating Procedure 1 4 1 Overview The following diagram provides an overview of the installation procedures For experienced installation engineers this may provide sufficient information For others cross references are made to various sections of this manual where more explicit information is given Mount the PROFIBUS Master Unit to the NJ series controller See 2 2 2 Mounting Installing the CJ1W PRM21 Unit Select a unique Unit Number 0 F for the Unit using the rotary switch on the front of the Unit See section 2 1 3 Switch Settings Connect the PROFIBUS Master unit to the PROFIBUS network See section 2 3 Network Installation Switch ON the power supply for the CPU and create an I O table in Sysmac Studio Refer to NJ series CPU
66. command is in progress e A mode transition command is given and the Unit has detected that it does not yet have a valid configuration or it detected an internal error either of which prevented it from reaching that mode e g Invalid Parameter set and transition to OPERATE mode 88040000 hex Disturbed Distorted messages The network is not properly terminated x Bus Error may have been A cable has been used which is too long received by the for the selected baud rate Unit 88050000 hex PROFIBUS A PROFIBUS pro Network wiring X Protocol tocol error has Other faulty devices on the Network Error occurred and tokens have been lost 88060000 hex Hardware An error has e Faulty wiring broken message short cir x Error occurred on the cuits faulty bus timings or an active bus device has been detected beyond the Highest Station Address setting HSA CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 7 27 N so u943 9 2 jqeL 1013 7 9 2 7 Troubleshooting and Maintenance 7 6 3 Error Descriptions This section describes the information that is given for individual errors fi Controller Error Descriptions The items that are used to describe individual errors events are described in the following copy of an error table Event name Gives the name of the error Event code Gives the code of the error
67. common parameters for the CJ1W PRT21 5 14 CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 5 Operation Come TMCOM2 gt OMRON CIW PRT21 Configuration olo fae mae MON CLIWPRT21 350 Fie C OS ges rror HA amer det Number GONO hens har rrer ino ited se sneer Fr eraten um Fai Safe ngea et oe Weectdos hase Sm sett tout Gata on PROSE tai Resa srt pA IDA Saa reat roe tee a CE Oaa tout ea tet sosen OS Acton on stave PLC PROGRAM mode rena oes exchange N here O wstal ax Sta wag ret s mae Merse ster breast tore sieve PLC ores D ees Coa et rea ey pioa gt tha njoro ban tage A In the figure above the parameter captions are listed in the left column and the options can be set in the right column In order to change settings double click the required parameter row with the left mouse button Depending on the parameter type either a drop down lists will become available for selection or a value can be entered In the figure above the parameter setting allowing the user to define the target location of the output data in the CPU memory has been selected Note Readable captions and or convenient selection items are not always provided with the parameters Depending on the slave device and the GSD file implementation setting the parameter values may require the help of the user documentation for that slave 5 3 3 Selecting the Group Assignment The group assignment is sent to t
68. configuration Check the Input Output areas and make sure they are not overlapping Retry download 02 CPU Memory exceeds mem ory range Input Output areas and or PROFIBUS DP V1 Status table exceeds memory range combination of start address and length Change the configuration to be within the memory area and retry download 03 Slaves should have unique addresses Unique bus addresses must be assigned for each slave Change the addresses of the slaves and ensure no duplicates are present Retry download 04 DTM cannot be added to the network it is not a PROFI BUS device DTM The slave DTM cannot be connected e g if adding HART device DTM Avoid using non PROFIBUS DP DTMs 05 Max number of slaves con figured New slave cannot be added DTM can not be added since the master has already the maximum number of slaves 125 assigned Do not add any more DTMs If more are still needed asecond PROFIBUS Master Unit on the same CPU system may be solution 06 Slave address overlap detected New address assigned new address Changing the address of an existing slave results in an address overlap Automatically recovers 07 Invalid data set received from a slave DTM Slave parame ter changes ignored An internal error has occurred pre venting the master DTM to obtain the slave s parameter set Add a new slave DTM into the net work or change the modules of
69. configuration MstrErrSta WORD R Master Errors Section 4 2 5 MstrBusErr BOOL R Bit 00 Disturbed bus error MstrProtErr BOOL R Bit 01 PROFIBUS protocol error MstrAdrErr BOOL R Bit 02 Master address duplication error 4 8 CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 4 Data Exchange with the CPU Unit D N O 2 o lt Name of Device Variable for CJ A g Series Unit Type R W Description 5 _MstrHwErr BOOL R Bit 03 Hardware error a MstrMdCmdErr BOOL R Bit 12 Mode command error m _MstrParamErr BOOL R Bit 13 Parameter error S _SlvSta WORD R Slave Status Section 4 2 6 AllDatXchgSta BOOL R Bit 00 All slaves in data exchange mode 5 SlvDiagRcvSta BOOL R Bit 04 New slave diagnostics received oO ActCycleTm WORD R Actual Bus Cycle Time 9 SlvDatXchg BOOL R Slave data exchange active flag O SlavDatXchgL LWORD R Slave data exchange active flags 0 63 SlavDatXchgH LWORD R Slave data exchange active flags 64 125 S _SlvNewDiag BOOL R Slave new diagnostics flags o _SlavNewDiagL LWORD R Slave new diagnostics flags 0 63 2 SlavNewDiagH LWORD R Slave new diagnostics flags 64 125 E O na 4 2 1 Software Switches _SwCmd One of the following Device Variables for CJ series Unit is used to operate Software Switches from the user program e WORD type Device Variable for CJ series Unit holdi
70. controls to ensure that safety is maintained in the controlled system if one of the function modules stops The relevant outputs will stop if a partial fault level error occurs in one of the function modules e Always confirm safety at the connected equipment before you reset Controller errors with an event level of partial fault or higher for the EtherCAT Master Function Module When the error is reset all slaves that were in any state other than Operational state due to a Con troller error with an event level of partial fault or higher in which outputs are disabled will go to Oper ational state and the outputs will be enabled Before you reset all errors confirm that no Controller errors with an event level of partial fault have occurred for the EtherCAT Master Function Module e Always confirm safety at the connected equipment before you reset Controller errors for a CJ series Special Unit When a Controller error is reset the Unit where the Controller error with an event level of observation or higher will be restarted Before you reset all errors confirm that no Controller errors with an event level of observation or higher have occurred for the CJ series Special Unit Observation level events do not appear on the Controller Error Tab Page so it is possible that you may restart the CJ series Special Unit without intending to do so You can check the status of the CJB_UnitErrSta 0 0 to _CJB_UnitErrSta 3 9 error status variables on a Wat
71. data Response I O Configuration data returned by the slave device The I O Configuration bytes are coded according to the PROFIBUS standard Response Codes Response code Description 0000 Normal completion 1001 Command too large i e gt 2 words 1002 Command too short i e lt 2 words 110C Device Address Invalid i e gt 7E Hex 2208 PROFIBUS Master unit not in correct mode i e it is in OFFLINE mode 0001 e The slave has deactivated this service e The slave has not responded to the request e The slave does not have sufficient memory space for the request data e Destination address is same as current master address 0402 Service is not supported Device Service Access Point is invalid 6 14 CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 6 Message Communications i MSAC1_Read Service The PROFIBUS DP V1 MSAC1_Read service allows a PROFIBUS DP V1 Master Unit to read param eter data acyclically from a PROFIBUS DP V1 slave device which is allocated to that Master unit The figures below show the command and response message formats Command Format 28 09 33 00 5E Command Function Data length code code bytes Device Slot address number Device Service Index number Access Point Response Format Upon normal completion of the MSAC1_Read command service two types of response frames can be returned e A no
72. e Module related diagnostics e Channel related diagnostics The Module related diagnostics are usually followed by the Channel related diagnostics Both the Device related diagnostics and the Module Channel related diagnostics can occur in one message Device Related Diagnostics The Device related diagnostics data block consist of a header byte followed by one or more device dependent diagnostics data bytes The header byte indicates the type of diagnostics data and the total length of the data block The header byte layout is shown below abessay sonsouBbelg anes Z Y 76543210 elol ttt Block Length Bit Name Description 00 to 05 Block length These bits contain the length of the Device related diagnostics data block includ ing the header byte The Device diagnostics will follow this header byte Maximum length of the block including the header is 63 bytes Interpretation of the diagnostics bytes in this block is device dependent 06 to 07 Reserved Fixed to 00 The combination of bit 6 and 7 indicate the type of diagnostics i e 00 indicates Device related diagnostics data Note The Device related diagnostics as defined above is according to the PROFIBUS DP standard With the release of the PROFIBUS DP V1 standard the Device related diagnostics contents has been re defined to accommodate diagnostics from slave devices supporting PROFIBUS DP V1 CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manua
73. es Deedee Dw eee es 5 37 5 5 6 System Startup Time 0 000 eee 5 40 5 6 Operating the Network 0 00 cece ee eee eee 5 41 5 6 1 User Access to the Network 0 0 cece eee tees 5 41 5 6 2 Changing PROFIUS Mode of the Master Unit 0 0 5 42 5 6 3 Transmitting Global Control Commands 0 0 0 eee eee 5 43 5 6 4 Using Auto CLEAR 0 cece cette eee 5 47 CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 5 1 5 Operation 5 7 Monitoring the Network 000 cece eee eee 5 49 5 7 1 Monitoring the Master Unit and the Network 0 00 eee eee 5 49 5 7 2 Monitoring Slave Status 1 0 0 eee 5 52 5 7 3 Using the Error LOguin eee tit hte cee ee Be ee ee OS A 5 54 PROFIBUS DP V1 Services 0 ani aana eee eee 5 57 5 8 1 Configuring and Monitoring Slaves using DTMs 00 00 005 5 57 5 8 2 PROFIBUS Services From CPU 0 0 cece eee 5 58 CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 5 Operation 5 1 Introduction This section discusses the operational aspects of using the PROFIBUS Master Unit and the configura tion software The section has been setup to follow the general process flow of setting up and configur ing a network downloading the configuration and operating the PROFIBUS network Note In case Error messages are displayed while using CX ConfiguratorFDT refer to A
74. function is provided for slave devices of which the PROFIBUS address is not set through switches but by using the PROFIBUS DP Set Slave Address service Slave devices which support this service also provide a means to store the address in internal non volatile memory In case this non volatile memory does not contain an entry the slave device will assume the default address 126 Note 1 The PROFIBUS DP Set Slave Address service is supported by the CJ1W PRM21 Units as of Unit version 2 0 2 In order to be able to change a device s address the CJ1W PRM21 PROFIBUS Master DTM must be on line WLA 193S SNAISONd LZWNd MLrO 2 Selecting the Set Device Station Address displays the window shown below lt i gt OIW PRH21 PROF tees O Petam te OF command Set Dewe Siana Adon veu uj Jes uONeINBYWUuoD p Z In order to change the address of a slave device perform the following steps Make sure that the DTM is on line with the CJ1W PRM21 Unit 1 Enter the device s current address and its PROFIBUS Ident Number The PROFIBUS Ident Number can be found in the Generic Slave DTM or through the device s documentation By default the device s current address will be 126 If necessary change this to the actual current address 2 Enter the new device address in the New Address field amp Optionally select the Lock checkbox if the address change must be made permanent 4 Press the Set button to invoke the PROFIBUS DP Set
75. is set to the sum of all individual masters Specific slave devices are configured and allocated to the Master Unit but the slave which is not exchanging data may have been disabled CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 Enable the slave devices Problem PROFIBUS Master Unit is configured All slaves were in data exchange but it has now stopped Probable Cause No power is supplied to the system All indicators on the system are OFF 7 Troubleshooting and Maintenance Correction Verify that power is supplied to the sys tem A CPU error occurred e The ERH indicator is ON the other indi cators are OFF e The ERR ALM indicator on the CPU is ON Determine error in the CPU Refer to the NJ Series CPU Unit Hard ware User s Manual Cat No W500 and NJ series CPU Unit Software User s Man ual Cat No W501 for more details on these errors A Unit error occurred e The ERC indicator is ON the other indi cators are OFF e The ERR ALM indicator on the CPU is ON Restart the Unit and read the error log to determine the type of error The PROFIBUS Master Unit is in either OFFLINE or STOP mode e The BST indicator is OFF The BF indicator is ON A PROFIBUS interface error has occurred see Mas ter Errors flags _MstrBusErr MstrProtErr _MstrAdrErr MstrHwErr Determine the mode of the Unit Check the Master Status word
76. lines Before touching a Unit be sure to first touch a grounded metallic object in order to discharge any static build up Install the Controller away from sources of heat and ensure proper ventilation Not doing so may result in malfunction in operation stopping or in burning An I O bus check error will occur and the Controller will stop if an I O Connecting Cable s connector is disconnected from the Rack Be sure that the connectors are secure Do not allow foreign matter to enter the openings in the Unit Doing so may result in Unit burning electric shock or failure Do not allow wire clippings shavings or other foreign material to enter any Unit Otherwise Unit burning failure or malfunction may occur Cover the Units or take other suitable countermeasures especially during wiring work For EtherCAT and EtherNet IP use the connection methods and cables that are specified in the NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherCAT Port User s Manual Cat No W505 and the NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherNetv IP Port User s Manual Cat No W506 Otherwise communications may be faulty Use the rated power supply voltage for the Power Supply Units Take appropriate measures to ensure that the specified power with the rated voltage and frequency is supplied in places where the power supply is unstable Make sure that the current capacity of the wire is sufficient Otherwise excessive heat may be gener ated When cross wiring terminal
77. load will continue CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 5 23 5 Operation 4 The downloading process is handled by the CJ1W PRM21 Master DTM The CJ1W PRM21 Master DTM will switch the Master Unit to OFFLINE commence the download and after suc cessful download issue a command to the Master Unit to store the parameter sets in the Unit A window is displayed to show the progress of the download 5 After storage has been completed the CJ1W PRM21 Master DTM will issue a command to restart the CJ1W PRM21 PROFIBUS Master Unit The new parameter sets will then become effective 6 After restarting the Unit a warning window will be displayed allowing the user to switch the CPU back to its original mode Note 1 When switching the CPU back to its original mode after download the PROFIBUS Master Unit will behave according to the setting made in the Master Setup Tab see section 5 4 1 Setting the Master Parameters If the Action to CPU mode change has been set to go to OPERATE mode when the CPU switches to RUN mode the last action of the download process may start up the network Therefore if this is not desired care must be taken to select the right setting 2 In case of a failure in the download process refer to 7 4 1 Troubleshooting Parameter Download to establish the cause and the remedy 5 24 CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 5 Operation 5 5 I
78. may be corrupted Upon a restart the Unit will attempt to repair the Error log FALSE Indicates that the Error log has been transferred to the non volatile memory successfully 4 2 4 Master Status _MstrSta eISASW SNIS 1 ISEW p Z 7 One of the following Device Variables for CJ series Unit is used to monitor the Master Status from the user program e WORD type Device Variable for CJ series Unit holding all switch functions contained in Master Sta tus e BOOL type Device Variable for CJ series Unit separating functions per each switch contained in Master Status The Master Status word collects all status information related to the PROFIBUS Master function Any errors related to the PROFIBUS Master function are collected in the Master Errors _MstrErrSta vari able CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 4 17 4 Data Exchange with the CPU Unit 15 14131211109 8 76 5 4 3 21 0 Mstrsta ERN MstrOperateSt MstrStopSt MstrClearSt MstrOfflineSt MstrDatXchgSt MstrAutoClrEnblSt MstrValidCfgSt Name of Device Variable for CJ series Unit MstrOperateSta BOOL R Unit in OPER TRUE ATE mode Indicates the Unit is in OPERATE mode In OPERATE mode the PROFIBUS Master Unit will parameterize all allocated slave devices and commence I O Data Exchange FALSE Indicates the Unit is not in OPER
79. message services See Note 2 CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 e MSAC2 Initiate e MSAC2 Read e MSAC2 Write e MSAC2 Abort 1 15 wun 49 seW SNGIAONd 2 1 suonjeoyioads Z Z 1 Features and System Configuration 1 16 Item Specification I O Data Number of I O module definitions 4000 max over all configured slave devices Number of I O data supported by Master Up to 244 bytes input and 244 bytes output max per slave device defined by slave device Total sum of all I O Data must not exceed 7168 words Number of diagnostics data supported Up to 244 bytes of diagnostics max per slave device by Master Diagnostic data is collected at the Unit and can be obtained from the Unit using message communications Additional status flags DPV1 Connection Abort status flags The status flags 16 words in total can be mapped by the user to any CPU memory location and accessed via the Device Variables for CJ Series Units Note 1 These functions are implemented as of Unit version 2 0 2 These functions are implemented as of Unit version 3 0 3 The maximum data length for messages which are redirected to the PROFIBUS network is 1004 bytes 4 Although the Unit device address can be set to address 0 this number should not be used since this num ber is reserved in message communications CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Uni
80. needs to be removed from the Configured Modules list and dou ble click it with the left mouse button If more than one module must be added repeat this step for the other modules CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 5 13 s 1a q ALIS ay BulunByUuog g uogesn6yuop O y Buluysq E G 5 Operation e Select the I O module that needs to be removed from the Configured Modules list and press either the Remove button This method allows selection of more than one module by press ing either the Shift or the Ctrl key on the keyboard while selecting the modules Watchdog Settings Apart from the I O module selection the Configuration tab also contains the settings for two other parameters 1 Enable Watchdog Control This parameter will enable disable the monitoring of the Master Slave communication in the slave device If enabled the slave will stop I O data exchange with the Master if the Master has not send any request message to the slave within the configured Watchdog time Furthermore the slave will e switch its outputs to a known state e signal its change of state in a diagnostics message the next time the Master addresses the slave request re parameterization from the Master before resuming I O data exchange Note If disabled the slave will remain in data exchange even if the Master is not communicating thus maintaining its outputs in the latest known state based
81. of Reiporor te Tapt Porn Tew K m go Qui Tine a Ct Mae Rey Lee Seng Tee 1 ga hHgwd Suton Addwec GaP Update F actor 1 Pol Tec 19 e Date Cortrel Tene W etcthstos Cereri The table below defines the bus parameter settings options shown in the figure The Unit tert is defined as the transmission time for one bit at the selected baud rate CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 Appendices Item Description Unit Editable by User Baud rate Defines the transmission rate on the PROFIBUS DP Network The following Yes baud rate values are defined by the PROFIBUS DP standard e 9 6 kBits s e 19 2 kBits s e 45 45 kBits s e 93 75 kBits s e 187 5 kBits s e 500 kBits s e 1500 kBits s default value e 3000 kBits s e 6000 kBits s e 12000 kBits s Optimize The Optimize setting defines whether parameters can be changed by the Yes user e By Standard Forces the user to use the default optimized settings e By User Makes selected fields editable Note 1 If the By User option is selected and changes have been made it is still possible to switch between Optimize settings without the changes being lost 2 If the By User option is selected and the baud rate is changed the parameters will be optimized to the new baud rate Slot Time The maximum time a Master Unit must wait for a response to a request tet Yes message Min Station The minimum allowed t
82. oma Th Torma vee Common Parameters The PROFIBUS DP parameter message contains a number of settings for the slave device It is transmitted to the slave device before the I O configuration message In most cases a slave device requires a block of Common Parameter settings i e settings which apply to the whole device Module Parameters However there are also more sophisticated modular devices which require parameter settings per I O module selected The specific parameters blocks can be selected from the drop down list at the top of the Parameter tab In the figure above the Common parameters are shown This particular device does not support module parameters so the parameters shown are the only ones shown The Parameter list consist of a left column containing the name of the parameter and a right column containing the settings options In order to change the parameter setting double click the row with the left mouse button Depending on the type of parameter and the selection options either the field can be edited directly or a drop down list with options will appear Note The parameter settings must be performed carefully In general the slave device will reject the parameter message if it contains any faulty parameter Consequently the slave device will not reach I O data exchange with the PROFIBUS Master The parameter values are by default displayed in hexadecimal format By checking the check box at the bottom the value
83. refresh CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 5 37 5 Operation Instruction Instruction Instruction Instruction Instruction Instruction Instruction Instruction Ce Execution Execution Execution Execution Execution Execution Execution Execution Slave I O data refresh PROFIBUS Cycle Slave I O data refresh TpB cy Ps pp cy PT cpu cy gt it cpu cye TpB Cyc TpB Cyc Tn Tour M Proc y TRUE TMProc Tm ort Topu at TRUE TIN Slave device Input TRUE FALSE delay TPB Cyc PROFIBUS I O data exchange cycle time See Appendix A Bus Parameters TM Proc I O Processing time in the Master Unit Minimum value is 430 us but may increase with increasing I O data size TM Rrt Master request cyclic refresh until actual start of cyclic refresh TcPu Cyc CPU cycle time TCPU Rf CPU cyclic refresh time Tout Slave device Output TRUE FALSE delay The total I O response time is the sum of all components Tio Tin 4 Tpp cyc 2 TM Proc TM Rrf 2 T cpu cye Topu rt Tout Note The calculation assumes the presence of only one Master Unit on the PROFIBUS network PROFIBUS DP Cycle lt CPU Cyclic Refresh The figure below shows the timing in case the PROFIBUS DP cycle lt CPU cyclic refresh CPU Cycle Instruction Instruction Instruction Instruction Instruction y Execution Execution Execution Execution Execution 1 i k I i
84. retrieved from the Unit Always set to 81 FF 00 Hex Slave device address command Defines the slave device network address Set to 00 to 7D Hex Number of items to read command Defines the number of bytes to read Set to 1 to F4 Hex Response Codes The following end codes can be returned by the Unit in response to the MEMORY AREA READ command Response code Description 0000 Normal completion 0203 Slave device not allocated to the PROFIBUS Master 0402 Service not supported by Unit model version 1001 Command too large 1002 Command too short 110C e Invalid start address code word non specified code used e Invalid target slave address exceeds 125 2208 Unit is not in correct mode e g it is in OFFLINE or STOP mode 6 3 4 ERROR LOG CLEAR 2103 The ERROR LOG CLEAR command clears the number of records stored in the PROFIBUS Master Unit error log Command Format 21 03 _ Command code Response Format 21 03 Command Response code code Response Codes Response code Description 0000 Normal completion 250F Memory writing error Error Log was not cleared normally 260B Cannot Clear the Error Log The error cause still exists CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 6 21 soBessa o119Aoy 9 OLZ YW4A10 9071 YONNS 4 6 9 6 Message Communic
85. right clicking the mouse From the context menu select Configuration The slave DTM Configuration User Interface which is displayed in the CX ConfiguratorFDT DTM view is shown below The figure shows the user interface for an OMRON CJ1W PRT21 PROFIBUS DP Slave Unit By default the Configuration tab is opened lt Comnmi TPC OMt2 gt OMRON O Druce MRON CIV PRT 15D Me C Sl ow very MAON Copom vot tro r6 MoE Pasman Gow Dyro Sang ter 40278 J irate aaao cores Waectets rtervs s 0 J of roA OI oat i P ed r tote ay Ma waga d rou cae 200 8w Legh rou aes er Stes mg of atipa tate tte ler ot tet Ges be Mp umber of modu tror of met sem Ae gtathe Mog ses reo ippamd hyret Woa set bode hame Modan CAIGA Attan herc re m rue re CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 3 Configuration Software In general the Configuration User Interface for the Generic Slave Device DTM contains three tabs Above these tabs the Device the Manufacturer the GSD file and the Unit s PROFIBUS Ident num ber are displayed The three tabs allow the user to set the slave parameters and configure the I O for a standard PRO FIBUS DP slave device For slave devices which support the extension PROFIBUS DP V1 two additional tabs will be displayed These tabs are discussed later Configuration Tab The Configuration tab contains the Device settings and the I O module configuration INLG 891A9q ALIS 2U E Devi
86. see section 5 4 1 Setting the Mas ter Parameters If any I O modules are moved from one Area to another the I O modules in first Area are re mapped to close all the gaps between mappings JOAI8S XD Buunbyu0Dg p p G H Precautions for Correct Use When mapping the I O Areas make sure that the I O data will not overlap the Unit s own CIO Area or one or more of the I O data areas of any other CPU or I O Unit The CJ1W PRM21 Mas ter DTM does not check this Failure to avoid this will lead to unpredictable behavior of the Unit 5 4 4 Configuring CX Server Configuring Communication The CJ1W PRM21 Master DTM uses CX Server to connect to the Unit for downloading a configura tion as well as monitoring the Master Unit To setup the communication to the Unit perform the fol lowing procedure 1 Open the CJ1W PRM21 Master DTM Configuration Interface Device Setup tab 2 Make sure that the Unit Number has been set to the unit number set on the PROFIBUS Master Unit through the rotary switch on the front 3 Select the Configure button to start CX Server CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 5 21 5 Operation CX Server Upon pressing the Configure button CX Server is launched and displays the CX Server User Inter face as shown below In order to configure CX Server for communication with the Unit perform the following procedure 1 Select the type of CPU to which the Unit is attached
87. select the Global Control commands e Freeze e Unfreeze e Sync e UnSync All commands can be transmitted independent from each other i e all can be send at the same time However their effects are not independent as for example sending Freeze and Unfreeze at the same time results in an Unfreeze command at the slaves CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 3 33 3 Configuration Software Selecting the Groups Specific groups to send the Global Control command to can be defined by selecting the appropriate checkbox Selecting the All Slaves checkbox will disable the individual checkboxes and result in a Global Control command to all slave devices Transmit Global Control Command In order to transmit the Global Control press the Transmit button The command will be transmitted only once Both the Global Control command contents group select and the transmit command are transferred to the Unit through its device variables see section 4 2 1 Software Switches _SwCma and section 4 2 2 Global Control Command _GlobCtiCmd H Precautions for Correct Use When transmitting a Global Control command it may interfere with attempts from the CPU Pro gram to write to the same software switches Care should be taken to avoid these situations 3 2 3 Connecting to the CJ1W PRM21 3 34 Configuring Communication The PROFIBUS Master DTM uses CX Server to connect to the Unit for both do
88. sent by a slave device but the contents has been sent by the Master Unit The last received diagnostics message for each slave device allocated to the PROFIBUS Master Unit can at any time be retrieved from the Unit through the MEMORY AREA READ command see 6 3 3 MEMORY AREA READ 0107 The diagnostics message is returned from the slave device as a sequence of bytes When transferred to the CPU memory the format is converted to words The format is shown in the figure below The location in the CPU memory designated as D is the Destination location as specified in the MEMORY AREA READ command D Byte 1 Byte 2 D 1 Byte 3 Byte 4 D 2 Byte5 Byte 6 D 3 Byte7 Byte 8 D 4 Byte 9 Byte 10 The first 6 bytes or 3 words Word D to Word D 2 are mandatory bytes which will always be sent by the slave device Any additional i e extended diagnostics bytes start at Word D 3 The contents of the first six bytes is defined by the PROFIBUS standard The contents of the extended diagnostics informa tion is slave device dependent but the format is defined in the PROFIBUS standard The first 6 bytes and the Extended diagnostics format are explained below CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 Appendices A 7 2 Standard Diagnostics Data Bytes Slave Diagnostics Byte 1 A layout of Byte 1 is shown below This byte is mapped to the high byte of Word D 76543210 Byte 1
89. still possible to switch between Optimize settings without the changes being lost 2 If the By User option is selected and the baud rate is changed the parameters will be optimized to the new baud rate Slot Time The maximum time a Master Unit must wait for a response to a request tart Yes message Min Station The minimum allowed time for a slave device before it will generate a tart Yes Delay of response to a request message Responders Max Station The maximum allowed time for a slave device to generate a response to a tpit Yes Delay of request message Responders Quiet Time The time a transmitting device must wait after the end of a message frame tg ir No before enabling its receiver Setup Time The time between an event and the necessary reaction tgir No Min Slave Inter The Minimum Slave Interval defines the poll cycle i e the minimum time tgir Yes val between two consecutive Data_Exchange Cycles to the same slave device The Minimum Slave Interval must be smaller than the Target Rotation Time Calculated Minimum Slave Interval in milliseconds ms No Target Rotation The anticipated time for one token cycle including allowances for high and tg r Yes Time low priority transactions errors and GAP maintenance Do not change the value below the calculated value to avoid bus communication interruptions Max Retry Limit Maximum number of request transmission retries by this master if a device Yes does not rep
90. the existing slave with correct slave parameter set 08 Set Parameters failed Slave cannot be configured An internal error has occurred pre venting the master DTM from set ting changing the slave s bus address Non recoverable Master DTM tries to assign a new bus address to the slave DTM but the slave DTM s data base is locked 09 No slaves assigned Down load aborted No slaves have been assigned to the master At least one slave must be assigned Retry download when at least one slave has been assigned 10 Slave s has no modules Download aborted A slave or slaves has no modules Retry download when modules have been added to the slave s having no modules 11 Configured EM bank banks is not available in the con nected CPU Download aborted The configured EM bank banks are not available in the connected CPU Change the configuration to use only memory areas available in the CPU and retry download 12 Connected unit is busy Download aborted Unit is busy with parameter storage Retry download when parameter stor age has finished 13 Slave configuration too big The total number of configured parameter bytes and configuration bytes does not fit into the message for downloading Reduce the configuration 14 Maximum number of modules exceeded The total number of configured I O modules over all allocated slave devices can not exceed
91. the values sent to the slave prior to the Global Control command After setting these parameters the Global Control command must be transmitted over the PROFI BUS network This is accomplished by setting the Transmit Global Control command bit _GlobCtITxCmd in the Software Switches word _SwCmd see section 4 2 1 Software Switches _SwCmd Setting this bit will transmit the message only once After transmission has been com pleted _GlobCtlITxCmd in the Software Switches word will be reset again CX ConfiguratorFDT CX ConfiguratorFDT also provides a means to transmit Global Control commands from the PC through the CJ1W PRM21 Master DTM Diagnosis User Interface Online Operations tab This means uses the same words as described above To accomplish a Global Control command transmission perform the following sequence 1 2 3 4 Select the Online Operations tab Make sure the CJU1W PRM21 Master DTM is online with the PROFIBUS Master Unit Open the CJ1W PRM21 Master DTM Diagnosis User Interface Select the commands to be transmitted e g Freeze Sync using the checkboxes CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 5 Operation 5 Select the groups to transmit the Global Control command to 6 Press the Transmit button to transfer the command to the Unit s CIO area and to set bit GlobCtlITxCmd in the Software Switches word 7 The Transmit button will be disabled until the
92. the following situations During network startup at least one slave device rejects its parameter or I O configuration message or fails to respond All slave devices which have already reached data exchange with the Master will be switched to CLEAR mode again Also slave device which remain in not ready state during a time period which exceeds the Data Control Time See section 5 4 2 Setting the Bus Parameters will cause the Master Unit to switch to CLEAR mode After successful network start up there is no I O data exchange with at least one slave device for a period of time which exceeds the Data Control Time Slave devices which have either been disabled in the Master Unit or slave devices for which the Ignore Auto CLEAR flag has been set see section 3 3 1 Configuration User Interface Extensions Tab will not cause a transition to Auto CLEAR not even when they fail on the network In case a slave device requires more time than the Data Control Time to validate its parameter or configuration message premature triggering of Auto CLEAR can be avoided by increasing the Watchdog Control Time in the Bus parameter set see 5 4 2 Setting the Bus Parameters ncreas ing the Watchdog time will consequently increase the Data Control Time Resume OPERATE mode after Auto CLEAR The CJ1W PRM21 PROFIBUS DP does not automatically resume normal operation after an Auto CLEAR has been initiated In order to resume normal I O data exchange perform
93. the number of other masters on the bus The Bus Parameter settings consist for one part of a number of settings which are directly entered into the PROFIBUS interface hardware registers These settings implement the necessary timing to enable the transfer of a single message between the PROFIBUS Master Unit and a slave device The other part of the Bus Parameters must be calculated These parameters implement the overall cyclic timing as well as the watchdog time to monitor the communication The calculation is performed by the PROFIBUS Master Unit DTM The software implements a formula to calculate the settings which will be downloaded to the PROFIBUS Master Unit Most of the parame ters have baud rate dependent default values Some of the parameters can be tuned by the user How ever this is not recommended since the communication may not function correctly due to incorrect settings or too small timing margins This appendix defines the parameters which are shown by the PROFIBUS Master Unit DTM and pro vides the formula used for the timing calculations i Bus Parameter Definitions The figure below shows the PROFIBUS Master Unit DTM Bus Parameter tab in which the bus param eter settings can be made lazi Dewe Setup Manes Seta Bur Paameton Sisve sea Achranced snus ne SN cm en ee by tandend T true Sia me r Mie Slave inaa a Min Station Dalay of Rewondinr St Min Stave Ietarat 52280 Mae Staton Delay
94. the same sequence as selected in the user interface Depending on the device the sequence may be checked by the slave device If an incorrect sequence is sent the I O configuration is rejected This is for exam ple the case with the OMRON PRT1 COM Multiple I O PROFIBUS DP Interface 3 A mandatory I O module sequence is sometimes indicated in the GSD file by using non PROFIBUS standard GSD file keywords i e only interpreted by a specific configurator The Generic Slave DTM does not check such keywords In this case refer to the manual of the specific device for details 4 Also in this window are the maximum values which can be set and the totals of I O data that actually have been set If while selecting I O modules one of the maximum values is exceeded a warning message will be displayed For the CJ1W PRT21 the first four I O modules have been selected See figure below CommDTMCOM2 gt OMRON ChW PRI2I Configuration oy x wore RON TIWPRT 550 f x ra JC ronse MRON Coporser tiert amber Gata b nh i Pwan Gog Devce berme water Aides 2 J Erate wcag coroni PATIO Forrai X Moa te Crfigurster thee engh d rou asns oma A Oye m of wes DDA oes ter d TO Bate arg of ows ome 0 ter 200 Bye ang af ats Gate tvs erter order ode sree Mode Comtgurter tertie Removing I O Modules To remove I O modules from the Configured Modules list perform one of the following procedures e Select the I O module that
95. to 63 of LWORD type _SlvNewDiagL and bits 0 to 61 of LWORD type _SlvNewDiagH Device Variable for CJ series Unit correspond to slaves at node addresses 15 14131211109 8 7 65 43 2 1 0 SlvNewDiagL 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Slave station 00 to 15 SlvNewDiagL 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 Slave station 16 to 31 SlvNewDiagL 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 Slave station 32 to 47 SlvNewDiagL 54 53 52 51 50 49 48 Slave station 48 to 63 SlvNewDiagH 79 78 77 76 75 74 73 72 71 70 69 68 67 66 65 64 Slave station 64 to 79 _SlvNewDiagH 95 94 86 85 83 82 81 80 Slave station 80 to 95 SlvNewDiagH 111 110 109 108 107 106 105 104 103 102 101 100 99 98 97 96 Slave station 96 to 111 ee toteletelekekelel le 114 113 112 Slave station 112 to 125 4 24 CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 Name of Device Variable for CJ series Unit SlvNewDiag BOOL Type 4 Data Exchange with the CPU Unit Description Slave New Diagnostics flags Array SlvNewDiagL _SlvNewDiagH LWORD Slave New Diagnostics flags CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 Function TRUE
96. to program fail safe circuits or use effective flags CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 5 Operation 5 6 Operating the Network 5 6 1 User Access to the Network There are several ways through which a user can have access to and control over the PROFIBUS net work e Through a CPU user program A CPU user program can set the operational mode of the Unit send Global Control commands read Master and slave status diagnostics information and access the Unit s Error Log Furthermore the I O data transferred between the PROFIBUS net work and the CPU memory can be used by the user program via user defined variables Through CX ConfiguratorFDT The CJ1W PRM21 Master DTM Diagnosis User Interface provides the user with buttons to set the operational mode of the Unit send Global Control commands read Master and slave status information and access the Unit s Error Log This section will explore both means to control the CJ1W PRM21 PROFIBUS Master Unit The CJ1W PRM21 Master DTM Diagnosis User Interface provides the means to control the Master Unit directly from CX ConfiguratorFDT running on a PC YJOM ON 94 Hulyes9doO 9 G Access to the Unit To access to the Unit s controls an online connection with the Unit has to be established To achieve this perform the following sequence 1 To go on line select the DTM in the Network view and perform one of the following actions e Select th
97. was successful but the execution was not the response message will still contain response code 0000 as well as return data However an error code indi cating the failure will be part of the data block The response format for this case is shown below CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 6 7 saBessa 2149Y 9 L08Z ANS J9YSSI N LIOMdXx4 1 9 6 Message Communications 6 8 28 01 00 00 94 he Command Response No of bytes Error code code code received Service code 94 Hex Source station address local node For the definition of the error codes for unsuccessful execution of CIP messages refer to the Smart Slice GRT1 Series GRT1 PRT PROFIBUS Communication Unit Operation Manual Cat No WO4E EN O If transmission of the message was unsuccessful the response frame will only contain a response code and no data block Response Codes The table below lists the response codes for the message transmission itself Response code Description 0000 Normal completion 1001 Command too large i e gt 1004 bytes 1002 Command too short i e lt 8 bytes 110C Device Address Invalid i e gt 7E Hex 2208 PROFIBUS Master unit not in correct mode i e it is in OFFLINE mode 220F e The connection was rejected i e the Master Unit could not establish connection to send the requeste
98. when the error is reset after the cause of the error is removed Cycle the power supply Normal status is restored when the power supply to the Controller is turned OFF and then back ON after the cause of the error is removed Controller reset Normal status is restored when the Controller is reset after the cause of the error is removed Depends on cause The recovery method depends on the cause of the error One of the following System System event log Access Access event log One of the following Continues Execution of the user program will continue Stops Execution of the user program stops Starts Execution of the user program starts 7 28 CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 7 Troubleshooting and Maintenance i Error Descriptions Event name Double Master Address Error Event code 38110000 hex Meaning There is a Master address duplication setting Source Function Module Source details CJ series Unit Detection At startup of net timing work Error attributes Level Minor Recovery Switch the Unit to Log category System CLEAR OPER ATE mode again Effects User program Continues Operation The PROFIBUS Master Unit will not start the network operation and will remain offline System defined Variable Data type Name variables MstrAdrErr BOOL Master address duplication error Cause and cor Assumed cause Correction Prevention rection There is a Ma
99. will be immediate update of transmit transmit buffer will be transferred over PROFIBUS buffer Input refresh process transferred over PROFIBUS started again Note The Global Control command as set in the ClO words is transferred to the Unit together with the I O data but the Global Control command is sent over the PROFIBUS network following the I O data The Freeze command forces an immediate update of the PROFIBUS transmis sion buffers in the slave device with the last input value sampled This input data is then transferred to the PROFIBUS Master Unit with the next I O data exchange cycle Sync Unsync commands Sending a Global Control Sync command to a slave device has the following effect e The slave device will update its physical outputs only once with the last received PROFIBUS output data despite new output data being received from the PROFIBUS Master Unit e If anew Global Control Sync command is sent the slave device will update its physical out puts only once with the most recently received output data e If a Global Control Unsync command is sent the slave device will revert back to its original situation and transfer updated output information to the Master Unit with each subsequent I O data exchange message Note Ifa Global Control command contains both a Sync and an Unsync command the Unsync will prevail The figure shown below illustrates the Sync Unsync feature as implemented by the CJ1W PRM21 PROFIBUS Ma
100. will first be copied to the volatile error log The contents of the non volatile error log will be corrupted if the Unit is interrupted i e power down reset while writing to the error log If an error in the non volatile error log is detected at power up reset the Unit e Will try to repair the contents of the error log e If the log remains corrupted the Error Log Storage Error bit in the Unit Status Word _LogStorErr will be set In this case the error and the flag can only be cleared through the command ERROR LOG CLEAR see 6 3 4 ERROR LOG CLEAR 2103 The start up procedure will be completed normally If during normal operation writing errors to the error log fails the Unit will set the Error Log Storage Error bit in the Unit Status Word _LogStorErr CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 7 23 suoljouny 6o07 10119 S Z s 607 JOU 9U JO MAIAIBAC G Z 7 Troubleshooting and Maintenance Reading and Clearing the Error Log The error log can be read from the CPU and via CX ConfiguratorFDT Sending the command ERROR LOG CLEAR to the Unit clears both the non volatile and the volatile error logs See 6 3 4 ERROR LOG CLEAR 2103 EN Additional Information The CPU Unit s time information is used for the time stamps in the PROFIBUS Master Unit s error log records If the time information cannot be read from the CPU Unit the time stamp will contain all zeroes Moreove
101. 1 Word n 2 Word n 3 Word n 4 Word n 5 Word n 6 Word n 7 Note 15 14 13 12 11 3 Configuration Software Slave station 00 to 15 11 1 27 Slave station 16 to 31 33 32 Slave station 32 to 47 49 48 Slave station 48 to 63 65 64 Slave station 64 to 79 91 43 59 81 80 Slave station 80 to 95 97 96 Slave station 96 to 111 9 9 25 41 57 73 89 105 121 10 0 26 42 58 75 74 90 106 122 107 123 113 112 Slave station 112 to 125 In the above figure n is the start address of the memory locations defined by the Area and Start Address setting in the Acyclic Connection Abort Status Box Bit Name Acyclic Connection flags Status Controlled by Unit operation TRUE Unit If the bit corresponding to a slave device address is TRUE it indicates that the PROFIBUS Master Unit has established a PROFIBUS DP V1 Class 2 type connection FALSE Unit If the bit corresponding to a slave device address Acyclic Connection Abort Status Flags The 8 word Acyclic Abort bit flags are shown below Word n 8 Word n 9 Word n 10 Word n 11 Word n 12 Word n 13 Word n 14 Word n 15 is FALSE it indicates that there is no open PROFI BUS DP V1 Class 2 type connection with the spe cific slave device Slave station 00 to 15 Slave station 16 to 31 Slave station 32 to 47 Slave station 48 to 63 Slave st
102. 1 Master DTM must be configured In order to open the Master DTM Configuration Interface do either one of the following e Select the CJ1W PRM21 Master DTM in the Network view and double click the left mouse button e Select the CJ1W PRM21 Master DTM in the Network view and right click the mouse From the context menu select Configuration The DTM Configuration User Interface is shown below lt i gt CliwW PRrtei PROF ines O vce gt to Meme Seip Ga Peeretes Seve Ara Ateerced O Master Address In the first tab the device address and the unit number must be set The device address can be set in the range from 0 to 125 Unit Number The setting of the unit number is required to setup communication with the Unit through CX Server The setting in the user interface must match the setting made with the rotary switch on the front of the Unit Note The device address is normally assigned automatically Only in the case where there are other devices in the network which have the same address the device address of the CJ1W PRM21 Master DTM may need to be changed CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 5 17 Jase 94 Burunbyuoy p juawuBbissy dnog y Buljoajas s 5 Operation After making the changes select the Save button in the lower right corner of the user interface to accept the changes Next select the Master Setup tab to display the Master Setup options 5 4 1 Setti
103. 1 defines extended communication functions between a PROFIBUS DP V1 mas ter and a PROFIBUS DP V1 slave device These extensions include e Acyclic communications between master and slave to allow re parameterization during I O data exchange e Extended alarm reporting and acknowledgement Settings related to these extensions are sent to the slave device through the Set_Prm message Note 1 The PROFIBUS DP V1 settings in this tab refer to PROFIBUS DP V1 Class 1 communica tion only For PROFIBUS DP V1 Class 2 communication no specific settings are required 2 The CJ1W PRM21 PROFIBUS DP Master units will automatically disable the DP V1 set tings to avoid the slave devices to use PROFIBUS DP V1 functions Only the CJ1W PRM21 PROFIBUS DP V1 Master Units will use the settings below The DPV1 settings window is shown below lt CommOTMCOMt2 gt 83120 C Creo won J50 Me ibeo gee wos Se a tet Urby tprmer Peman Gap berwors e n lam of cach tee ad PA Plog store Lord re pef sa Process star zen sam egret sae Dire ar bee am SAP Amm Acereetedse v SAF Aa Araotes we LAP S Enable DPV1 This checkbox enables or disables the DPV1 functions for the specific slave device The Master DTM will clear this setting prior to download Max Channel Data Length This parameter defines the maximum size in bytes of the acyclic message exchanged with the PRO FIBUS DP V1 Master Unit The size ranges from 4 bytes to 244 bytes The actua
104. 15 4 2 4 Master Status MstrSta 2 2 ceec acetate ud cated be Gi een alana ein ni eh 4 17 4 2 5 Master Errors MstrErrSta 4 20 vee ea ee ee i Shee 4 19 4 2 6 Slave Status CSI Sta ariei iterata naat apaa atni tedio eale i seats deodtfeconestavsneselt dhact 4 21 4 2 7 Actual Bus Cycle Time _ActCycleTm oo eecceeecceesneeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeaaeeeeseeeesneeeneeeesnatens 4 22 4 2 8 Slave Data Exchange Active Flags _SlvDatXchg _SlvDatXchgL _SlvDatXchgH 4 22 4 2 9 Slave New Diagnostics Flags _SlvNewDiagL _SlvNewDiagH _SlvNewDiag 4 24 CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 13 Section 5 Operation Si MMtrOAUCH OM aseara eens de ccwecene vbteetens NIAE URAT AEEA AEEA AEA AUAA TENNA ENAKE 5 3 5 2 1 Adding Devices to the Network c ce eeccecsecneeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeseaeeeeeaaeeeeeeeeesaeeeeeaeeseeeeeeseneeesenaeeeneeees 5 6 5 2 2 Changing Device and DTM Addresses 0 0 iseceeeesereceeneeeseeeeeeseaeeceeaeeeseeeeeeseeeseaeeesneaeensteeeneas 5 8 S2 Setting Up a Network oecccccessteccceseetegecesescuptescesectteeccrsectuenesesceateees LAAEN TE TAEAE AEEA EREA AE 5 4 5 2 1 Adding Devices to the Network 0 2 c cccccceeceeceeeeeeeeece eens aeceeeeeseaaeaeeeecaeaeaesessaeanaeeeeeeeenaeeeeeeaes 5 6 5 2 2 Changing Device and DTM Addresses ecccceeeeeecceceeeeceeeaeeeeeeeeaaeaeeeeseacaeeeeseseaeeeeeeeeeaaes 5 8 5 3 Configuring the Slav
105. 2 2 Unit Startup Errors Unit start up errors are errors which occur at starting up the system and which prevent the Unit from functioning correctly in the CPU system Usually these errors also cause the NJ series controller unit ERROR indicator to be lit or flashing Refer to the NJ Series CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual Cat No W500 and NJ Series CPU Unit Software User s Manual Cat No W501 for more details on these errors The error determination procedure uses the table below To determine the error e First find the status of the RUN indicator left column e Move one column to the right and find the ERH indicator status e Move one column to the right and find the ERC indicator status The probable error causes are then listed to the right of the third column CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 7 3 S10 e91pu HUN 42 SEW SNAIHONd 94 YM Buyooys jqnonL Z Z SJOJEOIPU Z Z 7 Troubleshooting and Maintenance 7 2 3 RUN ERH ERC Probable Cause Correction Not lit Not lit Not lit Power is not being supplied to the Supply power Make sure that the cor CPU Unit or the power supply voltage rect voltage is being supplied is too low The CPU Unit is faulty Replace the CPU Unit The sliders are not properly locked Lock the sliders into place into place The PROFIBUS Master Unit is faulty Replace the PROFIBUS Master
106. 30999 2 D30200 to D30299 10 D31000 to D31099 3 D30300 to D30399 11 D31100 to D31199 4 D30400 to D30499 12 D31200 to D31299 5 D30500 to D30599 13 D31300 to D31399 6 D30600 to D30699 14 D31400 to D31499 7 D30700 to D30799 15 D31500 to D31599 fi User defined Variable These variables are defined by the user and can be used to exchange data with PROFIBUS slave devices from a user program User defined Variables are specified to access user allocated areas des ignated with CX ConfiguratorFDT for slave devices To use this area from the user program you need to create user defined variables of AT specification CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 4 Data Exchange with the CPU Unit 4 1 2 Accessing From the User Program From the user program various types of information are exchanged using AT specified device vari ables for CJ series Unit that are allocated to the I O ports and AT specified user defined variables that are allocated to slave allocation areas i How to Create Device Variables for CJ series Unit Use I O Map in Sysmac Studio to allocate device variables for CJ series Unit to the I O port Specify variable names using one of the methods shown below 1 Select and allocate existing variables 2 Input a new variable name 3 Automatically create with Device variable creation HUN Ndd 94 YM aBueyoxg eed Y The following shows the structure of a variable name create
107. 4 Shielding PreCaUtlonS niiit piani aee eda aaia aaa aa aadi 2 12 Software Configuration ccccccceeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeseeeeseeeeseeeeseeneeeeeeseeeeseeesseeaeseseeseeeeseeeeseaes 2 13 Configuration Software CX Contigu ratorFDT cei nea aana AnA ina E A ANAE RAAR aa aa aa AANA a a dinana AAR AEN Eaa R 3 2 3 1 1 Starting CX ConfiguratorFDT 0 eee eeeeseeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeeneeeneneeenaees 3 2 3 1 2 CX ConfiguratorFDT Main Window ce eeeccecseeeseeeceneeeeeeeeeeeaeeeseaaeeesneeeetaeeeesaeeseneeeennaeeeenaes 3 2 3 1 3 Device Catalogues neh ei a ieee E EN 3 5 3 1 4 Updating the Device Catalogue oo eee eecceeentecenneeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeseeeseaaeesnneeeesaeeeeeaeeeneeee 3 8 3 1 5 Adding Devices to the Network ecceceeceeenteeeereeeseneeeeeeeeseeeaeesaeeeeeaaeeseeeeeesneeeseseeeeeeaeeesneeeees 3 8 3 1 6 Savingand Opening Projects smaig e e a i a a eae iia iaaii 3 9 3 1 7 Exporting to HTML vc scene ro ke oe ee ie te ee ens tee 3 9 3 1 8 Error Logging and FDT Monitoring ce eeeeeeseeeeeeeeceneeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeaeeeseeeeesnaeeeeeaeeeeseeeenseeeeneas 3 10 3 1 9 Access Control and User Management cecceeeeseeeceneeeeeneeecesaeeesneeeeesaeeseeeaeesseeeeenaeeeenaeees 3 11 CJ1W PRM21 PROFIBUS Master DTM 2 ccccceseeeseee eee eee cece eeeeeeeeneaeeaeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeaees 3 15 3 2 1 Configuration User Interface s2 s 1 00 eecceeeeee bese ee edidind a a
108. 5 CX ConfiguratorFDT Warning and Error Messages for more information on errors uolonpowjuy S CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 5 3 5 Operation 5 2 Setting Up a Network Starting CX ConfiguratorFDT Setting up a network involves setting up a configuration in CX ConfiguratorFDT and downloading it to the PROFIBUS Master Unit To start CX ConfiguratorFDT select Program OMRON and CX ConfiguratorFDT from the Start Menu if the default program folder name is used CX ConfiguratorFDT will now start displaying the main window as shown below Be i yo Cece Toes jifadon iip iOS B iaA amp y BB iB i n ik a a O Mitiewee aa a Before starting the assembly of the network in CX ConfiguratorFDT make the following preparation steps 1 Open the Device Catalogue Either select the View Device Catalogue menu option or press the J button in the Tool Bar The opened Device Catalogue is shown below 5 4 CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 5 Operation Deser Catatogue Le veur te EKEK eee TE TE j b y 5 3 J PRRRRRERRRERRRER ERR RR RE ES gt rererrrrTrrereereereereereereereeerer eer er er ee e bi i S D o u Oa g z ee gt td CAT ADS eo C a L ee o a p a goa i ret naa Dorce Loooto fwe Upate YIOMJON e dn uS Z S 2 Check the list of available DTMs and ver
109. 52 User Management To change access rights or to change the passwords for the various access levels first login into the Administrator level This allows you to select the Tools User Management option from the main menu in CX ConfiguratorFDT Other access levels do not have access to this menu option The selection opens the User Accounts window as shown below Pn mm es n D Gaws wiss wrta t ir a d oe J Reeve Change ot not J rare Proete J Ooeator tar ge errei j Vere J Marteneoe Charge i J Pann Egres Nes ye paed Arar Sarge pareot 3 12 CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 3 Configuration Software Changing Access Rights By selecting the check box next to a level the administrator can grant access rights to CX Configu ratorFDT i e the checked levels can start and access CX ConfiguratorFDT If a check box is not selected the corresponding level can not be used to start CX ConfiguratorFDT and it will not appear in the drop down list in the login window For example in the window below the Observer and Maintenance levels are unchecked t j Gere scoters Zj Vee scorti pame Berro oa carg a are Poreter 7 Operetta Charge r Mertensnce 7 Planning Egres a ideer po Dwe passos The next time CX ConfiguratorF DT is started the Observer and Maintenance access levels are not available in the login window as shown below CX Conhgura
110. ATE mode MstrStopSta BOOL R Unit in STOP TRUE mode Indicates the Unit is in STOP mode In STOP mode the Unit will be ONLINE connected to the network but not communicate with its slave devices FALSE Indicates the Unit is not in STOP mode MstrClearSta BOOL R Unit in CLEAR TRUE mode Indicates the Unit is in CLEAR mode In CLEAR mode the PROFIBUS Master Unit will parameterize all allocated slave devices If this is accomplished successfully it will read all input data of the allocated slave devices but it will send zeros or empty output messages to all slave devices FALSE Indicates the Unit is not in CLEAR mode _MstrOfflineSta BOOL R Unit in TRUE OFFLINE Indicates the Unit is in OFFLINE mode mode In the OFFLINE mode the Unit will be discon nected from the network FALSE Indicates the Unit is not in OFFLINE mode Type R W Description Function 4 18 CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 4 Data Exchange with the CPU Unit Name of Device Variable for CJ series Unit Type R W Description Function MstrDatXchgSta BOOL R Unit in Data TRUE Exchange Indicates that the Unit is in Data Exchange with at least one allocated and enabled slave device FALSE Indicates that the Unit is not in Data Exchange with at any of the allocated and enabled slave devices MstrAutoClrEnblSta BOOL R Auto CLEAR TRUE enabled Indicate
111. Box The Acyclic Connection Abort status box contains settings which allow the user to define where in the CPU memory the Connection Abort status bit fields must be mapped These bits indicated the open closed PROFIBUS DP V1 Class 2 connections between the Master Unit and individual slave devices The Acyclic Connection Abort status box contains the following information Control Description Area Selects the CPU memory area to which the Acyclic Connection Abort status bits will be mapped Possible options are See Note Not Used Default setting Start Address and Length will be set to 0 clo DM e Work HR e EM Bank 0 to 12 Decimal Start Address In this field the user can enter the start address in the CPU memory of the mapped data block Length The length value is a fixed number The total number of words is 16 Note 1 If an invalid setting is made the Length value will change its color to red indicating an invalid setting In addition a warning message will be displayed upon saving the changes Invalid settings are for example e The start address and length definitions of the data block will cause it to exceed the area in the CPU e The mapping overlaps with one or more of the I O Areas Output and or Input mappings 3 24 CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 Acyclic Connection Status Flags The 8 word Acyclic Connection bit flags are shown below Word n Word n
112. Bytes Command Response The Data length indicates the number of bytes which must be written If the actual data block length is less than the length of the data written the response will contain an error code in the Error code 1 byte If the actual data block length is greater or equal than the length of the data block written the response will contain the actual number of bytes written The data length number ranges from 0 to 240 Data Command Data to be written to the PROFIBUS DP V1 slave device Error decode Response The Error decode byte defines the type of errors reported in the Error code 1 and Error code 2 e g PROFIBUS DP V1 error This response will only be returned if the message was delivered success fully but the PROFIBUS service returned an error Refer to A 7 4 PROFIBUS DP V1 Error Codes for more information saBessa 2149y 9 6087 GNAS J YSSIN SNAIHOYd Z 9 CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 6 19 6 Message Communications Error code 1 Error code 2 Response The contents of the Error code bytes depends on the contents of the Error decode byte and the slave device Refer to A 7 4 PROFIBUS DP V1 Error Codes for more information Response Codes Response code Description 0000 Normal completion 1001 Command too large i e gt 125 words 1002 Command too short i e lt 5 words 110C e Device Address Invalid i e gt 7E Hex e Th
113. CIO Area n CIO 1 500 Unit number x 25 Unit number 0 to 15 e First word of Special I O Unit DM Area m D30 000 Unit number x 100 Unit number 0 to 15 EN Additional Information The DM area words which are allocated for the PROFIBUS Master Unit are not used i e no data is exchanged between an allocated DM area and the Unit However the allocated area is reserved for use in a future extension of the Unit Therefore using this area for user data is not recommended CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 Appendices i CPU Bus Unit Words Allocated in CIO Area CIO n Software Switches The device variable for CJ series Unit that corresponds to all bits of a word in CIO n is as follows CJ series I O memory address Word address clon The device variables for CJ series Units that correspond to bits O to 15 of a word in CIO n are as fol lows CJ series I O memory address NJ series device variables for CJ series Unit Variable name Description SwCmd Software Switches The functions of bits 0 to 15 of a word starting with ClO n correspond to those of bits 0 to 15 of the device variable for CJ series Unit below NJ series device variables for CJ series Unit Word address Bit Variable name Description clon 0 MstrOperateCmd Switch master to OPERATE mode 1 MstrStopCmd Switch master to STOP mode 2 MstrClearCmd Switch master to CLEAR mode 3
114. E Hex Device Service Access Point Command The Device Service Access Point is a 1 byte number identifying the PROFIBUS service to the slave device as defined by the PROFIBUS standard CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 6 9 saBessa o119A0Vy 9 6082 GNAS J YSSIN SNI4ONd Z 9 6 Message Communications The table below lists the PROFIBUS services supported using the PROFIBUS MESSAGE SEND command PROFIBUS Service rie Description Page Set_Slave_Add 37 Change the address of a slave device 10 Rd_Inp 38 Read the Input data of a slave device 11 Rd_Outp 39 Read the Output data of a slave device 12 Get_Cfg 3B Read the PROFIBUS DP I O Configuration of a slave 13 device MSAC1_Read 33 PROFIBUS DP V1 Class 1 Acyclic Data Read from a 14 slave device MSAC1_ Write 33 PROFIBUS DP V1 Class 1 Acyclic Data Write to a slave 18 device i Set_Slave_Add Service The PROFIBUS DP Set_Slave_Add service allows a PROFIBUS Master Unit to change the address of a remote slave device It is defined for slave devices of which the PROFIBUS address cannot be set through switches Slave devices which support this service also provide a means to store the address in internal non volatile memory In case this non volatile memory does not contain an entry the slave device will assume the default address 126 The figures below show the command and response me
115. EAE E tt a ee Reale 2 2 2 1 3 Switch Settings serrr E e a A EA eee 2 3 2 1 4 PROFIBUS Connector 0000 cee cette eee 2 4 Installing the PROFIBUS Master Unit 000 e eee eee 2 6 2 2 1 System Configuration Precautions 0000 cece eee eee 2 6 2 2 2 Mounting 9 0 22h eee eae day eee ee Ae ta ee 2 6 2 2 3 Handling Precautions 00000 c tee 2 7 2 2 4 External Dimensions 0000 eect 2 7 Network Installation iiiaae aa a aa aaa a a ee 2 8 2 3 1 Network Structure 0 0 stoed A Tp S nea eee 2 8 2 3 2 Bus Termination e iae e E oa KAR E a E O E eee 2 10 2 3 3 PROFIBUS Cable Connector auaa anaa aaae 2 11 2 3 4 Shielding Precautions 0 2 eects 2 12 Software Configuration 0 00 eee 2 13 CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 2 1 2 Nomenclature and Installation 2 1 Unit Components The illustration below shows the Status indicators the Unit number selector switch and a 9 pin female sub D connector on the front side of the CJ1W PRM21 Unit Each of these components are explained in the following sections CJ1W PRM21 Unit number switch This switch sets the Unit Number of the PROFIBUS DP Master Unit as a one digit hexadecimal number PROFIBUS DP Connector 9 Pin Sub D female connector 4 40 UNC thread Connect the PROFIBUS DP network cable to this connector Termination must be provided with the cable c
116. ED FOR THE INTENDED USE WITHIN THE OVERALL EQUIPMENT OR SYSTEM PROGRAMMABLE PRODUCTS OMRON shall not be responsible for the user s programming of a programmable product or any consequence thereof CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 15 Disclaimers CHANGE IN SPECIFICATIONS Product specifications and accessories may be changed at any time based on improvements and other reasons It is our practice to change model numbers when published ratings or features are changed or when significant construction changes are made However some specifications of the products may be changed without any notice When in doubt special model numbers may be assigned to fix or establish key specifications for your application on your request Please consult with your OMRON representative at any time to confirm actual specifications of purchased products DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS Dimensions and weights are nominal and are not to be used for manufacturing purposes even when tolerances are shown PERFORMANCE DATA Performance data given in this manual is provided as a guide for the user in determining suitability and does not constitute a warranty It may represent the result of OMRON s test conditions and the users must correlate it to actual application requirements Actual performance is subject to the OMRON Warranty and Limitations of Liability
117. Error codes related to the application i e the e 1 Write error slave device it self or I O modules connected to this device e 2 Module failure e 3 to 7 Reserved 8 Version conflict 9 Feature not supported 10 to 15 User specific 11 Access e 0 Invalid index Error codes related to accessing the requested e 1 Write length error data area in the slave device or I O modules Invalid slot connected to the slave device Type conflict Invalid area State conflict Access denied Invalid range Invalid parameter e 9 Invalid type 10 to 15 User specific oo NOUO AON 0 Read constrain conflict Error codes related to resources inside the 4 Write constrain conflict slave device which are required to process the requested data e g functions required to implement a requested action 12 Resource 2 Resource busy 3 Resource unavailable 4 to 7 Reserved 8 to 15 User specific 13 to 15 User specific abessay sonsouBbelg ALIS Z Y Error code 2 byte This error code will always contain user specific error codes If necessary refer to the slave device s documentation for decoding the returned byte CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 A 33 Appendices A 34 CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 Index CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 Inde
118. F before you remove the SD Memory Card Do not disconnect the cable or turn OFF the power supply to the Controller when downloading data or the user program from Support Software e Always turn OFF the power supply to the Controller before you attempt any of the following e Mounting or removing I O Units or the CPU Unit e Assembling the Units e Setting DIP switches or rotary switches e Connecting cables or wiring the system e Connecting or disconnecting the connectors CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 23 The Power Supply Unit may continue to supply power to the rest of the Controller for a few seconds after the power supply turns OFF The PWR indicator is lit during this time Confirm that the PWR indicator is not lit before you perform any of the above fl Operation e Confirm that no adverse effect will occur in the system before you attempt any of the following e Changing the operating mode of the CPU Unit including changing the setting of the Operating Mode at Startup e Changing the user program or settings e Changing set values or present values e Forced refreshing e Always sufficiently check the safety at the connected devices before you change the settings of an EtherCAT slave or Special Unit e If two different function modules are used together such as when you use CJ series Basic Output Units and EtherCAT slave outputs take suitable measures in the user program and external
119. FIBUS Master Unit indicates that new Diagnostics data is available The slaves which indicate this data are indicated in SlvNewDiagL and _SlvNewDiagH or SlvNewDiag see 4 2 9 Slave New Diagnos tics Flags _SlvNewDiagL _SlvNewDiagH SlvNewDiag FALSE Indicates that none of the slave device has returned new diagnostics messages since the last time the flags were cleared 4 2 7 Actual Bus Cycle Time _ActCycleTm The actual bus cycle time word indicates the current bus cycle time expressed in BCD in 0 1 ms units The maximum value is therefore 999 9 ms Values larger than 999 9 ms are set at 9999 4 2 8 Slave Data Exchange Active Flags _SlvDatXchg SlvDatXchgL _SlvDatXchgH The Slave Data Exchange Active flags indicate if each slave device is in Data Exchange mode with the PROFIBUS Master Unit An Array data type is used to access individual slave status with the Device Variable _SlvDatXchg The flags are also allocated to a block of eight CIO words and each bit in the block corresponds to a device address Bits 00 to 63 of LWORD type _SlvDatXchgL and bits 00 to 61 of LWORD type _SlvDatXchgH Device Variable for CJ series Unit correspond to slaves at node addresses 4 22 CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 4 Data Exchange with the CPU Unit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 6 7 6 5 43 2 1 0 SlvDatXchgL 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 51 4 3 2 1 0
120. IBUS DP V1 Extension to the PROFIBUS standard This section lists the Error codes which can be returned as a result of a PROFIBUS DP V1 MSAC1 services From these codes the user can determine the cause of the failure The figure below shows the two of the three Error code bytes returned by a PROFIBUS DP V1 slave device in case an MSAC1 service resulted in an error The third byte Error code 2 which is not shown below will always contain user specific error codes 765 43 2 1 0 Error decode byte Error decode 76543210 Error code 1 byte Error code Error class Bit Name Description 00 to 07 Error decode The code determines the protocol type of the slave which returned the error code Since this error scheme can also be used in network applications contain ing protocol converters i e gateways non PROFIBUS protocols are also defined in this list e 0 to 127 Reserved e 128 PROFIBUS DP V1 e 129 to 253 Reserved e 254 PROFIBUS FMS 255 HART In case the Error decode byte is 128 i e PROFIBUS DP V1 the Error code 1 byte can have the possi ble values defined in the table below A 32 CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 Appendices Error Code 1 Byte Error Class Code Error Code Description 0to9 Reserved 10 Application e 0 Read error
121. IBUS Master Unit is in CLEAR mode Lit The PROFIBUS Master Unit is in OPERATE mode COMM Green Not lit No PROFIBUS data exchange with any of the allocated slaves I O Data communication Flashing Fatal error occurred ERC indicator is ON Unit initialization failed Lit PROFIBUS data exchange ongoing with at least one allocated slave BF Red Not lit No PROFIBUS communication errors occurred Bus Fail Flashing At least one allocated slave is not in data exchange with the Unit Lit An error occurred in the PROFIBUS interface of the Unit see section 7 2 Troubleshooting with the PROFIBUS Master Unit Indicators Note Unless otherwise specified the frequency of a flashing indicator is 1 Hz 50 duty cycle 2 1 3 Switch Settings Setting the Unit Number The unit number is used to identify individual CPU Bus Units when more than one CPU Bus Unit is mounted to the same CPU The unit number must be unique for each CPU Bus Unit Selecting a non unique number for a CPU Bus Unit will prevent the NJ series controller unit from starting cor rectly GQ 1W PRM21 Setting range 0 to F Hexadecimal Kas UNIT 38 NO 1 Turn OFF the power supply before setting the Unit number 2 Set the switch to the new Unit number Use a small screwdriver to make the setting taking care not to damage the rotary switch The unit number is factory set to 0 CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 2 3 s usUOd
122. J series CPU Unit W509 4 1 4 Data Exchange with the CPU Unit 4 1 Data Exchange with the CPU Unit Data exchange between this Unit and the CPU Units uses the I O port and memory for CJ series Unit allocated to the PROFIBUS Master Unit 4 1 1 Data Flow The CPU Unit and CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit exchange various types of information at each I O refresh via the memory for CJ series Units within the CPU Unit From the user program various types of information are exchanged using device variables and user defined variables Device Variables are positioned internally in the CPU Bus Unit words allocated in CIO and DM areas User defined variables are created by the user and can be allocated to specific memory areas used for CJ series Units allocated to slaves Access methods from AT specification one n the user program destination Data exchange timing Unit data type Device variable for CJ I O port During I O refresh Software switch series Unit Status User defined variable Memory used for During I O refresh Slave area I O data CJ serles Unit At I O refresh after instruction execution Message send receive data for communications instructions System defined variable None During I O refresh Unit Restart Flag Communica tions Port Enabled Flags etc EN Additional Information By using these variables the user can program without the need to be aware of the configuration of the memory used for CJ series Un
123. J series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 3 Configuration Software The main components in this window are e The Network view e The DTM Catalogue view e The Error Log view not shown in the figure above e The FDT Monitoring view not shown in the figure above e The Main menu not shown in the figure above e The Tool Bar and the Status Bar Network View The Network view displays the structure of the PROFIBUS network in a tree view format The tree has at least three levels LgssoyeinByuog x9 e The project level e The master level e The slave level The highest level of the tree is the project The next level is the PROFIBUS Master level On this level one or more PROFIBUS Master devices can be allocated The third level contains the slave DTMs The PROFIBUS network must be assembled in the Network view i e the various DTMs are added to the network via this window From the Network view the individual DTM User Interfaces can be opened and accessed CX ConfiguratorFDT supports context menu in the Network view which are made visible when selecting a device DTM and right clicking the mouse The contents of the menu may depend on the functionality supported by the DTM DTM Device Catalogue Window The DTM Device Catalogue window will hold the Device Catalogue as well as every opened DTM User Interface The window is an MDI type window or Multiple Document Interface One or more
124. NE switches the Unit to the OFFLINE mode If the S mode Unit is already in this mode no action will be p taken In the OFFLINE mode the Unit will be discon F nected from the network c See Note 1 and 2 FALSE S If the PROFIBUS Master Unit has entered the OFFLINE mode the Unit will change this bit to o FALSE again 2 GlobCtITxCmd BOOL RW Transmit FALSE gt TRUE g Global Control Upon setting this switch the Unit will transmit 8 command one Global Control command over the network n The contents of the message is defined in _GlobCtlCmd see 4 2 2 Global Control Com mand _GlobCtlCmd 2 See Note 3 FALSE The bit will be changed to FALSE if the Global Control command has been transmitted ClrNewDiagCmd BOOL RW Clear new FALSE gt TRUE diagnostics bits Upon setting this switch the Unit will clear all new diagnostics bit in the Slave New Diagnos tics flags see 4 2 9 Slave New Diagnostics Flags _SlvNewDiagL _SlvNewDiagH SlvNewDiag These bits indicate reception of new slave diag nostics data Clearing the bit flags provides a clear indication for new messages to arrive FALSE If the bit flags have been cleared the Unit will reset this bit to FALSE Note 1 When switching the PROFIBUS Master Unit from one mode to another it will internally implement the mode transition via the intermediate modes e g from OFFLINE to OPERATE will be performed as
125. OFFLINE STOP CLEAR OPERATE See 1 1 7 Network Operation Modes 2 If two or more mode switches i e _MstrOperateCmd _MstrStopCmd _MstrClearCmd MstrOfflineCmd have been set at the same time or the Unit can not implement the mode change due to an invalid configuration the command will be ignored and the Mode command error flag in the Master Errors word _MstrErrSta will be TRUE See 4 2 5 Master Errors _MstrErrSta 3 If the PROFIBUS Master Unit is not in the correct mode i e the Unit is in OFFLINE or STOP mode the Transmit Global Control command will be ignored but the bit will remain TRUE The command will be sent when the Unit transitions to the correct mode unless the user clears the Bit No error indication will be generated PUNNOGOID PUeWWOD O UOD eqQo D Z Z Y 4 2 2 Global Control Command _GlobCtlCmd One of the following Device Variables for CJ series Unit is used to operate the Global Control Com mand from the user program e WORD type Device Variable for CJ series Unit holding all switch functions contained in Global Con trol Command e BOOL type Device Variable for CJ series Unit separating functions per each switch contained in Global Control Command A PROFIBUS Global Control command can be transmitted by the Unit on user demand to either CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 4 11 4 Data Exchange with the CPU Unit Global Control Multicast Co
126. OFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 CIO words provide e 2 words for software switches e 1 word for the Global Control e 21 words for the Unit and Slave statuses DM Area words allocated for the CPU Bus Unit Fixed allocation of 100 words per Unit DM Area allocated to the Unit is reserved for future use I O Data allocations Maximum total size 7168 words I O Data can be allocated to up to 2 input areas and 2 output areas Input and output areas can be mapped to CIO DM WR and HR Areas as well as EM banks Mapping must be defined through con figurator PROFIBUS DP V1 status flags DPV1 Connection Abort status flags 16 words The status flags can be mapped to CIO DM WR and HR Areas as well as EM banks Mapping must be defined through configurator 1 13 wun 49 seW SNGIAONd 2 1 suojeoyioads Z Z 1 Features and System Configuration Item Specification Message Reading slave device diagnostics The MEMORY AREA READ 0101 command can be used to Communica obtain the last received Slave Diagnostics message tions Clearing the Error Log Clearing the Error Log with the ERROR LOG CLEAR 2103 com mand PROFIBUS DP messages The PROFIBUS MESSAGE SEND 2809 command can be used to send PROFIBUS DP and PROFIBUS DP V1 messages over the PROFIBUS network from the CPU The following services can be initiated e PROFIBUS DP services e Get_Cfg e Set_Slave_A
127. OFIBUS Master Unit is on line and communicates with its slave devices It will parameterize all allocated slave devices but only read their input data The Master Unit does not send valid output data to the slave devices Instead it will send empty output data messages or messages containing zeros e OPERATE The PROFIBUS Master Unit is on line and communicates with its slave devices It will parameterize all allocated slave devices and exchange all I O data for which it has been configured Normal Operating Modes The OPERATE mode is the mode used for normal network operation The CLEAR mode is the mode used for situations which require a safety state to fall back to see section 5 6 4 Using Auto CLEAR Changing the Mode from the CJ1W PRM21 Master DTM In order to change the Unit s operational mode open the CJ1W PRM21 Master DTM Diagnosis User Interface The figure below shows this Online Operations tab Press the desired mode button in the upper left corner of the window lt i gt OIW PRH PROFIBUS D Modor Otre Oporto tile ata ats Menage vet ak In order to change the network to OPERATE mode i e start I O data exchange press the OPER ATE button The OPERATE status of the Master Unit can be retrieved from the Monitor Master sta tus tab in the same user interface 5 42 CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 5 Operation Changing the Mode Using the CPU Program The Un
128. OMRON Machine Automation Controller CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit CJ1W PRM21 PROFIBUS Master Unit SSE SS M S _ gt e W509 E2 01 Introduction Introduction Thank you for purchasing a CJ series CJ1W PRM21 PROFIBUS Master Unit This manual contains information that is necessary to use the CJ series CJ1W PRM21 PROFIBUS Master Unit for an NJ series CPU Unit Please read this manual and make sure you understand the functionality and performance of the NJ series CPU Unit before you attempt to use it in a control sys tem Keep this manual in a safe place where it will be available for reference during operation Intended Audience This manual is intended for the following personnel who must also have knowledge of electrical sys tems an electrical engineer or the equivalent e Personnel in charge of introducing FA systems e Personnel in charge of designing FA systems e Personnel in charge of installing and maintaining FA systems e Personnel in charge of managing FA systems and facilities For programming this manual is intended for personnel who understand the programming language specifications in international standard IEC 61131 3 or Japanese standard JIS B3503 Applicable Products This manual covers the following products CJ series CJ1W PRM21 PROFIBUS Master Unit CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509
129. OOL RW Bit 01 Send Command to slaves of Group 2 GlobCtlGrp3 BOOL RW Bit 02 Send Command to slaves of Group 3 GlobCtlGrp4 BOOL RW Bit 03 Send Command to slaves of Group 4 GlobCtlGrp5 BOOL RW Bit 04 Send Command to slaves of Group 5 GlobCtlGrp6 BOOL RW Bit 05 Send Command to slaves of Group 6 GlobCtlGrp7 BOOL RW Bit 06 Send Command to slaves of Group 7 GlobCtlGrp8 BOOL RW Bit 07 Send Command to slaves of Group 8 GlobCtlUnfreezeCmd BOOL RW Bit 10 Unfreeze GlobCtlFreezeCmd BOOL RW Bit 11 Freeze GlobCtlUnsyncCmd BOOL RW Bit 12 Unsync GlobCtlSyncCmd BOOL RW Bit 13 Sync UnitSta WORD R Unit Status Section 4 2 3 UnitErr BOOL R Bit 00 Unit error flag MstrErr BOOL R Bit 01 Master error flag NewErrLogSta BOOL R Bit 03 Error log contains new errors ParamTxSta BOOL R Bit 04 Parameter transfer In progress ParamStorErr BOOL R Bit 06 Local parameter storage error ParamLoadErr BOOL R Bit 07 Local parameter load error FileRdErr BOOL R Bit 09 File read error LogStorErr BOOL R Bit 13 Error log storage error MstrSta WORD R Master Status Section 4 2 4 MstrOperateSta BOOL R Bit 00 Unit in OPERATE mode MstrStopSta BOOL R Bit 01 Unit in STOP mode MstrClearSta BOOL R Bit 02 Unit in CLEAR mode MstrOfflineSta BOOL R Bit 03 Unit in OFFLINE mode MstrDatXchgSta BOOL R Bit 04 Unit in data exchange MstrAutoClrEnblSta BOOL R Bit 05 Auto CLEAR enabled MstrValidCfgSta BOOL R Bit 07 Unit contains a valid
130. Operation 3 The total size per Input Output area can be found for each area next to the CPU memory area selection box for example the figure above Output area 1 occupies 7 words Note 1 The CJ1W PRM21 Master DTM will check whether two or more selected mappings in the CPU memory will be overlapping In that case the start address set will be shown in red 2 If any mapping error is discovered by the Master DTM an error message is displayed and download is terminated 5 5 3 Supported Data Types 5 34 The CJ1W PRM21 PROFIBUS Master Units perform an interface function between a PROFIBUS network and the NJ series controller unit On both sides of the interface different formats for data and data storages are used To ensure that I O data transferred through the interface can be used on both sides of the interface without additional formatting the CJ1W PRM21 PROFIBUS Master Units perform the necessary data formatting This ensures that I O data in the CPU memory can be processed by standard CPU functions and that the I O data transferred to from the PROFIBUS DP slaves over the network is compliant with the PROFIBUS DP definitions The table below lists the I O data formats supported by both the PROFIBUS network and CPU See A 6 I O Data Type Definitions for more information about the conversion of I O data Data Type Single 8 bit Integer signed unsigned Size bytes PROFIBUS DP Supported Data is transmitted on a byte by byt
131. Output Area 1 Output Arve 2 OD Mehe Nese e CO Msdje Mame e IO 2 words oit l mee ma MO 52 Zwek eto R2 3402 Zwem cutout ND 2 iwi oint me mm 4 words output uo 3208 4 words cues uas RI 4 more nant um NI l 2bytes otpa Pi corame 3497 Note Auto addressing is disabled Output module 2 of slave device 2 was moved to Output area 2 location CIO 3401 leaving behind a gap in Output area 1 Removing Gaps from the I O Mapping Since gaps in the I O mapping are generally undesirable the CJ1W PRM21 Master DTM provides a means to remove all gaps after finalizing the I O mapping procedure This removal is accomplished by compressing the I O modules in a particular area 5 32 CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 5 Operation Compressing the I O Mapping Compressing re allocates all I O modules in an area as close to the start of the area as possible Compressing an area does not change the sequence of the slave devices and or the I O modules It only removes the unused memory gaps Compressing can be initiated for each area individually In order to compress an area perform the following sequence 1 Open the CJ1W PRM21 Master DTM Configuration User Interface and select the Slave Area tab 2 Select the Output Allocation tab or the Input Allocation tab to display the areas to compress 3 To compress the area press the Compress button at the bottom 4 After finalizing the compres
132. PRMN PROMBUSDOVI Master Dagars l ee a More Onire Operon ow Mater tat Seve Rasa Enw Hitoy sey Neate Ca rt 3a J atoma PERA m tew e gt Manter few As a yeme trap Ero a ranee ed tuen he eed tao Bar amy ra Mamer Es Ap as atre bisoe vee Coripe rario i rage yor lati Dae La Oetuted Gus ira r Goer yot eoerec Prore teco lew Poe Soves n Oste Lecherge Vode Winer 9s tao arSeee tor uw r Pwwrete Slave Status If any of the allocated slave devices have returned diagnostic information to the Master Unit the Slave Diagnostics Received indicator will be lit In order to determine which slave reported diagnos tics select the Slave Status tab next to the Master status tab CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 5 Operation Slave Status Overview The CJ1W PRM21 Master DTM Diagnosis User Interface provides a comprehensive overview of the slave device status without having the user to open all the slave DTMs The overview is pre sented in the Monitoring Slave Status tab of the user interface and displays only the standard PRO FIBUS diagnostics flags An example is shown in the figure below For the extended non standard diagnostics see section 5 7 2 Monitoring Slave Status lt i gt OIW PRH21 PROFIDUS O More Je ee Mate Same Sere tma Eent hator Ngee save ida a3 atom YIOMJON y BuloyUOW Z S ected Gave 2 Yew Dyos Peere tec no emer bamwenr eaer ams ton na sA te d
133. PROFIBUS Master Unit Most likely causes e Lost token messages the token is not returned To correct this e Check the master devices on the network and make sure they are all working correctly e After correction switch the Unit to CLEAR OPERATE mode again MstrAdrErr Master Address Duplication Error A second master device with the same network address has been detected on the PROFIBUS network The PRO FIBUS Master Unit has switched to OFFLINE To correct this e Check the master devices on the network and ensure that they have unique device addresses e After correction switch the Unit to CLEAR OPERATE mode again MstrHwErr Hardware error A hardware error has occurred in the PROFIBUS interface of the Unit The PROFIBUS Master Unit has switched to OFFLINE Most likely causes e Faulty wiring e Broken messages Short circuits or e Faulty bus timings e A master device has been detected beyond the Highest Station Address HSA To correct this e Check the network wiring and make sure it is correct e Check for short circuits e Check the bus timing set through CX ConfiguratorFDT e Check if any other faulty devices are on the same net work e After correction switch the Unit to CLEAR OPERATE mode again CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 7 11 snjejg 10119 Buisn Bulooysajqnoly 2 PION SIO Ja sey Z 2
134. Peden ee eee baleen ee bee sleep ead eesioarsls 1 2 1 1 2 PROFIBUS Communication Protocol 0 0 c ee eee eee 1 3 1 1 3 Device Types ansa u eed tinh eed ger ede eed a pee Dae be betes a 1 4 1 1 4 Bus Access Protocol sii vega Sede bel oa weed See eects ea aes 1 5 1 1 5 Diagnostic functions 0 0 00 000s 1 6 1 1 6 Protection Mechanisms 0 00 cee ete eae 1 7 1 1 7 Network Operation Modes 0 0 e cece eee 1 7 1 1 8 Configuring the PROFIBUS Master 0 0 e eee eee 1 8 1 1 9 FDT DTM Technology 0 0 e eee tet e es 1 8 1 1 10 GSD File Technology 0 eee 1 10 1 2 PROFIBUS Master Unit 20 200 e eee eee 1 11 1 2 1 PROFIBUS Master Unit Features 0 0 0 eee eee ee 1 11 1 252 Specifications 2a itene ek teed kg Ak Al pay Dae a A tects Saale ted ook 1 12 1 3 CX ConfiguratorFDT 0c cece ee eee 1 17 1 3 1 CxX ConfiguratorFDT Features 0 00 cece 1 17 1 3 2 Specifications e aiee ssn deve det a de be ot ahe deat ate oe he 1 19 1 4 Basic Operating Procedure 0 cece eee eee eee 1 22 1 4 1 OVERVIEW is ee es ee eek eet wee es Radic era tet 1 22 1 4 2 Preparations for Communications 00000 cee eee eee 1 23 1 4 3 Procedures Prior to Starting Communications 0000 1 23 CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 1 1 1 Features and System Configuration 1 1 Overview o
135. ROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 Appendices Note m n 1 2 rounded to the next lowest integer If the number of text characters is even all bytes will fit in the words but one additional word will be set to 0000 If the number of bytes is odd the last byte of the sequence will be mapped to the high byte of the last word The low byte of the last word will be padded with a 0 A 6 4 Date Clock Time Data Conversions Date Time and Time Difference data types as defined in PROFIBUS are not supported by the NJ series controller unit To ensure that workable data is transferred from PROFIBUS to the CPU mem ory these data types are treated as 16 bit word data The figure below illustrates the conversion CPU Data area PROFIBUS Bit 07 Bit 00 Byte 1 MSB Bit 15 Bit Byte 2 LSB 00 Word 0 Byte 1 MSB Byte 2 LSB eer Time ms Time min Time hrs Date day of week month Word 3 Date month O Date and Time information is coded as defined by the PROFIBUS DP standard The figure and the 9 table below define the format as it is stored in the CPU memory a 3 iw 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 765 43 2 1 0 E Word 0 Time ms S Word 1 Time min SU Time hrs i Word 2 Day wk Day month Month Word 3 Year Note The grey areas in the figure above denote reserved bits which are always set to 0
136. Slave Address service The Status field will display the status of this service i e whether or not the slave device responded without error CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 3 27 3 Configuration Software H Precautions for Correct Use Selecting the Lock option makes any future changes of the address impossible even after power down power up of the slave device Note After successful completion of the address change the device DTM address in the Network view has to be changed as well 3 2 2 Diagnostic User Interface Diagnostics User Interface The PROFIBUS Master DTM provides a second user interface to display the Diagnostics informa tion available in the PROFIBUS Master Unit This information concerns e Unit and PROFIBUS DP Interface status flags e Slave status flags and common slave diagnostics e The Unit s Error Log Furthermore the Diagnostics User Interface allows changing the Master s PROFIBUS operational mode and the transmission of Global Control commands In order to access the Diagnostics User Interface the DTM has to be on line i e a communication channel between the DTM and the PROFIBUS Master Unit must have been established Opening the DTM Diagnostics User Interface In order to open the DTM Diagnostics User Interface perform the following sequence 1 To go on line perform one of the following actions e Select the DTM in the Network view e Selec
137. Slave Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W510 Section Section 1 Features and System Configuration Description This section provides a brief description of PROFIBUS DP It also addresses the overall specification and the communication performance of the PROFIBUS DP CJ1W PRT21 Slave Unit Section 2 Nomenclature and Installation This section describes the nomenclature and installation of the PROFIBUS Slave Unit Section 3 This section describes the interface and data exchange between the NJ series CPU Data Exchange with the CPU Unit and the PROFIBUS DP CJ1W PRT21 Slave Unit Section 4 This section describes the troubleshooting procedure event logs and maintenance Troubleshooting and Maintenance procedure for the CJ1W PRT21 PROFIBUS Slave Unit Appendices CJ1W PRT21 PROFIBUS DP Slave Unit Operation Manual CJ Series CPU W408 Section Description Section 1 This section provides a brief description of PROFIBUS DP PROFIBUS DP Section 2 This section describes the overall specification and the communication performance Features ad System Configuration of the PROFIBUS DP CJ1W PRT21 Slave Unit Section 3 This section describes the installation of the PROFIBUS DP CJ1W PRT21 Slave Installation Unit Section 4 This section describes the interface between the CJ1 series PLC CPU and the PRO User Interface FIBUS DP CJ1W PRT21 Slave Unit Section 5 Troubleshooting and Maintenan
138. TRUE when there are internal Enabled Flags logical ports available FALSE when there is no internal logical port available suonon4 suj pugpu as Bursn sabessayp 219494 Buipu s z 9 User defined variables Define before or when creating a program Name Data type Default Details Trigger BOOL False Execution conditions OperatingEnd BOOL False Process completed Operating BOOL False Processing InDNetAdr _SDNET_ADR NetNo 0 NodeNo 0 Destination network UnitNo 16 0 address InOption _SRESPONSE isNonResp False TimeOut Response monitoring and 0 Retry 0 retry setting Sdata ARRAY 0 8 OF BYTE 9 16 0 Send data Rdata ARRAY 0 9 OF BYTE 10 16 0 Receive data RS_instance RS SendCmd_instance SendCmd Device variables for CJ series Unit Create on the I O Map View window after the unit configuration is created Allocated F Name Data type Default address AT Comments Details PRM21_MstrOper BOOL lOBus rack 0 slot Online Status TRUE when the ateSta 0 MstrSta MstrOp Unit is in Operate erateSta mode and com mencing I O Data Exchange CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 6 5 6 Message Communications Determining the SendQmd instruction execution completion SendOnd_instance Done OperatingEnd Ir CyN o LI SendOQnd_instance Error Trigger reception RS instanc
139. This context menu provides the options listed below FDT Monitoring View Context Menu Menu item Description Equivalent menu command Clear all entries Clears the entire FDT Monitoring view Copy to clipboard Copies the entire contents of the FDT Monitoring view to the clip board Hide Hides the FDT Monitoring view View FDT Monitoring 3 1 9 Access Control and User Management The FDT Standard defines four access levels and two attributes for FDT Container applications which can be used to restrict access to the program or certain features thereof for unauthorized personnel The actual use of the restrictions also depends on the application CX ConfiguratorFDT implements the five levels as well as one of the attributes These levels are listed below e Observer e Operator e Maintenance e Planning Engineer e Administrator The access rights per level are defined in the table below Function Observer Operator Maintenance Planning Engineer Administrator New file Allowed Allowed Allowed Allowed Allowed Open file Allowed Allowed Allowed Allowed Allowed Save File Not allowed Not Not Allowed Allowed Allowed allowed 7 Save As Not allowed Not Allowed Allowed Allowed iL allowed D 2 Properties View only View only Edit Edit Edit Oo Oo ao g Export to HTML Allowed Allowed Allowed Allowed Allowed Open Allowed Allowed Allowed Allowed Allowed o Add GSD files Not allowed Not N
140. US Master Unit due to one or more of the following conditions e the slave device is not allocated to this PRO FIBUS Master Unit the slave device has been allocated to this PROFIBUS Master Unit but is forced out of Data_Exchange mode due to a communica tion error the slave device has been allocated to this PROFIBUS Master Unit but is not responding the slave device has been allocated to this PROFIBUS Master Unit but is it has tempo rarily been disabled the PROFIBUS Master Unit is not in CLEAR or OPERATE mode CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 4 23 S SNJEJS SAYDMS B1EMYOS PUN SALaS 5D 104 SajqeleA 2149A Z Y HByoxXjeqnis 1BYOXIEAANS Huoxyeqais S6e 4 enjoy ebueyoxy eyeq LIS 8 Z Y 4 Data Exchange with the CPU Unit 4 2 9 Slave New Diagnostics Flags _SlvNewDiagL _SlvNewDiagH SlvNewDiag The Slave New Diagnostics flags indicate for each slave device that it sent a new diagnostics message to the PROFIBUS Master Unit since the last time it was read or cleared by the NJ series controller unit An Array data type is used to access individual slave diagnostic status with the Device Variable SlvNewDiag The flags are also allocated to a block of eight ClO words and each bit in the block corresponds to a device address The flags are allocated to a block of eight ClO words and each bit in the block corre sponds to a device address Bits 00
141. US Master Unit provides error status indications to the CPU Unit in the Unit Status Word and the Master Errors which are allocated to CPU Bus Units see 4 2 3 Unit Status _UnitSta and 4 2 5 Master Errors _MstrErrSta 7 3 1 Unit Status Word The Unit Status word _UnitSta contains status and error indications on the Unit itself The corre sponding bit flag will change to TRUE if an error event has occurred mi rot 15 14131211109 8 765 43 2 1 0 3 c UnitSta S 5 N UnitErr fe MstrErr Ej _NewErrLogSta T gt a ParamTxSta m ParamStorErr s _ParamLoadErr 7 FileRdErr LogStorErr 7 i g Cc Bit Name Description Correction UnitErr Unit error flag If this bit is set one of the other error flags in the Unit Sta g tus Word is set Refer to the following bits for error deter ai mination e _MstrErr Master error flag If this bit is set one of the error flags in the Master Errors a word is set Refer to these bits for error determination NewErrLogSta Error Log contains new errors There are new errors available in the Error Log since the last time the error log was read Reading the error log will clear this bit flag ParamTxSta Parameter transfer in progress A Parameter transfer is in progress either from the config urator to the Unit ParamStorErr Local parameter storage error A
142. Unit e Re download the configuration e If the problem persists replace the PROFIBUS Master Unit File read error is TRUE An error has occurred when loading the configuration from the non volatile Valid Configuration Indicator will be Memory to the volatile memory at start up OFF Most likely causes e A failure or interruption during the writing process e A failure during the reading process To correct this e Restart the CPU Unit to re download the configuration e If the problem persists use CX ConfiguratorFDT to re download the config uration Parameter error TRUE An error has occurred initializing the PROFIBUS interface after reading the Valid Configuration Indicator will be parameter sets from the non volatile memory to the volatile memory OFF Most likely cause e A faulty parameters has been downloaded to the Unit YIOMJON 84 Huljooysalqnoly p 2 To correct this e Check the parameter settings in CX ConfiguratorFDT and correct them if necessary After correction perform a download of the new parameters to the Unit Disturbed bus Error TRUE An error has occurred in the PROFIBUS interface with distorted messages received by the PROFIBUS Master Unit Most likely causes La e No or invalid termination or no inductors used at high baud rates e Faulty wiring LasoyesnByuo5 X9 Bulsn om y au BuOoYsa qnol Z y Z To correct this e Check the termination on the appropriate device
143. UoeDIUNWWOSD O I S S Note Disabling Auto Addressing has no immediate effect on an existing I O mapping I O Mapping Without Auto Addressing A disabled Auto Addressing feature has the following effects on I O mapping e When adding new slave devices or new I O modules to an existing slave configuration the I O modules will be mapped to the first I O areas but the modules will be appended to the existing I O mapping e When deleting a slave device from the network configuration or deleting I O modules from a slave device the deleted I O modules will leave gaps behind in the already existing I O mapping If after deleting an I O module a slave device still has more than one module configured and these modules are not in the same place the DTM will attempt to remap them together e Changing the address of a slave device of which already an I O mapping exists has no effect on the existing mapping Selecting an additional I O module for a slave device in the presence of already allocated I O modules will cause a complete re map of all existing modules if the total I O does not fit within the space it is already occupying The modules are re mapped to the next available location in the area leaving behind a gap in the existing I O mapping Subsequent I O modules of other slave device will remain mapped as before the module addition e When moving an I O module from one area to another they can be located anywhere with in the target ar
144. WOD un L Z sBunjes YAMS Z 2 Nomenclature and Installation 3 Turn ON the power again Note Ifthe unit number is being set for the first time or changed then an I O table must be created for the CPU La Precautions for Correct Use e Use a small flat blade screwdriver to turn the rotary switches be careful not to damage the switch e Always turn OFF the Controller before you change the unit number setting EN Additional Information If the unit number is the same as one set on another CPU Bus Unit connected to the same CPU Unit a duplicate number error will occur in the CPU Unit and it won t be possible to start up the PROFIBUS network Unit Number and CPU Bus Unit Word Allocations With NJ series controller units words can be allocated in the ClO Area and the DM Area via Device Variables The PROFIBUS Master Unit uses these words for receiving control data from the CPU Unit and for notifying the CPU Unit of PROFIBUS Master Unit and communications status The word addresses in the allocated areas for the CPU Bus Unit are important when creating the user pro gram for using the PROFIBUS Master Unit This must be considered when setting the unit number The CIO and DM Word allocations are discussed in detail in section 4 1 Data Exchange with the CPU Unit 2 1 4 PROFIBUS Connector 2 4 The PROFIBUS connector on the font of the Unit is a 9 pin female sub D connector as recommended by the PROFIBUS stan
145. a Control Time 7 Twp Watchdog Con The Watchdog Control Time defines the time for a slave device to set its out ms Yes puts to a fail safe state if during that time no communication between the Master device and that slave device was detected The Watchdog is auto matically set for all configured slaves based on the value of TTR i Slave Area Tab The Slave Area tab displays the mapping of the I O data from to the allocated slave devices on to the CPU memory areas The mapping can be made automatically but can also be changed by the user before downloading trol WLA 193S SNAISONd LZNWNd MLrO 2 The Slave Area tab is shown below Only the Output Allocation tab is shown lt i gt COIW PRH21 PROFIDUS O Omie Shp Mater Scho RaPuamien rve Aee Aterced Ox pa e rot Adeco a eae bon wae kocsis are or f veu uj s s uoNeINBYWUuoD p Z Mosse ume Allocation Areas The Slave Area allocation tabs define how the I O data of each of the slave devices is mapped on to the CPU memory The Slave area tab contains two tabs one for Output Allocation and one for Input Allocation Each tab contains an overall module list showing all the output or input data per slave along with the Module names sizes data types and start addresses This data has been transferred to the Master DTM by each of the allocated slave DTMs If no slave devices have been allocated or configured the list will be empty
146. a are on the same network exchange with the Master Unit Check if actual slave addresses This may indicate a loose network match the configured addresses connector on the Master Unit or a e Check if the slave parameter set broken cable tings are correct If necessary change them and download them again e Switch the Unit to CLEAR OPER ATE mode again Lit Not Lit There are no errors The Unit is in CLEAR or OPERATE mode and exchang ing data Lit Not a valid combination Flashing At least one slave device has e Switch the Unit to OFFLINE mode responded to the master s request Check the network wiring messages Andis not in Data e Check if any other faulty devices Exchange There is also at least one are on the same network slave which has either e Check if the slave parameter set not responded to the master s tings are correct Re download after requests messages or correction e been parameterized incorrectly e Switch the Unit to CLEAR OPER ATE mode again Note The table above assumes that the RUN and the PRM indicators are ON and the ERH indica tor is OFF Otherwise refer to section 7 2 2 Unit Startup Errors section 7 2 3 Unit Opera tional Errors or section 7 2 4 Unit Configuration Errors CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 7 Troubleshooting and Maintenance 7 3 Troubleshooting Using Error Status Error status in Device Variables The PROFIB
147. a is not correctly transmitted by the slave within the monitoring interval The user is informed when this happens If the automatic error reaction Auto CLEAR has been enabled the PROFIBUS Master exits its OPERATE state switches the outputs of all assigned slaves to the fail safe status and changes to the CLEAR state Monitoring at the Slave Slave devices use a watchdog to detect failures of the master or the bus If data communication with the master does not occur within the set watchdog time interval a slave automatically switches its outputs to the fail safe mode Also access protection is provided for the inputs and outputs of the slaves operating in multi master systems Only authorized masters can access their slaves 1 1 7 Network Operation Modes PROFIBUS DP distinguishes four different network operation modes OFFLINE Communication with all PROFIBUS DP participants masters and slaves is stopped The Master ceases to access the PROFIBUS network STOP Cyclic communication as well as PROFIBUS DP V1 Class 1 communication between the master and its slaves is stopped Only PROFIBUS DPV1 Class 2 communication and communication between the master and other masters are still possible CLEAR The master tries to set parameters check the configuration and perform data exchange with its associated slaves Data exchange involves reading the inputs of the PROFIBUS DP slaves and writ ing zeros to the outputs of the slaves
148. actual slave revisions and then make sure that functionality is compatible in the slave manuals or other references You can check the actual slave revisions from the Sysmac Studio or on slave nameplates After you transfer the user program the CPU Unit is restarted Communications with the EtherCAT slaves are cut off for up to 45 seconds During that period the slave outputs behave according to the slave settings Before you transfer the user program confirm that the system will not be adversely affected If the Fail soft Operation parameter is set to stop operation process data communications will stop for all slaves when an EtherCAT communications error is detected in a slave For this reason if Servo Drives are connected the Servos for all axes will be turned OFF Make sure that the Fail soft Operation parameter setting results in safe operation when a device error occurs e e CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 25 e EtherCAT communications are not always established immediately after the power supply is turned ON Use the system defined variables in the user program to confirm that communications are estab lished before attempting control operations If frames sent to EtherCAT slaves are lost due to noise or other causes slave I O data is not commu nicated and the intended operation is sometimes not achieved If noise countermeasures are required use the _EC_ nDatalnvalid Input Da
149. aeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeaaeeseeeeeeeaeeeeeaaeeseeeeeeenaeeseeas 1 23 1 4 3 Procedures Prior to Starting COMMUNICATIONS 20 0 eee cece ee eeteeeeeneeeceeeeeeeaeeeeeaaeeeeeeeeensaeeeeeaas 1 23 12 CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 Section 2 2 1 2 3 2 4 Section 3 3 1 3 2 3 3 Section 4 4 1 Nomenclature and Installation Unit GompPpoOme nts ic rs aa ea aa eee aaa raar Eaa a r lenis antvaevsessolsenueducnevecnrddesuavensidestponss conse 2 2 2 1 1 Nomenclature reran n ee len ied eee en lea 2 2 2 1 2 GIG ALORS AEE EPA EOE E E venace sch aban E E ohare E A OE 2 2 2 1 3 SWIICH Settings csti e eta Tee aa Ea Ea E iaia s 2 3 2 1 4 PROFIBUS Connector Laana a a eee et ee ed 2 4 Installing the PROFIBUS Master Unit 0 0 ccccesecseeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeneeeenseeeneeeeaaaseneeeeeassneeeenseseeeees 2 6 2 2 1 System Configuration Precautions 0 eecceeeeceeeseeeeeereeeeeneeeeeaeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeaeessieeensaeeeeeees 2 6 2 2 2 MO ntNg kees et a sd teehee dave talline a ENa E akaita aia a a SE OEE EAE ANA 2 6 2 2 3 Handling Prec tonS sinaia a i n nn a n A eant eea 2 7 2 2 4 External DiM NSiIONS ere ar ee isco es ei e ia 2 7 Network Installation i e r pa aaa a teehee Se eee tea veesbe r Ea aa aaa arrarena aena 2 8 2 3 1 Network SUUCtUNe EE AE E TEE E E TEA E E ET 2 8 2 3 2 B iermination sranna a a a ee at aa 2 10 2 3 3 PROFIBUS Cable Connector sssri ee E E TE A e a ebreendedd 2 11 2 3
150. age The language used in the GSD file is indicated by the last letter of the file extension GS Default GSD English GSE German GSG Italian GSI Portuguese GSP Spanish GSS The GSD files are prepared individually by the vendor for each type of device according to a fixed format Some parameters are mandatory some have a default value and some are optional The device data base file is divided into three parts General Section This section contains the vendor name the device name hardware and software release versions device type and identification number protocol specification and supported baud rates DP master Section This section contains all parameters which only apply to DP master devices e g maximum memory size for the master parameter set maximum number of entries in the list of active devices or the maximum number of slaves the master can handle DP slave Section This section contains all specification related to slaves e g minimum time between two slave poll cycles specification of the inputs and outputs and consistency of the I O data For PROFIBUS DP V1 devices this section also specifies what services for PROFIBUS DP V1 are supported DTM versus GSD File When comparing the two configuration technologies a GSD file only provides information on the device characteristics and configuration options It has no GUI of its own nor can it connect to the device itself A GSD file always requi
151. agona sigre sA tex vx btema diyot moret aoa hrca ret s ppoted her mode rra tet porse ec mose leens aA ter ertver llawer oo Enensec Seyomcs oveticw The upper half of the window the Slave Status Flags box presents the status of each slave device using colored indicators The colors are listed in the table below Indicator color Slave Status Grey Associated device does not exchange Diagnostics with this Master Unit i e Slave not allocated to this Master Unit or e Device is this Master Unit or OMJON OU PUL PUN Ja seW ay BUHOPUOWN L Z G e Device is another master device Example figure Slave device 0 is not allocated Red The slave device is not communicating with the PROFIBUS Master Unit It may be disconnected or the Master is in OFFLINE or STOP mode Example figure Slave device 6 is not responding Orange The slave device is communicating with the PROFIBUS Master Unit but it is not in Data Exchange due to incorrect parameter settings See the slave diagnostics for more information Yellow The slave device is in data exchange with the PROFIBUS Master Unit but it has reported diagnostics data See the slave diagnostics for more information Example figure Slave device 14 has returned diagnostics Green The slave device is in data exchange with the PROFIBUS Master Unit No diagnostics reported Example figure Slave device 2 is in I O data exchange Any other color
152. al I O Consult the operation manual of the slave device Check if additional action must be taken to initiate I O data exchange e g reset the device after a malfunction Station type This indicator only indicates the device type i e slave device and does not indicate a prob lem Watchdog On This indicator only indicates that the Watchdog has been enabled at the slave device and does not indicate a problem Freeze mode This indicator only indicates the slave device has received a Global Control Freeze command and does not indicate a problem Sync mode This indicator only indicates the slave device has received a Global Control Sync command and does not indicate a problem Slave deactivated This indicator indicates the slave device has been disabled in the Master Unit and does not indicate a problem Extended diagnostics over flow The slave device has more diagnostics to report than it can hold in its buffer This is usually an indication for problems e Check the slave device s extended diagnostics information Open the associated Slave DTM to check on the contents of the extended diagnostics if this has been returned e Check the slave device and make sure that it is working properly Check any loose modules in case the slave device is a modular device e Check the wiring of the I O at the slave device Slaves can often detect short circuits on their physical I O Consult the operati
153. al of devices or step by step test run of the system without influencing the other devices Later expansions have no effect on devices which are already in operation CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 1 3 1 Features and System Configuration RS 485 Transmission Speed Transmission speeds between 9 6 kbps and 12 Mbps can be selected as shown in the table below One unique transmission speed must selected for all devices on the bus when the system is com missioned Baud Rate kbps Distance Segment m 9 6 1200 19 2 1200 45 45 1200 93 75 1200 187 5 1000 500 400 1500 200 3000 100 6000 100 12000 100 Cable Length The maximum cable length values depend on the transmission speed and are based on type A cable see Cable Type on page 9 The length can be increased by the use of repeaters However it is not recommended to use more than three repeaters in series in a PROFIBUS network 1 1 3 Device Types 1 4 PROFIBUS distinguishes between master devices and slave devices Master Devices Master devices determine the data communication on the bus A Master can send messages with out an external request as long as it holds the bus access right the token Masters are also referred to as active devices in the PROFIBUS standard Class 1 Master DPM1 A PROFIBUS DP Class 1 Master DPM1 device is a central controller which exchanges informa tion w
154. alfunction e CPU mode changes between PROGRAM and RUN mode Bus parameter setup The bus parameter setup allows the selection of baud rate and cal culation and editing of specific bus parameters Slave area setup The Slave area setup allows the user to define the I O Data map ping of the I O Data from each of the slave devices on to CPU memory areas Monitoring functions e Master status read out e Slave status and slave diagnostics read out Read out of the Unit s error log Additional Master functions Set remote slave address e Communication channels for PROFIBUS DP V1 MSAC1 mes sages e Communication channels for PROFIBUS DP V1 MSAC2 mes sages These functions are implemented as of Unit version 3 0 Support functions e Context sensitive help functions e Multi language support Generic Slave DTM Note Note For more information on the GRT1 PRT DTM refer to the SmartSlice GRT1 series GRT1 PRT PROFI BUS Communication Unit Operation Manual Cat No WO4E EN D Support functions e Context sensitive help functions e Multi language support I O configuration setup The I O configuration setup function allows e Selection of device address e Enable disable watchdog e Overview of available I O modules e Selection of I O modules including Addition Insertion and Removal of multiple modules Parameter setup The Parameter setup function e Setting of common
155. ally be included in the Device Catalogue In order to add newly installed DTMs to the list the Device Catalogue must be updated by selecting the Update button at the bottom of the window Updating the Device Catalogue may take some time depending on the amount of DTMs installed A dialogue window with a progress bar will be shown during the update process After updating the Device Catalogue it will be stored on hard disk The next time CX ConfiguratorFDT is started the updated list will be used Installing GSD Files The Device Catalogue also allows the installation i e copying of new GSD files into the GSD direc tory for the Generic Slave Device DTM Selecting the Install GSD Files button displays the stan dard Windows file selection window After selecting the GSD file and selecting the Open button in the File selection window the GSD file will be copied to the GSD file directory under CX Configura torFDT After copying the GSD file a warning window will be displayed indicating that the Device Catalogue needs to be updated This can be accomplished by selecting the Yes button in the warning window Note 1 Updating the Device Catalog after copying GSD file can only be done if there is a new project opened i e with no DTMs allocated to the network This is to prevent corruption of an existing network in case a GSD file is removed or replaced 2 The Install Device Description Files option allows installation of more than one
156. ally generated cyclic refresh request is set In this case a complete cyclic refresh will take place See section 5 5 4 Exchanging I O Data Over PROFI sonsiajoeieyy UO eDIUNWIWIOD O I S S BUS oa cn a Instruction Instruction Instruction CPUIGYCIG Execution Execution Execution s A D 1 i n 1 1 no 1 I fe i i a Master Unit processing Al fi 1 i ct rot 3 tot tot PROFIBUS Cycle Pi z r es it Slave I O data refresh roto Tt e P4 La a gt e gt Tn Tpp cyc Topu cyc Tour gt Prie Tu proc Tl aise Oa s Be Tu Rrf Topu at 4 Tio al A Y TRUE TRUE TiN Slave device Input TRUE FALSE delay TPB Cyc PROFIBUS I O data exchange cycle time See Appendix A Bus Parameters TM Proc I O Processing time in the Master Unit TM Rrf Master request cyclic refresh until actual start of cyclic refresh TCPU Cyc CPU cycle time TCPU Rf CPU cyclic refresh cycle time TouT Slave device Output TRUE FALSE delay CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 5 39 5 Operation 5 5 6 5 40 The total I O response time is the sum of all components Tio Tin Tpp cyc 2 TM Proc Turf Topu cye Tcpu re Tout System Startup Time Startup Time Definition The system startup time is the delay from the time the CJ1W PRM21 PROFIBUS Master Unit is turned ON or reset until I O data exchange with all s
157. ame Description 00 Module 0 Diagnostics When set this bit indicates that there is Diagnostics information pending related to configuration module 0 i e the first configuration module 01 Module 1 Diagnostics When set this bit indicates that there is Diagnostics information pending related to configuration module 1 02 Module 2 Diagnostics When set this bit indicates that there is Diagnostics information pending related to configuration module 2 03 Module 3 Diagnostics When set this bit indicates that there is Diagnostics information pending related to configuration module 3 04 Module 4 Diagnostics When set this bit indicates that there is Diagnostics information pending related to configuration module 4 A 28 CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 Appendices Bit Name Description 05 Module 5 Diagnostics When set this bit indicates that there is Diagnostics information pending related to configuration module 5 06 Module 6 Diagnostics When set this bit indicates that there is Diagnostics information pending related to configuration module 6 07 Module 7 Diagnostics When set this bit indicates that there is Diagnostics information pending related to configuration module 7 Consecutive bytes contain the diagnostics flags for Module 8 through 15 16 through 23 etc The Module related diagnostics information is usually followed by the Channel related diag
158. ance 110 O km Core diameter 0 64 mm Core cross section 0 34 mm2 Note The PROFIBUS standard EN 50170 also specifies a Type B cable with different cable char acteristics Use of Type B cable is no longer recommended Maximum PROFIBUS Cable Length The transmission speed defines the maximum advised cable distance or cable segment in metres before the use of a repeater is recommended The cable lengths specified in the following table are based on PROFIBUS type A cable CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 2 9 2 Nomenclature and Installation Baud Rate Distance segment kbps m 9 6 1200 19 2 1200 45 45 1200 93 75 1200 187 5 1000 500 400 1500 200 3000 100 6000 100 12000 100 Note 1 If network extension beyond the range of the advised cable length is required the use of fibre optic cable to cross the larger distance should be considered 2 The recommended minimum cable length is 1 m Stub Lines Passive Stub lines branches from the main line should be avoided for data transmission speeds of more than 500 kbps Except at end devices with termination it is recommended to always use plug connectors that permit two data cables to be connected directly to the plug This method allows the bus connector to be plugged and unplugged at all times without interrupting data communication between other devices 2 3 2 Bus Termination B Line A Line DGND
159. and confirm that the system will not be adversely affected before you perform an MC Test Run e Always execute the Save Cam Table instruction if you change any of the cam data from the user pro gram in the CPU Unit or from the Sysmac Studio If the cam data is not saved the previous condition will be restored when the power is turned ON again possibly causing unexpected machine opera tion e The positive drive prohibit input POT negative drive prohibit input NOT and home proximity input DEC of the Servo Drive are used by the MC Function Module as the positive limit input negative limit input and home proximity input Make sure that the signal widths for all of these input signals are longer than the control period of the MC Function Module If the input signal widths are shorter than the control period the MC Function Module may not be able to detect the input signals resulting in incorrect operation Ei Battery Replacement e The Battery may leak rupture heat or ignite Never short circuit charge disassemble heat or incinerate the Battery or subject it to strong shock e Dispose of any Battery that has been dropped on the floor or otherwise subjected to excessive shock Batteries that have been subjected to shock may leak if they are used e UL standards require that only an experienced engineer replace the Battery Make sure that an expe rienced engineer is in charge of Battery replacement e Apply power for at least five
160. arm acknowledge When selected the PROFIBUS DP V1 Master Unit will acknowledge each received alarm using SAP via SAP 51 51 message identifier default Alarm acknowledge When selected the PROFIBUS DP V1 Master Unit will acknowledge each received alarm using SAP via SAP 50 50 message identifier CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 3 45 3 Configuration Software 3 3 2 Diagnostic User Interface 3 46 The Generic Slave Device DTM provides a Diagnostics User Interface to display diagnostics data sent by the slave device to the PROFIBUS Master Unit In general a slave device can send two type of diag nostics Basic Diagnostics Basic Diagnostics The first six bytes of each diagnostic message sent by a slave device contain mandatory status and error flags The flags are defined by the PROFIBUS standard The basic diag nostics information is displayed in the Diagnostic tab of the Diagnostics User Interface Extended Diagnostics Extended Diagnostics Depending on the type of slave device it may additionally send extended diagnostic bytes in a format defined in the PROFIBUS standard The extended diagnostics usually contain device specific diagnostics information The extended diagnostics information is displayed in the extended Diagnostics tab of the Diagnostics User Interface Updating the Diagnostics The Diagnostics User Interface contains two tabs It also contains an Update button w
161. ation 64 to 79 Slave station 80 to 95 Slave station 96 to 111 Slave station 112 to 125 Note In the above figure n is the start address of the memory locations defined by the Area and Start Address setting in the Acyclic Connection Abort Status Box CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 3 25 WLA 193S SNAISOUd LZNWNd MLrO 2 25 veu uj Jes uoNeINnByWUuoD p Z 3 Configuration Software 3 26 Bit Name Status Controlled by Unit operation Acyclic Connection Abort TRUE Unit If the bit corresponding to a slave device address flags is TRUE it indicates that the PROFIBUS Master Unit has aborted a PROFIBUS DP V1 Class 2 type connection FALSE Unit If the bit corresponding to a slave device address is FALSE it indicates that there is no abort action ofa PROFIBUS DP V1 Class 2 type connection has been performed Slave Timeouts The Acyclic Slave Timeout defines the timeout value for PROFIBUS DP V1 Class 2 connections to slave devices If a PROFIBUS DP V1 message is sent to a specific slave device the timeout is used to monitor the response from the slave device If a response is not received with the specified time out interval the connection will be aborted by the Master unit The value can be set in the range of 1 to 32767 and is expressed in units of 10 ms Additional functions Two additional functions ar
162. ations 6 22 CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 Troubleshooting and Maintenance SSS This section describes the troubleshooting procedures and maintenance operations for the CJ1W PRM21 PROFIBUS Master Unit Utilize indicators Error Status CX Config uratorFDT Error Log and Event Log features to identify and correct errors quickly 121s OVEIVIOW erne Fie Bo ovis ih aes asin BES BGG Ea PED bean pelea ee 7 2 7 2 Troubleshooting with the PROFIBUS Master Unit Indicators 7 3 7 2 1 INdicatOrs sess eet ae ann a Ee ive re ro here oes a Pere Hepes 7 3 7 2 2 Unit Startup Errors sseni e o Hes hE ep eee A a a A 7 3 7 2 3 Unit Operational Errors 0 00 0 tees 7 4 7 2 4 Unit Configuration Errors 2 0 0 tte 7 5 7 2 5 Network Errors cerpen bt pura nat eeo ees Bee bee Renae eatonee 7 6 7 3 Troubleshooting Using Error Status 0 cee eee eee 7 9 7 3 1 Unit Status Word eiename ui ite Pee eet ee ee ee eee ee 7 9 7 3 2 Master Errors Word Si melada alas carta g Wee whee pith daha eal ai 7 11 7 4 Troubleshooting the Network 00 c cece eee eee tee eee 7 13 7 4 1 Troubleshooting Parameter Download 000 eee eee eee eee 7 13 7 4 2 Troubleshooting the Network using CX ConfiguratorFDT 7 14 7 4 3 Troubleshooting I O Communication 0 00 eee eee 7 18 7 4 4 Troubleshooting PROFIBUS DP V1 Communication 7 22 7 5 Error Lo
163. atures and System Configuration PROFIBUS DP Class 2 Services The PROFIBUS Master Unit also supports additional PROFIBUS DP Class 2 services defined in the PROFIBUS DP standard EN50170 Volume 2 for Master Slave Communication These functions includes the following services e Set_Slave_Addr e Get_Cfg e Rd_Inp e Rd_Outp These services can be invoked from the CPU using message communication PROFIBUS DP V1 Service The PROFIBUS Master Unit supports PROFIBUS DP V1 Class 1 and Class 2 services Additional parameter data can be written read to and from PROFIBUS DP V1 compatible slave devices These services can be initiated either from the CPU or from the associated DTM Configuration Before the PROFIBUS Master Unit can control the PROFIBUS network it must be configured using the dedicated configuration program CX Integrator FDT Without this configuration the Unit will not be able to achieve data exchange neither to send any acyclic messages The configurator is explained in 1 3 CX ConfiguratorFDT Troubleshooting Functions The PROFIBUS Master Unit is provided with a variety of troubleshooting functions for prompt recov ery in case of errors e Extensive self diagnostic function at startup e Data exchange flags indicating if I O data is being exchanged with the slave devices e Diagnostics flags indicating if new Slave diagnostics data is available e Extensive status and error flags indicating the status of the Unit an
164. bject it to abnormal vibration or shock Doing so may result in Unit malfunc tion or burning Ei Mounting The sliders on the tops and bottoms of the Power Supply Unit CPU Unit I O Units Special I O Unit and CPU Bus Units must be completely locked until they click into place after connecting the adja cent Unit connectors i Installation Always connect to a ground of 100 or less when installing the Units A ground of 100 Q or less must be installed when shorting the GR and LG terminals on the Power Supply Unit i Wiring Follow the instructions in this manual to correctly perform wiring Double check all wiring and switch settings before turning ON the power supply Use crimp terminals for wiring Do not connect bare stranded wires directly to terminals Do not pull on the cables or bend the cables beyond their natural limit Do not place heavy objects on top of the cables or other wiring lines Doing so may break the cables Mount terminal blocks and connectors only after checking the mounting location carefully Be sure that the terminal blocks expansion cables and other items with locking devices are properly locked into place Always remove any dust proof labels that are on the top of the Units when they are shipped before you turn ON the power supply If the labels are not removed heat will accumulate and malfunctions may occur Before you connect a computer to the CPU Unit disconnect the power supply plug of the
165. c1 Minimum Min Slave Interval kBits s tpi tpi tei tei ms gt 9 6 414 280 11 1250 130 gt 19 2 418 280 11 1250 65 1 J 45 45 1942 361 11 1250 27 5 3 93 75 450 280 11 1250 13 3 A 187 5 1390 310 10 1250 6 67 a 500 2183 310 10 1850 3 7 1500 4339 310 11 4800 3 2 3000 11578 410 5 9600 3 2 6000 23556 800 10 19200 3 2 12000 47112 1600 20 38400 3 2 A2 65 1 us B2 2 us C2 0 5 us CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 A 11 Appendices A 3 Application Notes This appendix contains an application note regarding the use of a special ladder program to detect any CJ1W PRM21 PROFIBUS Master Unit failures This programs specifically covers failures due to faulty bus parameters set by the user fi Application Note Background The CJ1W PRM21 Master DTM allows the user to change certain bus parameter in order to further optimize the PROFIBUS network performance The risk however in doing this is that certain combina tions may lead to failures in the communication either direct or at a later point in time The direct result of this failure is that communication between the Master Unit and the CPU the CPU I O refresh cycle will take longer than anticipated A ladder program can now be used to detect this if the application warrants this safety measure It relies on the fact that non used software switches see section 4 2 1 Software Switches _SwCmd when set by the user prog
166. cations EE This section describes the message service communications commands concept sent from the user program in the CPU Unit 6 1 OVe VEW e a EE sere eG eae bee eS 6 2 6 2 Sending Acyclic Messages Using SendCmd Instructions 6 3 6 3 Acyclic Messages 00 cece eee eee eee 6 7 6 3 1 EXPLICIT MESSAGE SEND 2801 0 0 0 c eee ee 6 7 6 3 2 PROFIBUS MESSAGE SEND 2809 0 0 0 cee eee 6 9 6 3 3 MEMORY AREA READ 0101 0 0 0 0 c cece tees 6 20 6 3 4 ERROR LOG CLEAR 2103 0 2 eects 6 21 CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 6 1 6 Message Communications 6 1 Overview Message communications enable messages to be sent between nodes on a PROFIBUS network when required by system conditions It is possible for messages to be sent between a CPU and a PROFIBUS Master or Slave Unit You can use them to send receive data read time data error logs and other data or control specific operation e g clearing the error log There are three types of messages e Explicit e PROFIBUS e Other The figure below depicts the command structure for the CJ1W PRM21 PROFIBUS Master units CPU Unit PROFIBUS Master Unit Other message function SendCMd 0101 Hex 2103 Hex SendCmd Instruction gt 2809 PROFIBUS message 2809 Hex PROFIBUS message function SendCmd Instruction 2801 Hex Explicit messa
167. ce This section describes the troubleshooting procedures and maintenance operations needed to keep the PROFIBUS DP network operating properly Appendices SmartSlice GRT1 Series PROFIBUS Communication Unit Operation Manual Cat No W04E Section Section 1 Features and Specifications Description This section provides an introductory overview of the GRT1 series SmartSlice I O Units and the GRT1 PRT PROFIBUS Communication Unit its functions and how to setup and configure it for a PROFIBUS network Section 2 Installation and Wiring This section contains the procedures for setting up the PROFIBUS network It also describes installing and wiring the Communication Unit as well as the GRT1 series SmartSlice I O Units Section 3 Setup and Operation This section describes the operational aspects of the GRT1 PRT and the SmartSlice I O system Section 4 Troubleshooting and Maintenance This section describes the troubleshooting procedures and maintenance operations for the PROFIBUS Communication Unit Appendices CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 The appendices describe the following PROFIBUS Technology Slave Diagnostics Messages Explicit Messages Introduction SmartSlice GRT1 Series Slice I O Units Operation Manual Cat No W455 Section Section 1 Available Units and Features Description This section describes the features of GRT1 serie
168. ce Settings The Device Settings contain the device address i e the Unit s PROFIBUS address and the Watch dog time for the Unit The device address is normally set automatically by the Master DTM when the slave DTM is added to its tree However the user has the opportunity to change the address The changed address will be transferred to the Master DTM Note In case a changed address is invalid for example if there is already another slave device with the same new address the Master DTM will set the number back to its old value The Watchdog value is the value used by the slave device to monitor communication from the Master Unit If no messages are sent to the slave by its Master within the Watchdog timeout time the slave device will stop data exchange and switch back to the fail safe mode Note In the current version of CX ConfiguratorFDT the Watchdog setting made in the Generic Slave DTM is overruled by the Watchdog setting in the Master DTM refer to section Setting the Bus Parameters on page 19 ve uj JOS uONeINByWUuoOD p e Module Configuration The I O module configuration defines the I O Data which the slave will be exchanging with the Mas ter Unit when it is in data exchange mode The upper window in the Configuration tab contains all possible modules which are in the GSD file The lower window holds all selected I O modules The user has to select the modules which are associated with the physical configuration
169. ce without saving If any changes were made a warning message is displayed allowing can cellation of the command Help Launch context sensitive Help for the Active tab Save Evaluate changes and save them H Precautions for Correct Use Save in the context of the buttons means that the changes made by the user are saved in the DTM only i e the changes are not permanently saved in the Project yet This is indicated by the asterisk next to the DTM in the Network view The next time in the same session the GUI is opened the changes will still be there In order to save the changes permanently e g to hard disk Click the File Save option from the main menu of CX ConfiguratorF DT i Device Setup Tab The Device setup tab see figure above provides the controls to achieve communication between the PC and the PROFIBUS Master Unit It allows setting of the unit number to identify it on the NJ series control unit and the device address to identify it on the PROFIBUS network It also will invoke the CX Server interface to setup and test the communication between the PC and the CPU to which the Unit is attached The Device Setup tab has the following components Settings Box The Settings box contains the setting the user must make before setting up the communication and before testing the communication Control Description Station Address Address of the Unit in the PROFIBUS network Default value is 1 but it should b
170. ces are on the same network e Switch the Unit to CLEAR OPER ATE mode again A Double Address error has occurred Check the master devices on the on the network i e there is a second network Make sure they all have master device with the same PROFI unique network addresses BUS address on the network the Unit e After correction switch the Unit to has switched to OFFLINE CLEAR OPERATE mode again Lit Not lit Not a valid combination Lit Not a valid combination CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 7 7 10 E91PU HUN 42 S2W SNAIOUd 94 YM Buyooys jqnosL Z Z SIOZ YIOMION C Z 2 7 Troubleshooting and Maintenance 7 8 BST COMM BF Probable Cause Correction Flashing Lit Not lit Not lit Not a valid combination Lit A Bus disturbance error has been e Switch the Unit to OFFLINE mode detected Terminate the network at the appro This indicates a termination error ter priate places see section 2 3 2 Bus mination resistors are missing or Termination inductors are not used or two slave e Check if any other faulty devices devices with the same address are on the same network e Switch the Unit to CLEAR OPER ATE mode again Flashing None of the allocated slave devices e Switch the Unit to OFFLINE mode responds to the master s request e Check the network wiring messages e Check if any other faulty devices None of the slaves is in I O dat
171. cess the PROFIBUS I O data and exchange this with the CPU Based on this the Min Slave Interval value for one Master Unit can be calculated as follows Min Slave Interval A B slave devices B slave devices C bytes to transfer 1 bits per us A modules C Words to exchange 1 2 B C are constants t 2 2 in which A determining the PROFIBUS DP cycle time on the bus 1 BIT CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 Appendices Az B C3 are constants in us determining the cycle time between the Unit and the CPU slave devices are the devices allocated to this Master Unit only modules are the total number of I O modules selected for the slave devices 2 The total Target Rotation Time is calculated as the sum of all individual Min Slave Interval values for each Master Unit on the PROFIBUS network From the total Target Rotation Time the Watchdog time for each slave device is calculated as fol TIR gt Min Slave Interval Master lows Two 3 TIR Baud rate 3 in which T is the total Target Rotation Time in t TR BIT Baud rate is the selected baud rate value The Watchdog Time value is in turn used to calculate the total Data Control Time Data Control Time 7 Two 4 Based on measurements the following values have been determined for the 6 factors in equation 1 Baud rate A1 B1
172. ch Tab Page to see if an observation level Controller error has occurred i Battery Backup e The user program and initial values for the variables are stored in non volatile memory in the CPU Unit The present values of variables with the Retain attribute and the values of the Holding DM and EM Areas in the memory used for CJ series Units are backed up by a Battery If the Battery is not connected or the Battery is exhausted the CPU Unit detects a Battery backup Memory Check Error If that error is detected variables with a Retain attribute are set to their initial values and the Holding DM and EM Areas in memory used for CJ series Units are cleared to all zeros Perform thorough verifications and provide sufficient measures to ensure that the devices perform safe operation for the initial values of the variables with Retain attributes and the resulting operation i Debugging Forced refreshing ignores the results of user program execution and refreshes I O with the specified values If forced refreshing is used for inputs for which I O refreshing is not supported the inputs will first take the specified values but they will then be overwritten by the user program This operation differs from the force set reset functionality of the CJ series PLCs CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 e You cannot upload or download information for forced refreshing with the Sysmac Studio After downloading data t
173. circuits consider the above precaution and allow sufficient margin in shut off performance Refer to the relevant manuals for surge current specifications Refer to the NJ series CPU Unit Hard ware User s Manual Cat No W500 for surge current specifications If the full dielectric strength voltage is applied or turned OFF using the switch on the tester the gener ated impulse voltage may damage the Power Supply Unit Use the adjustment on the tester to grad ually increase and decrease the voltage Apply the voltage between the Power Supply Unit s L1 or L2 terminal and the GR terminal when test ing insulation and dielectric strength You do not have to disconnect the LG and GR terminals to per form these tests Do not supply AC power from an inverter or other device with a square wave output Internal temper ature rise may result in smoking or burning Always input a sinusoidal wave with the frequency that is given in the NJ series CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual Cat No W500 Install external breakers and take other safety measures against short circuiting in external wiring i Turning ON the Power Supply e It takes up to approximately 10 to 20 s to enter RUN mode after the power is turned ON During that time outputs will be OFF or will be the values specified in the Unit or slave settings and external communications cannot be performed Use the RUN output on the Power Supply Unit for example to implement fail safe circuits s
174. command has been transmitted The time between pressing the Transmit button in the CJ1W PRM21 Master DTM user interface and the Global Control command actually being transmitted over the PROFIBUS network will be signifi cantly longer than when the Global Control command is initiated from a CPU user program due to the additional communication between the PC and the CPU 5 6 4 Using Auto CLEAR Auto CLEAR Feature The CJ1W PRM21 PROFIBUS Master Units support the Auto CLEAR function as defined in the PROFIBUS standard This feature when enabled will switch the PROFIBUS Master Unit to CLEAR mode automatically in case one of the slave devices fails on the network The purpose of this is to force the PROFIBUS network to a safe state When in CLEAR mode the PROFIBUS Master Unit will read each slave s input data but not send output data Depending on the slave device the Master will instead send either empty output data messages or output data messages containing all zeros YJOM ON 94 Hulyes9dO 9 G Enabling Auto CLEAR T The Auto CLEAR function can only be enabled through CX ConfiguratorF DT The controls to enable 2 it can be found in the CJ1W PRM21 Master DTM Master Setup tab see section 5 4 1 Setting the 3 Master Parameters gt The Auto CLEAR function will only be active if the Master Unit has been switched to OPERATE D mode m gt vs Transition Conditions An automatic transition to CLEAR mode will take place in
175. commence I O Data Exchange See Note 1 and 2 FALSE If the PROFIBUS Master Unit has entered the OPERATE mode the Unit will change this bit to FALSE again MstrStopCmd BOOL RW Switch master FALSE TRUE to STOP mode switches the Unit to the STOP mode If the Unit is already in this mode no acction will be taken Type R W Description Function In STOP mode the Unit will be online con nected to the network but not ccmmunicate with its slave devices See Note 1 and 2 FALSE If the PROFIBUS Master Unit has entered the STOP mode the Unit will change this bit to FALSE again MstrClearCmd BOOL RW Switch master FALSE TRUE to CLEAR Switches the Unit to the CLEAR mode If the mode Unit is already in this mode no action will be taken In CLEAR mode the PROFIBUS Master Unit will parameterize all allocated slave devices and it will read the input data of the slave devices but it will send zeros or empty output messages to slave devices See note 1 and 2 FALSE If the PROFIBUS Master Unit has entered the CLEAR mode the Unit will change this bit to FALSE again 4 10 CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 4 Data Exchange with the CPU Unit A N iw oO lt fa oO lt z z 5 S Nams ot Pies vania peronea Type R W Description Function S series Unit a MstrOfflineCmd BOOL RW Switch master FALSE TRUE a to OFFLI
176. computer from the AC outlet Also if the computer has an FG terminal make the connections so that the FG terminal has the same electrical potential as the FG GR terminal on the Power Supply Unit A differ ence in electric potential between the computer and Controller may cause failure or malfunction If the external power supply to an Output Unit or slave has polarity connect it with the correct polarity If the polarity is reversed current may flow in the reverse direction and damage the connected devices regardless of the operation of the Controller il Power Supply Design Do not exceed the rated supply capacity of the Power Supply Units in the NJ series Controller The rated supply capacities are given in the NJ series CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual Cat No W500 If the capacity is exceeded operation may stop malfunctions may occur or data may not be backed up normally for power interruptions Use NJ series Power Supply Units for both the NJ series CPU Rack and Expansion Racks Operation is not possible if a CJ series Power Supply Unit is used with an NJ series CPU Unit or an NJ series Power Supply Unit is used with a CJ series CPU Unit CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 e Do not apply voltages or connect loads to the Output Units or slaves in excess of the maximum rat ings Surge current occurs when the power supply is turned ON When selecting fuses or breakers for external
177. ction Label 0 000005 2 7 E EN50170 i enere en ite ete a to Pere eee ee eo 1 2 Error Codes nin tc gine or een 9 aeea Bet Bd tebe eet 7 24 Error togri on a bee eh eee eae 7 23 Error Log Clear Command 000 6 21 Error Log View 000000 cee eee 3 3 3 10 Event code redr bangle ots okrene othe aw a doe an 7 27 Event Logse soso a a ee peed bce eae oe Lig eee a 7 26 Eventname e a eee 7 27 Explicit Message Send Command 6 7 Extended Diagnostics 2 0 0055 1 6 External Dimensions 00000005 1 17 Index 2 F FDT Container Application 004 1 8 FDT Monitoring View 2 0055 3 3 3 10 PDT DUM ies acts ect Bilas ee te es Wot we les 1 8 G Generic Slave Device 0 000 eee 3 38 Generic Slave DTM 2 0000 e eee eee 1 18 Group Assignment 020000000 00s 5 15 GSD File Technology 2 2005 1 10 l O Data lore ee ene eh ee be bere eee eb a 1 16 Types Date Time cident tear tee Pah 5 34 Floating point 00085 5 34 Integer o eda npm edie peed ped ees 5 34 Single 16 bit Integer 5 34 Single 32 bit Integer 5 34 Text String sereset iretur ee ee 5 34 Time difference 0 0000 5 35 Time Of day is voce eee ee ee ie 5 35 VO Mapping non ore weed 2 Pere ater ned 5 25 I O Mapping Areas 0 ee
178. cunt 4 Wee 102200 3 1 CPMIASRTa1 Zope cup Pecos 2 Gee COMO 1 1 FISOPRI lords otat 1 Woe comes Ou ee Ouse Wea 2 oo Mote hare amp co odie Mame e a a o MOO f S2 1ed att 3 x words nat HOIU 2 Zoyee otot Pio connate xR dwi ot waz pres 4weds aa 30 M IA Swords atat ua xt uis 08 ane m7 w7 The first Output modules of slave device 2 and 3 were moved to Output area 2 The example shows that the sequence of slave addresses is maintained the sequence of I O mod ules selected is maintained and the I O modules are allocated to the lowest address of the area 5 30 CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 5 Operation Enable Disable Auto Addressing The Auto Addressing feature can be disabled in the CJ1W PRM21 Master DTM Perform the follow ing sequence to control Auto Addressing 1 Open the CJ1W PRM21 Master DTM Configuration User Interface 2 Select the Master Setup tab 3 Enable Disable Auto Addressing by selecting deselecting the Auto Addressing checkbox in the Support box 4 When Auto Addressing is being enabled a warning message is displayed informing the user of the effects of enabling Auto Addressing l Precautions for Correct Use Enabling Auto Addressing has the immediate effect of re allocating I O modules of an existing configuration within each Input Output area The I O modules are re mapped according to the algorithm described above sonsia yoeieyy
179. d automatically with method 3 MstrOperateCmd ULL This is the 1 0 port name The name indicates unit functions statuses and parameters This is the device name when this unit is registered in the Unit Configuration by default a device name is assigned J01 in the order of registration in the Unit Configuration This identifies the individual unit For details on Device Variables for CJ series Unit refer to the following 4 2 Device Variables for CJ series Unit Software Switches Statuses In the explanations throughout this manual the default device name automatically created is used as the device variable name for CJ series Unit for example _MstrOperateCmd wes6oid JOS 24 Wol4 Buisseo0y Z L 7 For details on the CJ Unit memory refer to NJ series CPU Unit Software User s Manual Cat No W501 i How to Create User defined Variables Sysmac Studio is used to register user defined variables to the variable table Specify the user defined variables in memory used for CJ series Unit to which slaves can be allocated Generally array variables are created Below is an example of allocation to user defined variables Used slaves 16 I O points 1 slave In this case I O data of the slave are allocated as follows using CX ConfiguratorFDT CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 4 5 4 Data Exchange with the CPU Unit 4 6 PRORBUS O Mosse VO Map Cortese Moet Sa Pro
180. d message e A timeout has occurred i e the Master Unit did not transmit the message in time or the slave device did not respond in time An open connection will be aborted e The slave device does not support this message Parameters Send Destination Station Address Command Specifies the station address of device to send the explicit message to over the PROFIBUS network Service Code Command response The service code defines the action to be implemented with the data sent to the slave device e g Read Write Save The service codes are listed in the Operation manual of the targeted slave device For normal responses the service code is returned within the response data block with bit 15 of the service code set to ON For error responses 94 hex which indicates an error is returned Class ID Command Specifies the class ID for the explicit message destination The supported Class ID values are spec ified in the Operation manual of the targeted slave device Instance ID Command Specifies the instance ID for the explicit message destination The supported Instance ID values are specified in the Operation manual of the targeted slave device Service Data Command response CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 6 Message Communications For commands specifies the data defined by the service code For responses returns the reception data defined by the serv
181. d the PROFIBUS network e Error log for recording error history data 1 2 2 Specifications The CJ1W PRM21 is a remote I O Communication units providing PROFIBUS DP and PROFIBUS DP V1 Master capabilities The Unit version number on the side case of the housing indicates supported functionality If no version number is shown the version number is 1 0 The following table lists the functions supported per version number Alternatively the PROFIBUS DP Master DTM can be used to obtain the Units version number refer to 3 3 1 Configuration User Interface Supporting DTM Version CJ1W PRM21 CPU Bus Unit 3 0 0 3 0 0 e PROFIBUS DP Class 1 Master e PROFIBUS DP Class 2 Master e PROFIBUS DP V1 Class 1 Master e PROFIBUS DP V1 Class 2 Master Model Name Unit Classification Unit Version Functions Supported Note Only latest unit version 3 0 is fully supported with NJ series Controllers Please consult with your OMRON representative if unit version 1 0 or 2 0 is used 1 12 CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 General Specifications General specifications of the CJ series PROFIBUS Master Units conform to the general specifica tions for the NJ series Controller Units Installation 1 Features and System Configuration Item Specification Mounting position e CPU Rack e Expansion Rack Unit classification CPU Bus Unit Applicable unit numbers 0 to F Hex Maximum numbe
182. dard EN 50170 5 9 S 1 Pin No Signal Description 1 Shield Shield protective ground 2 m 3 RxD TxD P Receive Transmit data plus B wire 4 RTS Control signal for repeaters direction control TTL 5 DGND Data ground reference potential for VP 6 VP Supply voltage of the terminator resistance 5 VDC 7 Pe CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 2 Nomenclature and Installation Pin No Signal Description 8 RxD TxD N Receive Transmit data minus A wire 9 a The signal RTS TTL signal is for the direction control of repeaters which do not have a self controlling capability The signals DGND and VP are used to power the bus terminator located in the cable connector Note 1 The orientation of the sub D connector allows the use of PROFIBUS connectors with a 90 angle cable outlet e g ERNI Delconec and Phoenix 2 The 9 pin sub D connector uses 4 40 UNC thread for mechanical fixation of the cable con nector Make sure that if non standard PROFIBUS connectors are used the corresponding thread is used on the cable connector sjuauodwog yun z J0 2 uuo0 SNAlAOYd 1 2 CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 2 5 2 Nomenclature and Installation 2 2 Installing the PROFIBUS Master Unit You can mount up to 16 Units on the CPU Rack or an Expansion Rack per CPU but no more than 10 Units on one Rack 1 Caref
183. dd e Rd_Inp e Rd_Outp PROFIBUS DP V1 Class 1 services e MSAC1 Read e MSAC1 Write e PROFIBUS DP V1 Class 2 services e MSAC2 Initiate e MSAC2 Read e MSAC2 Write e MSAC2 Abort Explicit Messages The EXPLICIT MESSAGE SEND 2801 command can be used to send CIP based messages to OMRON slave devices using PROFI BUS DP V1 Class 2 messages Error history size and storage The PROFIBUS Master Unit supports storage of up to 80 error events including time stamps in volatile memory 16 error events can be logged in non volatile memory Words allo I O port without power OFF retention 25 words Unit allocation for one Unit cated in the Access via the device variables for CJ memory used series Unit for CJ series 1 word for the software switches 1 word for the Global Control command 21 words for status 2 words reserved Unit I O port with power OFF retention 100 words Unit allocation for one Unit No exchange Reserved for future use User set allocations Any I O memory Set with device variables for CJ series Unit and CX ConfiguratorFDT 1 14 CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 Protocol Specification 1 Features and System Configuration Item Specification PROFIBUS Applicable standards EN50170 Volume 2 Interface Protocol type supported PROFIBUS DP PROFIBUS DP V1 PROFIBUS Unit types PROFIBUS DP V1 Clas
184. ddress 11 Hex Explicit message GRT1 PRT Communicati Unit station address 65 CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 6 3 6 Message Communications SendCmd Execute DstNetAdr CommPort CmdDat CmdSize RespDat RespDat Option ErrorlDEx Done Busy Error ErrorlD Command source Sdata 0 Sdata 1 g Sdata 7 Sdata 8 Rdata 0 A Rdata 1 0 Ree Rdata 8 Rdata 9 Destination Command code interpretation Execution Input Variable Function Example Details Execute The operation SendCmd is executed when TRUE is set DstNetAdr The destination network address is specified with the use of Network address 0 the network address node address unit address Node address 0 Unit address 16 11 CommPeort The destination port is specified NONE Default CmdDat Sdata 0 Command code 16 28 Sdata 1 16 01 Sdata 2 Slave node address 65 16 41 Sdata 3 ServiceCode 16 0E Sdata 4 ClassID 16 00 Sdata 5 16 9C Sdata 6 InstancelD 16 00 Sdata 7 16 01 Sdata 8 AttributelD 16 73 CmdSize The number of bytes corresponding to the 9 command data to be sent is specified RespDat Rdata 0 Command code 16 28 Rdata 1 16 01 Rdata 2 End code 16 00 Rdata 3 16 00 Rdata 4 Number of bytes received 16 00 Rdata 5 16 2A Rdata 6 Slave
185. de is not sup ported by the Master Unit and will be disabled Isochronous mode set by the Slave DTM is not supported and will be reset e OK Close message box Downloading settings and the lsochronous mode bit is set in Slave Parameter Set 16 Acyclic Connection Abort Status Area and Acyclic Slave Timeout settings are not sup ported by the Master Unit and will be disabled The connected Master Unit has version V2 00 The new features for version V3 00 and up are not supported by the Master Unit Downloading settings to Master Unit V2 00 with Master DTM V3 00 or higher i Configuration Error Messages The table below lists the Error messages which can be displayed by the PROFIBUS Master Unit DTM in case there are configuration errors Usually these are detected either when entering or up on down load The table suggests corrections to the problems in the right most column CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 A 15 sebessay 10113 pue BurueM 1G440 e1nbyu0g X9 S Y Appendices Number 00 Message Total I O area size exceeds maximum Description The I O configuration exceeds the maximum limit of 7168 or 7k words Correction Change configuration to reduce the amount of I O data to 7168 words maximum or less 01 CPU Memory overlapping Input Output areas and or PROFIBUS DP V1 Status table are overlapping within the current
186. discusses the aspects of I O data exchange between the CJ1W PRM21 PROFIBUS Master Unit and the CPU 5 5 2 Mapping I O Data uoneinByuosd eed O I 1 S S I O Mapping Concept The CJ1W PRM21 PROFIBUS Master Unit provides an I O mapping concept based on the I O module selection for each slave device Each selected I O module can depending on whether it defines input and or output data be mapped to one of two input and or output areas Each of the two input and output areas can be mapped to any CPU memory area location independent of each other The I O mapping must be setup using the CJ1W PRM21 Master DTM as provided with CX ConfiguratorFDT Mapping the I O modules involves three steps e Allocate each I O module to one or more of the Input Output areas e Allocate each Input Output area to CPU memory e Assigning user defined variables to allocated Input Output areas as required for the user pro gram Default I O Mapping Algorithm When setting up the network i e selecting the slave devices and I O modules per slave all input modules will by default be allocated to Input area 1 all output modules will be allocated to Output area 1 The following rules apply when allocating the I O modules to the areas e I O modules are mapped starting at the lowest address of an Input Output area e I O modules are mapped in ascending order according to slave device address CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ seri
187. duct Neme er a C a GATI ODI E 2 Exety Set a Expy Sat a Engey Qat a imp See o Enty St oe Eny Sa Emgty Qa 1 iingiy Sot Excty St 2 Ey Sa u Eory Se u ety an Emery St 1 Eny Sa Le An 8 point Input Unit and 8 point Output unit are configured for use with the SmartSlice GRT1 PRT I O Coupler as shown above AAi inde Desce Mode 5m Tipe Ad Opa Ana 1 co Monee tare NO ap isod uat 4 J Roi af i RO Is 107 Ana CO w Ocesgeed 0001 Weri Cw Oco piet 0000 vio Stet Aten 1200 Lang a Uren aa SEEEREES 4 CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 4 Data Exchange with the CPU Unit Qant Acaton out Alscaton Siid kom Dewce Motte Soe Toe Ai z GRTIPRT Seat Bice VOC a rpa I Wes CONO A a es i hot Ase 1 rout Ano 2 S S Moza hame y Isom ere x Pe O lword row Ps z 08 5 worm pa 40 5 Q LS we oO 3303 3503 lt De A a n gt 1X6 ra D no lt Mer Q v wea ao Onpas OOM Veer er co Cowes OO Wow Cc Sat Adem IL Sat dae PO 3 Cna rF Lang Words I O data allocated CIO 3200 Output Allocation for slave data station address 0 CIO 3300 Input Allocation for slave data station address 0 CIO 3301 Input Allocation for slave data station address 0 Allocate the I O data to the user defined variables as sho
188. e Tigger _Port_isAvailable PRM21_MstrOperateSta RS Operating 4 ry t i o Set Q1 C OperatingEnd Reset1 Communications parameters settings Operating t 1 InDNetAdr NetNo 0 Network address settings 2 InDNetAdr NodeNo 0 3 InDNetAdr UnitNo BYTE 16 11 1 4 InOption isNonResp FALSE Response monitoring and retry settings 5 InOption TimeOut 60 6 InOption Retry 0 7 Sdata 0 BYTE 16 28 Command data settings 8 Sdata 1 BYTE 16 01 9 Sdata 2 BYTE 16 41 10 Sdata 3 BYTE 16 0E 11 Sdata 4 BYTE 16 00 12 Sdata 5 BYTE 16 9C 13 Sdata 6 BYTE 16 00 14 Sdata 7 BYTE 16 01 15 Sdata 8 BYTE 16 73 SendQmd instruction execution SendQnd_instance Operating SendQnd Execute Done InDNetAdr DstNetAdr Busty _ePORT _NONE CommPort Error Sdata 0 jCmdDat ErorlD UINT 9 OmndSize ErrorIDEx Rdata 0 jRespDat RespDat InOption jOption Processing at normal end Operating SendQnd_instance Done 1 Processing after normal end 2 Processing at an error completion Operating SendOmd_instance Error 1 Processing after an error completion 2 6 6 CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 6 Message Communications 6 3 Acyclic Messages Acyclic messa
189. e Ace Adrrced a Cad fae Ekin e Cancet soeiajuj Jes uoNeINByUuoD p Z l Precautions for Correct Use Changing the calculated Bus Parameters manually is not recommended and should only be per formed if this is absolutely necessary Changing the Bus Parameters to an invalid combination may result in Unit malfunctioning and unexpected behavior Note When making changes to Bus Parameters selecting the Optimize buttons allows toggling between the optimized values and the changed values Selecting another baud rate after changing parameters will reset the Bus Parameters to default values for the new baud rate The table below lists the parameters shown in the Bus Parameter tab CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 3 19 3 Configuration Software 3 20 Item Description Unit Editable by User Baud rate Defines the transmission rate on the PROFIBUS DP Network The following Yes baud rate values are defined by the PROFIBUS DP standard e 9 6 Kbps e 19 2 Kbps 45 45 Kbps e 93 75 Kbps e 187 5 Kbps e 500 Kbps e 1 5 Mbps default value e 3 0 Mbps e 6 0 Mbps e 12 Mbps Optimize The Optimize setting defines whether parameters can be changed by the Yes user By Standard Forces the user to use the default optimized settings By User Makes selected fields editable Note 1 If the By User option is selected and changes have been made it is
190. e Device Go Online option from the main menu or the DTM context menu or e Select the Aj button from the Tool Bar 2 A communication channel will be opened through CX Server The name of the DTM in the Net work view will turn to Italic font to indicate that the Unit is on line YIOMION 24 0 SS 09Y JOS 9 S 3 From the context menu select the Diagnosis option The DTM s Diagnostics User Interface will be displayed 4 Select the Online Operations tab for the Units controls H Precautions for Correct Use Controlling the CJ1W PRM21 PROFIBUS Master Unit from the CJ1W PRM21 Master DTM Diagnosis User Interface may interfere with a CPU user program running at the same time This can result in unexpected behavior It is recommended to change the CPU mode to PROGRAM mode to avoid this interference during the use of the CJ1W PRM21 Master DTM Diagnosis User interface CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 5 41 5 Operation 5 6 2 Changing PROFIUS Mode of the Master Unit PROFIBUS DP Network Modes The PROFIBUS standard defines four different network modes in which a Master Unit can operate The modes are e OFFLINE The PROFIBUS Master Unit does not access the network nor does it respond to messages e STOP The PROFIBUS Master Unit is on line but does not communicate with its slave devices It does communicate with other Master Units in that it passes the token message e CLEAR The PR
191. e Devices ccccccsseseneeseseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseneeeeeeeseeeeseeeeeeeeeaesesseeeseeeseeeeeeets 5 12 5 3 1 Defining the I O Configuration 00 0 ec ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeaeeseeeeeesseeeeeaeeseneeeenaeeeeaes 5 12 5 3 2 Setting Parameters iene a a a tonne ees r Aana dant aad da meta eaeedes 5 14 5 3 3 Selecting the Group Assignment 0 0 ee eee eeeeeeeeee ee etnee teeter tee eeeeaeeeeeaaeeeeeeeeesneeeeenaeeeeeaeeenataa 5 15 5 4 Configuring the Master ccccccsssssneeeeeseeeeeeeeeceeeeeesaeeeeeeeeaaeeeeeesaseceeeesaaasseeeeeneaseeeeeenseeseenes 5 17 5 4 1 Setting the Master Parameters ss cccessoceeesseeeesuncesenoeeenecteeessenestoceendectesesuneeesboesteaeespessinees 5 18 5 4 2 Setting the Bus Parameters socrii doves Jessi thee a e a nid oonk gage sons giuetewecdereos 5 19 5 4 3 Defining and Changing the I O Mapping ce eeeeeceeeeneeceeeeeeeneeeeeeeeseeaeeeenaeeeeeaeeeseneeeeeeeeenaas 5 20 5 4 4 Configuring CX Server searre aeaea aa enue duneussecesg det otudaneebs su ASE aA Aa a En AE aan 5 21 5 4 5 Downloading the Configuration 2 00 e ce eeeeceeeeeecereeeeeeeeeeeaeeceeeeeeaeeeeeaaeeceeeeeeseeeseaeeseeeeeeenaeeeaas 5 23 5 5 WO Communication Characteristics ccccsccseeeeeseceneeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseseeenseesesseenes 5 25 5 5 1 Data Configurationt penei a a a teed e aa A R A tive 5 25 5 5 2 Mapping 1 0 Datta srianan n rahas aaa A e E AA E a E Aa EN A RAE rE RNa E 5 25 5 5 3 Supported
192. e Diagnosis option The DTM s Diagnostics User Interface will be displayed WLA 193S SNAISONd LZWYd MIS9D 2 LZWYd MIPO 94 0 Buyoauu0D E Z CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 3 37 3 Configuration Software 3 3 Generic Slave Device DTM 3 3 1 3 38 Most of the current PROFIBUS DP slave devices are supplied with a GSD file in order to allow a config urator to setup a configuration for that particular slave device OMRON s Generic Slave Device DTM is provided to allow integration of the GSD file based configuration options into an FDT Container applica tion like CX ConfiguratorFDT The GSD files are stored in a separate sub directory under CX ConfiguratorFDT Upon updating the Device Catalogue the Generic Slave Device DTM will scan this sub directory and present an entry in the Device Catalogue for each of the GSD files found Upon adding the GSD based slave device to the network an instance of the Generic Slave Device DTM will be made in the PC memory which will read the GSD file contents The instance of the Generic Slave Device DTM will provide the user interface necessary to make the settings for the associated slave device Configuration User Interface Opening the Configuration DTM The configuration DTM is opened by e Selecting the slave DTM entry in the Network view and double clicking the left mouse button e Selecting the slave DTM in the Network view and
193. e and moni tor the GRT1 Series SmartSlice I O Units CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 5 57 S8dIM9S LAdA SNAIJOHd 8 S SIWLG usn senejs Bunopuoy pue BulnByu0Dg 1 g G 5 Operation ua lt ComenDTMCOM2 gt GATI PRT SmartStice VO Coupler Configuration ofa FROG Moase se ae ps ve as Share a t Ut Pararneter Os A k Gewa Amoo rose Atty ted coer l G TACE we me a rout ange eet erated TA by hagro Ors saree apy RESET o pari 0 poet utan lems Qa e aaa 5 8 2 PROFIBUS Services From CPU CIP Messaging The CJ1W PRM21 PROFIBUS Master Units support sending Explicit DeviceNet CIP messages to their slaves as of Unit version 3 0 Like the DeviceNet master this is done by using the EXPLICIT MESSAGE SEND see section 6 3 1 EXPLICIT MESSAGE SEND 2801 for more details on this command PROFIBUS MSAC1 As of Unit version 2 0 the CJ1W PRM21 PROFIBUS Master units provide a means to initiate PRO FIBUS DP V1 services from the CPU These services allow for reading and writing parameter data from and to PROFIBUS DP V1 slave devices This data exchange is performed acyclically i e only once in between the cyclic I O data exchange messages The services are initiated using the PROFIBUS MESSAGE SEND command see section 6 3 2 PROFIBUS MESSAGE SEND 2809 5 58 CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 Message Communi
194. e basis NJ series Controller Unit Not supported Minimum is 16 bit words Two bytes will be formatted in one word Words containing odd bytes will be padded with zeros Single 16 bit Integer signed unsigned Single 32 bit Integer signed unsigned Floating point Visible string Byte string Date Clock time Supported Data is transmitted on a Most Significant Byte First basis Supported Data is transmitted on a Most Significant Byte First basis Supported Data is transmitted on a Most Significant Byte First basis Supported Length of string is fixed by I O configuration Data is trans mitted on a left to right basis i e first character is transmit ted first Supported Length of string is fixed by I O configuration Data is trans mitted on a left to right basis i e first character is transmit ted first Supported Date Time format contains absolute time with respect to start of century Date Time is coded in individual bytes Supported Single 16 bit integers are transferred to memory words in CPU memory Supported Data is stored with the Least Significant Word at the lowest address Supported Data is stored with the Least Significant Word at the lowest address Supported First characters are stored at the lowest address String is padded with a zero byte or a zero word depending on the number of characters Supported First bytes
195. e bits contain the number of the channel which reports the diagnostics The channel number ranges from 0 to 63 06 to 07 I O type Bit 6 and 7 indicate the type of I O channel from which the diagnostics data is sent e 00 Reserved e 01 Input e 10 Output e 11 Input Output Error Identifier Byte Bit Name Description 00 to 04 Error number These bits contain the number of the error which occurred at the channel The error number ranges from 0 to 31 and can have the following meaning e 0 Reserved Short circuit Under voltage Over voltage Overload Over temperature Line break Upper limit value exceeded Lower limit value exceeded e o NOOA ON e 9 Error 10 to 15 Reserved 16 to 31 Manufacturer specific 05 to 07 Channel size type Bit 5 6 and 7 indicate the size of the channel from which the diagnostics data is sent e 000 Reserved e 001 Bit e 010 2 Bit e 011 4 Bit e 100 Byte e 101 Word 110 2 Words e 111 Reserved A 30 CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 Example of Extended Diagnostics Appendices Below an example of Extended diagnostics data is given using the definitions above The 6 manda tory bytes preceding them are not shown 76543210 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 f f Device specific Device related diagnostics lt diagnostics fie
196. e changed if there is already another device with that number Unit Number This number must be the same as the number selected with the Unit Num ber Selector switch on the front of the Unit refer to 2 1 3 Switch Settings This number is used in the communication between the PC and the CPU to transmit the messages to the targeted PROFIBUS Master Unit Configure Button The Configure button invokes the CX Server communications settings dialog CX Server is the driver software providing the communication functionality between a PC and the CPU CX Server is provided with CX ConfiguratorFDT but it may already be installed on the PC if other programs such as CX Programmer have been installed Section 3 2 3 Connecting to the CJ1W PRM21 will provide more details on how to configure CX Server CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 3 Configuration Software Test Button The purpose of the Test button is to test the communication setup after CX Server has been config ured If the PC and the CPU are connected selecting the Test button will invoke a request mes sage to the PROFIBUS Master Unit via the CPU to read its name and firmware version If the request succeeds both will be displayed in the Device Information Box If the request fails no response an error message will be displayed in the Error Log view In this case the Firmware version field will revert back to its default co
197. e device DTM to be added and select the OK button The Device DTM will be added to the network We ame om sy i gt t ee io or ry xax Using Drag amp Drop 1 Open the Device Catalogue Either select the View Device Catalogue menu option or press the button amp in the Tool Bar 5 6 CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 5 Operation 2 Select a device DTM in the Device Catalogue 3 Left click the mouse and Drag the mouse pointer to the desired location in the network i e MyNetwork in the Network view 4 Release the mouse button and the device DTM will be added to that location Master DTMs can only be added to the main branch of the Network Slave Device DTMs can only be added to Master DTMs Whether or not a DTM can be added to the branch is indicated by the cursor indicates no addition Me indicates that addition is allowed Using the Add Device Button 1 Select the top of the network to which the DTM must be added i e select MyNetwork in the Network view 2 Open the device Catalogue Either select the View Device Catalogue menu option or press YIOMJON e dn uS Z S the button in the Tool Bar 3 Select the device that must be added to the network 4 Select the Add Device button at the bottom of the Device Catalogue window The device DTM is added to the network e If a DTM is selected in the Device Catalogue which can not be added to the cu
198. e eee eee 3 22 VORP OM dages aces Ane doe a ale let ton ee ete Sb Dias 4 2 4 3 INGIGALOIS siei SS oA ar Ee a ees 7 3 Installing GSD Files 0 2 0 0 0 e eee 3 8 M Maini MENU aein Sasa ise nA E O Soe aoe 3 4 Maintenance 0 0 eee eee 7 32 Master Devices 0 1 4 Medium Access Control 000 2 eee 1 5 Memory Area Read Command 6 20 Minimum I O Response Time 5 39 Module Parameter 0 000 eee uae 5 14 Multicast Communication 205 1 6 Multi peer Communication 04 1 6 N Network View 0 0 00 eee ee 3 3 O OFFENE creut eriaren Bah Aae 1 7 5 42 5 50 OPERATE ooie i ee aag iieri 1 7 5 42 5 50 Operating environment 000 00s 1 19 OSI Reference Model ISO 7498 1 3 OSI reference model ISO 7498 1 3 CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 Index P Passw idsS ienen ee n a a ek a E E 3 13 Polling Procedure y rinman edeo eera eee eee 1 5 PROFIBUS ai abee mieta bo mea Dun a oe Reds 1 2 PROFIBUS Connector 2 2000 0005 2 4 PROFIBUS DP ves pee lee Se ee 1 2 PROFIBUS DP VA 3 sce sage baie a ed Ge Fe Rae 1 5 PROFIBUS FMS 0 0 cece eee eee 1 2 PROFIBUS Interface 0 0 cece eee eee 1 15 PROFIBUS Message Send Command 6 9 PROFIBUS PA os 3 0 o ke on ghee we
199. e etc If a group is selected all device DTMs which belong to that group will be listed in the right view The table below lists the possible groups that can be selected List item Description Device Types Sub groups which can be selected are e Communication DTMs e g PROFIBUS Master devices e Gateways e g to another network type e Modular devices e Other devices e g slave devices Vendors Sub groups which can be selected are all available vendors This information is provided by each DTM It allows the user to select a group of devices from one vendor Groups Sub groups are the device types e g digital I O analog I O etc Protocols Sub groups which can be selected are all the communication protocols found in the Device Catalogue Note 1 The sub groups will be displayed by clicking on the sign next to each main group 2 Selecting the main group displays all devices in the group Additional DTM Information In order to obtain more information of a specific DTM right click the DTM in the list From the pop up menu select DTM Information This opens a window with additional DTM information The figure below provides an example for the CJ1W PRM21 PROFIBUS Master DTM CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 3 7 3 Configuration Software CTW PRAMI PROFS DF V Master OTM hiomaton 3 1 4 Updating the Device Catalogue If a new DTM has been installed it will not automatic
200. e master to the next master must be passed around the logical token ring once to each master within a specified target rotation time Each master executes this procedure automatically Polling Procedure The polling or master slave procedure permits the master currently in possession of the token to access its assigned slaves The figure below shows a possible configuration The configuration shows three active devices masters and six passive devices slaves CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 1 5 1 Features and System Configuration 1 1 5 1 6 Token Passing E Tea Ea Active stations Master devices i Polling Passive stations Slave devices The three masters form a logical token ring When an active device receives the token message it can perform its master role for a certain period of time During this time it can communicate with all assigned slave devices in a master slave communication relationship and a DPM2 master can take the initiative to communicate with DPM1 master devices in a master master communication relation ship PROFIBUS Multi peer Communication In addition to logical peer to peer data transmission PROFIBUS DP provides multi peer communi cation broadcast and multicast Broadcast Communication In the case of broadcast communication a master device sends an unacknowledged message to all other devices masters and slaves
201. e provided to the user via the DTM context menu e Slave DTM Address Assignment e Set Device Station Address only available on DTM version 0 2 0 0 or higher and for CJ1W PRM21 Unit versions 2 0 or higher To select these options perform the following steps 1 Select the Master DTM in the Network view 2 Right click the mouse and select the Additional functions entry from the context menu 3 Select the desired function Slave DTM Address Assignment Selecting the Slave DTM Address Assignment displays a list of DTMs assigned to the PROFIBUS Master DTM together with their Station address lt i gt OIW PRMH PROFIBUS D When assembling the network the PROFIBUS Master DTM will automatically assign a station address to each new slave DTM The purpose of the Slave DTM Address Assignment function is to allow the user to change the DTM address of one or more devices to make it the same as the actual physical address of the device on the network CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 3 Configuration Software In order to change an address perform the following steps 1 Select the slave device in the list 2 Enter the new address in the field Address in the lower right corner of the window 3 Press the Set button The Status field will display the status of this service i e whether or not the slave device responded without error Set Device Station Address The Set Device Station Address
202. e s and press the Open button in the window The GSD file s will be copied to a sub directory of the CX ConfiguratorFDT directory 3 After completing the copy a window will be displayed asking the user permission for an update of the Device Catalogue see figure below If more GSD files need to be installed select the No button and continue with installation of GSD file Otherwise select the Yes button CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 5 5 5 Operation Note Updating the Device Catalogue may take several minutes depending on the number of installed GSD files 5 2 1 Adding Devices to the Network If the Device Catalogue is up to date it can be used to setup the network Setting up a network in CX ConfiguratorFDT starts with adding single device DTMs to the Network view First the CJ1W PRM21 Master DTM must be added to the main branch of the project Network To do so one of three proce dures as outlined below must be used to add the DTM Using the Context Menu 1 Select the top of the network to which the DTM must be added i e select MyNetwork in the Network view Right click the mouse and a context menu will be displayed From the menu select Add A simplified Device Catalogue is displayed The list only contains the devices which can be inserted at the selected network location see figure below only Master devices are listed Q AON From the displayed list select th
203. e slot number is invalid i e gt FE Hex The Index number is invalid i e gt FE Hex e The Data Length is invalid i e gt FO Hex 2208 PROFIBUS Master unit not in correct mode i e it is in OFFLINE mode 0001 e The slave has deactivated this service e The slave has not responded to the request e The slave does not have sufficient memory space for the request data e Destination address is same as current master address 0402 Service is not supported e Device Service Access Point is invalid e The Function code is invalid 6 3 3 MEMORY AREA READ 0101 The MEMORY AREA READ command is used to read the last diagnostics data message the PROFI BUS Master Unit received from the specified slave device The command frame requires three byte data type specifier specifying the information and one byte specifying the slave device address The number of items to read must be 244 the maximum data size of the PROFIBUS DP diagnostics message or less Command Format 01 O11 81 FF 00 Command Data specifier No of items code binary Device address Response Format 01 01 Command Response Diagnostics data code code for number of items Parameters Data specifier code command 6 20 CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 6 Message Communications Defines the data to be
204. ea They are not re mapped to the start of that e When moving an I O module from one area to another the module leaves behind a gap in the I O mapping of the first area geq O I Buidde z S 9 Note 1 Gaps in the I O mapping still contribute to the total size of an area although they do not contain valuable data They therefore decrease the total I O capacity of the CJ1W PRM21 PROFIBUS Master Unit and unnecessarily occupy CPU memory 2 Inthe I O data exchange with the CPU these gaps will contain zeros The figure below illustrates the effects of re allocating I O modules when Auto Addressing has been disabled CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 5 31 5 Operation Bde inde Onie Moge S Toe A e 2 1 s OMRON CATV PRT21 Imob atat 1 Wo colo l 2 Swords atat g Wee O02209 2werde amut 2 Weed 0102201 1 CPMIAPRT 1 Ztytes nimt Pio conse 2 Ste 0207 1 FEWR Twarde tput 1 Wed oa d Cutout Area Outen Area 2 oD Madje age re co Moise Migrme 5 a2 iod oisi ee 1 OF 2 leo eee 301 1202 2 words cums 3t 3 2 ingi oait 30 Bre 4 wort ant a 2s inod aant sos me 4 wert ott ues XIF 1 2 byes output Piccoreme 307 Initial I O Configuration Doce Sap Master Setup Bin Parameters Sire Ave Advanced ade de Omice Mogae See Toe Ad s 2 1 OMRON CATVPRTZ1 lwad cuts 1 Wm CHORD j 2 iwora amp Wod COND 3 1 CPMIAPRTD Pipitea cut Pioconmm 2 Be COMM 10 1 FOPAT Iwert extn 1 Wos COROS E
205. eading the Master Unit s Status The Master status sub tab displays the status of the Master Unit itself The indicators are directly related to the four status words of the Unit see sections 4 2 3 to 4 2 6 They can be used to e Obtain the status of the Master Unit and the network CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 5 49 5 Operation e Determine errors in the unit or the network e Troubleshoot the Master Unit and the network The Master Status tab indicates the Master Unit s status The Master Status 2 box and the Unit Sta tus box all indicate errors These indicators are discussed in section 7 4 2 Troubleshooting the Net work using CX ConfiguratorFDT The Slave Status box indicates the overall status of the allocated slave devices Master Status Main indicators in this box are the indicators for operational status of the Master Unit They indicate whether the Master Unit is in e OFFLINE mode e STOP mode e CLEAR mode or in e OPERATE mode The Data Exchange indicates if I O data exchange is taking place with at least one slave device The Auto Clear enabled indicator and Valid Configuration indicator provide feedback on the I O con figuration downloaded to the Unit The figure below shows an example of the Master Status tab in the case of a fully functional net work i e there are no errors and all slave devices are exchanging I O data with the Master Unit 1 gt CW
206. ected press the Manual button to refresh the status 5 54 The figure below shows this Error Log Updated bit flag indicating that a new error event has been logged CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 5 Operation A gt CLWORMN PRORBUSOP VI Master Oogres oi Mowe O Ure prtann Coe Mamer ten Save Sava Erw iitoy ui mep Fataar Mater Smua 1 bt Sate Infonet PERATE Ot ie stor Maxer tev Maerua att Loca Peweete Rosp Ero on si Loca Parameter Losi beo _ Fhe Read iro Date Exchange nt Mervcr Leo Pate Osas Erates Se Log uaes vee Corfgsson Pemer Storage r hozen Maser ten 2 Dre See Dutused Bes Ea Save Dingrodic Received PROF Protect Eoy N Saves n Date Exchange Doume etter agen ier erine im Mae Cimara Leo Paareem lov YIOMJON 84 BuloyUOW Z S Reading the Error Log The Error Log can now be retrieved from the Unit and displayed through the CJ1W PRM21 Master DTM Diagnosis User Interface To retrieve and view the Unit s Error Log 1 Open the CJ1W PRM21 Master DTM Diagnosis User Interface 6o7 Jou 24 Buisy 7 S 2 Select the Monitor Error History tab 3 If the Automatic checkbox in the Refresh box has not been selected press the Manual button to retrieve the Error Log contents from the Unit As an example the contents of the Error Log as it is displayed is shown in the figure below In this case a Hardware Error has been detected on t
207. ed 4 2 6 Slave Status _SlvSta One of the following Device Variables for CJ series Unit is used to monitor the Slave Status from the user program e WORD type Device Variable for CJ series Unit holding all switch functions contained in Slave Status e BOOL type Device Variable for CJ series Unit separating functions per each switch contained in Slave Status 1514131211109 876543210 sista E AllDatXchgSt SlvDiagRcvSi CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 4 21 S SNJEJS SAYDMS d1EMYOS PUN SALIAS 7 D 104 SILLA 243A Z Y eEISAIS_ SNIEIS SARIS 9 7 7 4 Data Exchange with the CPU Unit Name of Device Variable for CJ series Unit AllDatXchgSta Type BOOL Description All slaves in Data Exchange mode Function TRUE Indicates all slave devices which are allocated to the PROFIBUS Master Unit are enabled and are in Data Exchange with the PROFIBUS Master Unit All slaves which are in Data exchange are indicated in _SlvDatXchgL and SlvDatXchgH or _SlvDatXchg see 4 2 8 Slave Data Exchange Active Flags _SlvDatXchg _SlvDatXchgL SivDatXchgH FALSE Indicates that at least one slave device is not in Data_Exchange with the PROFIBUS Master Unit SlvDiagRcvSta BOOL Slave diagnos tics received TRUE At least one of the slave devices allocated to the PRO
208. ed 02 Reserved This bit is reserved and always set to 1 by the slave device 03 Diag WD_On If the watchdog has been enabled at the slave device through the appropriate setting in the parameterization message this bit will be set 04 Diag Freeze_Mode If the slave device has been set to the Freeze mode using the global command this bit will be set to on The bit will be set to off if an Unfreeze command has been received 05 Diag Sync_Mode If the slave device has been set to the Sync mode using the global command this bit will be set to on The bit will be set to off if an Unsync command has been received 06 Reserved This bit is reserved 07 Diag Deactivated This bit is set by the Master Unit indicating that the slave device has been dis abled The slave device is allocated to the Master Unit but removed from cyclic processing Slave Diagnostics Byte 3 A layout of Byte 3 is shown below This byte is mapped to the high byte of Word D 1 7 6 5 43 2 1 0 Byte 3 Diag Ext_Diag_Overflow Bit Name Description 00 to 06 Reserved These bits are reserved and always set to 0 by the slave device 07 Diag Ext_Diag_Overflow If set this bit indicates that there exists more diagnostic information than speci A 26 fied in Ext_Diag_Data This bit will for example be set if the slave device has more diagnostics available than it can enter in its send buffer This bit will also be set i
209. ed slave devices from the Freeze mode see below FALSE The Unfreeze command will not be transferred to the slave devices 4 13 S SNJEJS SAYDMS d1EMYOS PUN SI S fN 104 SAIqeUeA 2143A Z Y PWDROqOD puewwog 0u09 1eq09 Z Z Y 4 Data Exchange with the CPU Unit Name of Device Variable for CJ series Unit GlobCtlFreezeCmd Type BOOL RW Description Freeze Function TRUE The Freeze command forces the slave devices into the Freeze mode In this mode a slave device will not update its inputs to the Master and continue to transmit the input data acquired before the Freeze command If the slave device is already in the Freeze mode a new Freeze command will force the slave to update its inputs only once and con tinue to transmit the new input data to the Mas ter FALSE The Freeze command will not be transferred to the slave devices GlobCtlUnsyncCmd BOOL RW Unsync TRUE The Unsync command will be send to the tar geted slave devices The Unsync command releases the targeted slave devices from the Sync mode see below FALSE The Unsync command will not be transferred to the slave devices GlobCtlSyncCmd Freeze Mode The user can set the Freeze and Unfreeze bits at the same time and both will be transmitted to the targeted slave devices at the same time but the resulting action at the slave device is defined in the PROFIBUS standards BOOL
210. eeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeseeeeeeeeeseaeseesesseaeseeeeseeaeseeenneaes A 21 A 6 1 Integer Data Conversions eeaeee E ae a E e a e ea e aa ea aie E eaea eai A 21 A 6 2 Floating Point Data Conversions ee ceeesceeseeeeeeeeeceneeeeeeeeeeseeeseaaeeeseeeeensaeeeeeaeeseneeeenseeeenas A 22 A 6 3 Text String Data Conversion dessiner dd eviii oieee iieii iii A 22 A 6 4 Date Clock Time Data Conversions 0 0 0 eeecccecceeeeeeeeeenneeeeeeeeeeeneeeeaeeeseeaeeesneeeeenaeeeeeneeeenneeeneaa A 23 A 7 Slave Diagnostics Message cccccesssecceseseneeeeseeeeesenseeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeseseeeeseseseneeseeseseneeneeeseenen A 24 A 7 1 Slave Diagnostics Data Message 0 cececceceecececee cee eeeecae ce eeeeeeaeeeeeeseceaeeseesecaeaeeeesecseaeeeeseeeeaees A 24 A 7 2 Standard Diagnostics Data Bytes ooo eee eeneee center eeeeeeeaeeeeeaaeeeeeeeeaeeeeeaeeeenneeenseeeenaas A 25 A 7 3 Extended Diagnostics Data Bytes oo ee cecceeenneeecereeeenneeeeeaeeeceeeeeesaeeeseaaeeseeeaeeenaeeeseaeeeeaes A 27 A 7 4 PROFIBUS DP V1 Error CodeS cecc fcccceeeceieediivitieeebe eine ctaches ke eie srie esteen A 32 Index CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 15 Read and Understand this Manual Please read and understand this manual before using the product Please consult your OMRON representative if you have any questions or comments Warranty and Limitations of Liability WARRANTY OMRON s exclusive warranty is
211. elected setting is not supported by the slave device a parameter error will be returned by the device INLG 891A9q ALIS 2U Description When in CLEAR mode the PROFIBUS Master Unit will send a full output data message to the slave device but the message will contain all zeros Control Send zeros in Clear mode Send no datain Clear When in CLEAR mode the PROFIBUS Master Unit will send an empty output data message i e no mode data bytes only the message header to the slave device Error on Cyclic Data Exchange The Error on Cyclic Data Exchange settings box defines the behavior of the PROFIBUS Master Units on the PROFIBUS network with respect to this particular slave device in case it fails to respond during I O data exchange Depending on the setting the Master Unit will either continue sending I O data exchange messages to the slave device or abort I O data exchange and continue with requesting the slave diagnostics data When continuing sending I O data exchange data the slave s diagnostics data will not be updated soejaju JOS UOHeINByWUo0D 1 E Control Description The PROFIBUS Master Unit will continue to send I O data exchange messages when the slave device fails to respond The diagnostics data of the slave will not be updated Continue if slave not responding The PROFIBUS Master Unit will abort the data exchange with the slave device and continue to send diagno
212. en setup correctly press the Test button in the Device Setup tab of the DTM Configuration User Interface This will initiate a command to read the Unit s profile i e the name of the Unit and the firmware version If the communication has been setup correctly the response of the command will yield the required information which will be displayed in the Device Information box in the Description and Firmware Version fields If the communication is not setup correctly the two fields will contain three dashes i e and an Error message will be displayed in the Error Log view of CX ConfiguratorFDT The communication settings must be changed to the correct value first Refer to A 5 CX Configura torFDT Warning and Error Messages for more information on communication and download errors uonesnByuoy ey Bulpeojumog S p G 5 4 5 Downloading the Configuration Downloading Parameters In order to download the parameter sets to the CJ1W PRM21 PROFIBUS Master Unit the following sequence must be performed 1 Select the CJ1W PRM21 Master DTM in the Network view and right click the mouse to display the context menu 2 Select Download Parameters from the menu to initiate a download A communication channel through CX Server will be opened automatically 3 When communication is achieved with the CPU a warning window will be displayed notifying the user that the CPU will be switched to PROGRAM mode If the user confirms this the down
213. er Slot_Number is used in the destination device for addressing the desired data slot typically an I O module The number ranges from 0 to 254 Index number Command The parameter Index is used in the destination device for addressing the desired data block within a specified slot The number ranges from 0 to 254 Data length Bytes Command The Data length indicates the number of bytes which have to be read If the actual data block length is less than requested the length in the response will be the actual length of the data block If the actual data block length is greater or equal than requested the response will contain the requested length of data The number ranges from 0 to 240 Data Response Requested data block as retrieved from the PROFIBUS DP V1 slave device Error decode Response The Error decode byte defines the type of errors reported in the Error code 1 and Error code 2 e g a PROFIBUS DP V1 error This response will only be returned if the message was delivered suc cessfully but the PROFIBUS service returned an error Refer to A 7 4 PROFIBUS DP V1 Error Codes for more information Error code 1 Error code 2 Response The contents of the Error code bytes depends on the contents of the Error decode byte and the slave device The Error codes returned by a PROFIBUS DP V1 slave device are defined in the PROFIBUS DP V1 Extension to the PROFIBUS standard This section lists the Error codes which can be returned
214. er Unit The Master DTM reads the Unit s words from the CPU memory as well as the standard slave device diagnostics bytes as received by the Master Unit To open the CJ1W PRM21 Master DTM Diagnosis Monitor User Interface perform the following steps YOMJON 84 BulopUoOW Z S 1 Make sure the Master DTM is online with the Master Unit To go online select the DTM in the Network view and perform one of the following actions e Select the Device Go Online option from the main menu or the DTM context menu e Select the AX button from the Tool Bar 2 A communication channel will be opened through CX Server The name of the DTM in the Net work view will turn to italic font to indicate that the Unit is online 3 From the context menu select the Diagnosis option The DTM s Diagnostics User Interface will be displayed OMJON OU PUL PUN Ja seW ay BUHOPUOWN L Z G 4 Select the Monitor tab for status monitoring Using Auto Update or Manual Refresh The information displayed in the CJ1W PRM21 Master DTM Diagnosis Monitor User Interface can be updated either Automatically or Manually e Automatic update Select the Automatic checkbox in the upper right corner of the Monitor tab The refresh cycle will be approximately 0 5 to 1 second depending on the PC System The Manual button will be disabled e Manual update Press the Manual button in the upper right corner of the Monitor tab to force a refresh of the window contents R
215. er even once after the Battery is replaced may result in a shorter Battery life e When you replace the Battery use the CJ1W BAT01 Battery Set CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 29 30 i SD Memory Cards e Insert the SD Memory Card all the way e Do not turn OFF the power supply to the Controller during SD Memory Card access The files may be corrupted If there is a corrupted file in the SD Memory Card the file is automatically deleted by the restoration function when the power supply is turned ON CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 Regulations and Standards Conformance to EC Directives i Applicable Directives e EMC Directives e Low Voltage Directive i Concepts EMC Directive OMRON devices that comply with EC Directives also conform to the related EMC standards so that they can be more easily built into other devices or the overall machine The actual products have been checked for conformity to EMC standards Whether the products conform to the standards in the system used by the customer however must be checked by the customer EMC related performance of the OMRON devices that comply with EC Directives will vary depending on the configuration wiring and other conditions of the equipment or control panel on which the OMRON devices are installed The customer must therefore perform the final check to confirm that devices a
216. eration Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 6 Message Communications 28 09 00 8 5F Command Response Function Actual length code code code of data written bytes 28 09 00 DF Command Response Function code code code Error Error decode code 2 Error code 1 Parameters Destination address Command Response The address of the device on the PROFIBUS network to which the PROFIBUS message will be sent The valid address range is 0 to 7E Hex The most significant byte in the Response Format is set to 00 Device Service Access Point Command The Device Service Access Point for MSAC1 PROFIBUS services must be set to 33 Hex Function code Command Response The Function code is defined by the PROFIBUS standard and specifies the type of MSAC1 mes sage For the MSAC1_Read service it must be fixed to 005F Hex The Response Format will con tain either 005F Hex indicating a normal PROFIBUS completion or OODF Hex indicating PROFIBUS errors Slot number Command The parameter Slot number is used in the destination device for addressing the desired data slot typically an I O module The number ranges from 0 to 254 Index number Command The parameter Index is used in the destination device for addressing the data block within a speci fied slot to which the data must be written The number ranges from 0 to 254 Data length
217. eration Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 Appendices CJ series I O memory address NJ series device variables for CJ series Unit CIO n 5 0 to 15 MstrSta The device variables for CJ series Units that correspond to bits 0 to 15 of a word in CIO n 5 are as Description Master Status follows CJ series I O memory address NJ series device variables for CJ series Unit Word address Bit Variable name Description CIO n 5 0 MstrOperateSta Unit in OPERATE mode 1 MstrStopSta Unit in STOP mode 2 MstrClearSta Unit in CLEAR mode 3 MstrOfflineSta Unit in OFFLINE mode 4 MstrDatXchgSta Unit in data exchange 5 MstrAutoClrEnblSta Auto CLEAR enabled 6 Reserved by System 7 _MstrValidCfgSta Unit contains a valid configuration 8to 15 CIO n 6 Master Errors The device variable for CJ series Unit that corresponds to all bits of a word in CIO n 6 is as follows CJ series I O memory address NJ series device variables for CJ series Unit CIO n 6 0 to 15 MstrErrSta The device variables for CJ series Units that correspond to bits 0 to 15 of a word in CIO n 6 are as Description Master Errors follows CJ series I O memory address NJ series device variables for CJ series Unit Word address Bit Variable name Description CIO n 6 0 MstrBusErr Disturbed bus error 1 MstrProtErr PROFIBUS protocol error 2 MstrAdrErr Master addres
218. eries Controllers comply with the following shipbuilding standards Applicability to the ship building standards is based on certain usage conditions It may not be possible to use the product in some locations Contact your OMRON representative before attempting to use a Controller on a ship i Usage Conditions for NK and LR Shipbuilding Standards e The NJ series Controller must be installed within a control panel e Gaps in the door to the control panel must be completely filled or covered with gaskets or other material The following noise filter must be connected to the power supply line Noise Filter Manufacturer Model Cosel Co Ltd TAH 06 683 Trademarks 32 e Sysmac and SYSMAC are trademarks or registered trademarks of OMRON Corporation in Japan and other countries for OMRON factory automation products e Windows Windows 98 Windows XP Windows Vista and Windows 7 are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the USA and other countries EtherCAT is a registered trademark of Beckhoff Automation GmbH for their patented technology The SD logo is a trademark of SD 3C LLC gt a Other company names and product names in this document are the trademarks or registered trade marks of their respective companies CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 Unit Versions Unit Versions A unit version has been introduced to manage CPU Units in the NJ Series accordin
219. ersion conflict 9 Feature not supported 10 to 15 User specific o 11 Access Invalid index Error codes related to accessing the Write length error requested data area in the slave device or I O modules connected to Invalid slot k the slave device Type conflict Invalid area State conflict Access denied Invalid range Invalid parameter e 9 Invalid type 10 to 15 User specific o NOOA ON 0 Read constrain conflict Error codes related to resources 1 Write constrain conflict inside the slave device which are required to process the requested data e g functions required to implement a requested action 12 Resource 2 Resource busy 3 Resource unavailable 6087 GNAS J YSSIN SNAIHOYHd Z 9 e 4 to 7 Reserved e 8 to 15 User specific 13 to 15 User Specific Error Code 2 Byte This error code will always contain user specific error codes If necessary refer to the slave device s documentation for decoding the returned byte CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 6 17 6 Message Communications Response Codes Response code Description 0000 Normal completion 1001 Command too large i e gt 5 words 1002 Command too short i e lt 5 words 110C e Device Address Invalid i e gt 7E Hex e The slot number is invalid i e gt FE Hex e The Index number is invalid i e gt
220. erved by system 10 GlobCtlUnfreezeCmd Unfreeze 11 GlobCtlFreezeCmd Freeze 12 GlobCtlUnsyncCmd Unsync 13 GlobCtlSyncCmd Sync 14 Reserved by system 15 Reserved by system CIO n 4 Unit Status The device variable for CJ series Unit that corresponds to all bits of a word in CIO n 4 is as follows Word address CIO n 4 CJ series I O memory address NJ series device variables for CJ series Unit et Varabiename 0 to 15 UnitSta Description Unit Status The device variables for CJ series Units that correspond to bits 0 to 15 of a word in CIO n 4 are as follows CJ series I O memory address Word address CIO n 4 NJ series device variables for CJ series Unit Bit Variable name Description 0 UnitErr Unit error flag 1 MstrErr Master error flag 2 Reserved by system 3 _NewErrLogSta Error log contains new errors 4 ParamTxSta Parameter transfer In progress 5 Reserved by system 6 _ParamStorErr Local parameter storage error 7 _ParamLoadErr Local parameter load error 8 Reserved by system 9 _FileRdErr File read error 10 to 12 Reserved by system 13 _LogStorErr Error log storage error 14 Reserved by system 15 Reserved by system CIO n 5 Master Status The device variable for CJ series Unit that corresponds to all bits of a word in CIO n 5 is as follows A 4 CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Op
221. es CPU Unit W509 5 25 5 Operation e I O modules per slave device are mapped in the order in which they were selected when set ting up the slave device Furthermore Input area 1 is by default mapped to CIO 3300 whereas Output area 1 is by default mapped to CIO 3200 The default mapping algorithm is illustrated in the figure below with the following configuration e Slave device 1 One input output module one output modules e Slave device 2 One input module e Slave device 3 One output module e Slave device 4 Two input modules Save 1 Module 1 CPU Unit PROFIBUS Master Unit mia Save 1 Module 2 Save 3 Module 1 Output area Output area CIO 3200 Output area 1 Output area 1 CIO 3400 Output area 2 Output area 2 Input area Input area CIO 3300 Save 1 Module 1 Save 2 Module 1 Input area 1 Input area 1 Jave 4 Module 1 Save 4 Module 2 CIO 3500 Input area 2 Input area 2 Note 1 The end address of each Input Output area in the CPU memory depends on the size of the allocated I O data 2 If more than 100 words of input or output have been configured for the slave overlap of memory areas will occur in the CPU if default I O mapping is used as shown above La Precautions for Correct Use The default mapping of areas on to the CPU memory is the same default mapping as used in the CJ1W DRM21 Devicenet Master Slave Unit Care s
222. es information on how to monitor a network using the Unit and CX ConfiguratorFDT S t Introduction 20 50 histo dats Sie tee tee ne vibe Sines 5 3 5 2 1 Adding Devices to the Network 02000 0c cee eee eee ees 5 6 5 2 2 Changing Device and DTM Addresses 0 0000 0c eee eee 5 8 5 2 Setting Up a Network 0 cece eee eee 5 4 5 2 1 Adding Devices to the Network 0 00 anaana 5 6 5 2 2 Changing Device and DTM Addresses 0 00 e eee eee 5 8 5 3 Configuring the Slave Devices 00 c eee eee eee eee 5 12 5 3 2 Setting Parameters 0 2 00 cc tee 5 14 5 3 3 Selecting the Group Assignment 00000 cece eee eee 5 15 5 4 Configuring the Master 0 e eee eee eee eee 5 17 5 4 1 Setting the Master Parameters 0 0000 cece eee eens 5 18 5 4 2 Setting the Bus Parameters 00 00000 5 19 5 4 3 Defining and Changing the I O Mapping 2 020000005 5 20 5 4 4 Configuring CX Server 000 00 ccc eee 5 21 5 4 5 Downloading the Configuration 0 0 0 eee ee 5 23 5 5 I O Communication Characteristics a s a sssaaa eee 5 25 5 5 1 I O Data Configuration 0 0 ee tee 5 25 5 5 2 Mapping I O Data ec c 4 eiw eer e ecra Bhs Shes Ah ba eee Adee 5 25 5 5 3 Supported Data Types 0 eet 5 34 5 5 4 Exchanging I O Data Over PROFIBUS 0 cece eee eee 5 35 5 5 5 O Response TIM ous asierea ra a
223. ests Unit requests cyclic refresh cyclic refresh cyclic refresh Unit requests Unit requests cyclic refresh cyclic refresh Instruction Instruction Instruction Instruction Instruction CPU Cycle Execution Execution Execution Execution Execution CIO Refresh ok ek Output data refresh 03 O 4 Input data refresh l l 1 l 2 1 3 4 l 5 l 6 l 7 48 sonsiajyoeieyy UOeDIUNWIWOS O I S S Cycle Cycle Cycle Cycle Cycle Cycle Cycle Cycle PROFIBUS Cycle cyose n 1 ETEF n 4 n 5 n 6 n 7 n 8 PROFIBUS DP I O data exchange cycle lt CPU cyclic refresh results in the following I O transfer characteristics e All output data sent by the CPU is transmitted over the PROFIBUS network e Not all Input data is transferred to the CPU referring to the figure above Input data marked with 1 1 1 4 I1 6 and I 8 are lost Note To prevent input data not being transferred to the CPU the CPU cyclic refresh time must be at least two times the PROFIBUS DP cycle time aul esuodsey O I S S G 5 5 5 I O Response Time The maximum I O response time is defined as the time from the moment an input on a slave device with the lowest PROFIBUS address is switched TRUE FALSE until the moment the output on a slave device with the highest PROFIBUS address is switched TRUE FALSE PROFIBUS DP Cycle gt CPU Cyclic Refresh The figure below shows the timing in case the PROFIBUS DP cycle gt CPU cyclic
224. evice The physical address setting may differ from the slave DTM address which was automatically assigned by the Master DTM Changing the Slave Device Address Slave devices which are not equipped with switches to set the address must support the Set_Slave_Add PROFIBUS service Typical device types supporting this address setting method are PROFIBUS PA devices or IP65 devices The default address for these devices is 126 This allows them to communicate with a Master unit with the purpose of changing the address I O data exchange with slave address 126 is not allowed Usually these slave devices also provide a means to store the remotely set address in local non vol atile memory As of Unit version 2 0 the CJ1W PRM21 PROFIBUS Master Units support the Set_Slave_Add PROFIBUS service which can be initiated from the Master DTM This service can be sent to any slave on the network even if it is not allocated to the Master DTM In order to change a slave device s address remotely first make sure that the Master DTM is on line with the Master Next open the Set Device Station Address window 1 Select the DTM in the Network view 2 Right click the mouse and select the Additional functions entry from the context menu 3 Select the Set Device Station Address option The window as shown below is displayed CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 5 Operation lt i gt OIW PRH21 PROF Us
225. f PROFIBUS 1 1 1 1 2 Introduction Standard EN50170 PROFIBUS PROcess FleldBUS is an open fieldbus standard for a wide range of applications in manufacturing processing and building automation The Standard EN 50170 the Euronorm for field communications to which PROFIBUS adheres guarantees vendor independence and trans parency of operation It enables devices of various manufacturers to intercommunicate without hav ing to make any special interface adaptations The PROFIBUS family comprises three mutually compatible versions PROFIBUS FMS PROFIBUS DP and PROFIBUS PA PROFIBUS FMS FMS means Fieldbus Message Specification This version is the general purpose solution for high level extensive and complex communication tasks Powerful services open up a wide range of appli cations and provide great flexibility PROFIBUS DP DP means Decentralized Periphery PROFIBUS DP is optimized for high speed and low cost inter facing It is specially designed for communication between automation control systems and distrib uted I O at the device level PROFIBUS PA PA means Process Automation It permits sensors and actuators to be connected to one common bus even in areas where intrinsically safe products are required It also permits data and power to be supplied over the bus using 2 wire technology according the international standard IEC 1158 2 Uniform Bus Access Protocol PROFIBUS DP and PROFIBUS FMS use the same trans
226. f the Master Unit receives more diagnostic information than it can enter in its diagnostic buffer CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 Appendices Slave Diagnostics Byte 4 Slave Diagnostics Byte 4 is mapped to the low byte of Word D 1 This byte contains the PROFIBUS address of the Master Unit which parameterized the slave If the slave is not parameterized cor rectly the byte contains FF Hex or 255 Decimal Slave Diagnostics Bytes 5 to 6 Slave Diagnostics Bytes 5 and 6 are mapped to Word D 2 They contain the PROFIBUS Ident Num ber of the slave device The Ident number uniquely identifies the type of device The Ident Number is a 16 bit code issued by the PROFIBUS Organization For example the Ident number of the CJ1W PRT21 PROFIBUS DP slave is 0602 Hex A 7 3 Extended Diagnostics Data Bytes The aforementioned 6 diagnostics bytes are a mandatory minimum which is supported by every PRO FIBUS DP slave device Depending on the device however it may also support extended diagnostics information which is coded into the bytes following the first 6 mandatory bytes The number of extended bytes depends on the coding and the events that have occurred in the slave device Normally they will not be added to the standard diagnostics message i e the first 6 mandatory bytes if no event occurred There are three types of extended diagnostics information e Device related diagnostics
227. f the device and the resulting cable reflec tions bus connectors must be provided with built in series inductors of 110 mH each as shown in the figure on the left Installing the inductors applies to all devices on the network and not only to the devices at both ends of the bus cable CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 2 Nomenclature and Installation 2 3 3 PROFIBUS Cable Connector Bus Cable Connector The plug connector to be used on the CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit is a 9 pin male sub D type preferably encased in metal and having a facility to connect the shield of the cable to the case or to pin 1 The cable should be connected to the receive transmit lines pin 3 B line and pin 8 A line The use of special PROFIBUS DP cable connectors which are available from several manufacturers is highly recommended Various models are Lm widely available with or without the bus termination and inductors built in If i provided in the connector the Bus termination can often be enabled or dis abled through a switch on the connector The special PROFIBUS DP cable connectors often provide a convenient way of connecting the cables The figure on the left provides an example of such a bus cable connector A standard 9 pin sub D plug can only be used if the PROFIBUS Master Unit is not at the start or the end of a bus segment or on a stub line at a baud rate of 500 kbps or less uoneJes
228. facturer of the application Because of this concept FDT DTM technology is not limited to PROFIBUS applications In concept any type of net work can be configured and accessed provided the appropriate DTMs are available FDT Container Application A FDT container application facilitates configuration of network devices and parameterizing and or manipulating their operational modes All device dependent functionality is concentrated in the DTM CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 1 Features and System Configuration 9 FDT container applications can be stand alone tools or can be part of other engineering tools such web browsers providing FDT interfaces Since FDT standardizes the interfaces it allows devices S from different manufacturers to be integrated in any automation system regardless of the fieldbus o system z CX IntegratorFDT is an example of a FDT container application It is described in detail in the follow 9 ing sections e n Device DTM DTMs are provided by the manufacturer of the device A DTM is comparable to a printer driver which allows interactive configuration and diagnostics The DTM provides not only the configuration manipulation and monitoring functions for a device including the user interface functions it also provides the connection technology to the device DTM Properties In general a DTM is a Microsoft COM component which can be executed from w
229. file at the same time 3 1 5 Adding Devices to the Network Setting up a network in CX ConfiguratorFDT involves adding and configuring single device DTMs The device DTMs as listed in the Device Catalogue can be added to the network in three ways e Using the context menu A context menu will pop up when selecting the CJ1W PRM21 PROFI BUS Master DTM and right clicking the mouse By selecting the menu option Add Device a sim plified Device Catalogue is displayed allowing only a selection of DTMs which can be added to the PROFIBUS Master DTM Using the Drag amp Drop function A Device DTM listed in the standard Device Catalogue window can be dragged and dropped from the Device Catalogue to a desired position in the Network view Using the Add Device button A device DTM selected in the Device Catalogue can be added to a selected Master DTM in the Network view by clicking the Add Device button in the Device Cata logue window CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 3 Configuration Software 3 1 6 Saving and Opening Projects A project containing various DTMs can be saved and opened to and from hard disk Saving a project file is accomplished by selecting the File Save or File Save As menu option This will display the standard Windows file selection window allowing the user to enter a file name The Project File is saved with the extension CPR Saving the data is initiated from CX Configu
230. g Functions jn fice see eee eve eee eae ae wee eS 7 23 7 5 1 Overview of the Error Log 0 cece ete eae 7 23 7 5 2 Error Codes and Detailed Codes 0 0 eee ee 7 24 TO Event LOGS gt ice osc a secret athe oe Sage dE E eee ale ee eee ea 7 26 7 6 1 Overview of the Event Logs 0 0 cece eee eae 7 26 7 6 2 Error Table niei aie raha pened heer eed hens pe tan heed dees bes 7 26 7 6 3 Error Descriptions cae See ha es on a ee a a ans 7 28 7 7 Maintenance and Replacement 000 cece eee eee eens 7 32 7 7 1 Cleaning s 2 is esate ek Se ears eo oe ee hPa ee ea eR es 7 32 7 7 2 INSPECTION lt 2 oe Stee oh le aka cheats aaae wlan taeda a a E ae Oe 7 32 7 7 3 Replacing Faulty Units 2 tee 7 33 7 7 4 Addition Replacement of Units on the PROFIBUS Network 7 33 CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 7 1 7 Troubleshooting and Maintenance 7 1 Overview 7 2 The CJ1W PRM21 PROFIBUS Master Unit and CX ConfiguratorFDT provide extensive means for trou bleshooting which can be used to quickly determine errors in the Unit in the configuration in the net work and or in remote slave devices allocated to the Unit Troubleshooting on the Master Unit For troubleshooting purposes the following error indicators can be used e Indicators on the front of the Unit e Three red error indicators and four status indicators show Unit and network status and error
231. g There is a problem with the Mode setting of the Unit Source Function Module Source details CJ series Unit Detection At execution of timing Mode Command Error attributes Level Minor Recovery Automatic recov Log category System ery Effects User program Continues Operation The PROFIBUS Master Unit detects a problem when Mode Command is executed and will remain offline CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 7 29 so UaAZ 9 7 s suoldioseq JOM 9 L 7 Troubleshooting and Maintenance System defined Variable Data type Name veikes _MstrMdCmdErr BOOL Mode Command Error Cause and cor Assumed cause Correction Prevention rection More than one command mode switch has been set Control only one command mode switch Do not attempt to control multiple command mode switches simultane ously or prevent with User Program A mode command switch is set while the previous command is in progress Wait until the Unit has finished switch ing modes before attempting to set a new command mode switch Do not issue a mode change while the Unit is in transition Check that the commanded operating mode has suc cessfully completed before issuing a new mode change A mode transition command is given and the Unit has detected that it does not yet have a valid configuration or it detected an internal error either of which prevented it from reaching tha
232. g data links will stop between related nodes while tag data link parameters are transferred during Controller operation Confirm that the system will not be adversely affected before you transfer the tag data link parameters i EtherNet IP Communications All related EtherNet IP nodes are reset when you transfer settings for the built in EtherNet IP port including IP addresses and tag data links settings This is performed to read and enable the set tings Confirm that the system will not be adversely affected by resetting nodes before you transfer the settings If EtherNet IP tag data links cyclic communications are used with a repeating hub the communica tions load on the network will increase This will increase collisions and may prevent stable communi cations Do not use repeating hubs on networks where tag data links are used Use an Ethernet switch instead i EtherCAT Communications Make sure that the communications distance number of nodes connected and method of connec tion for EtherCAT are within specifications Do not connect EtherCAT communications to EtherNet IP a standard in house LAN or other net works An overload may cause the network to fail or malfunction Malfunctions or unexpected operation may occur for some combinations of EtherCAT revisions of the master and slaves If you disable the revision check in the network settings use the Sysmac Studio to check the slave revision settings in the master and the
233. g removing I O modules or when editing an existing I O Mapping Refer to section 5 5 2 Mapping I O Data for more details on I O mapping Control Description Auto Addressing I O data mapping will be done by the Master DTM by allocating the I O data enabled in ascending order of slave device address and selected I O modules No memory allocation gaps are left behind Auto Addressing New I O modules are appended to the existing mapping Changed I O mod disabled ules will be re allocated to the end of the list Memory allocation gaps can be left behind CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 3 Configuration Software i Bus Parameters Tab The Bus Parameters tab contains the parameters for the communication on the PROFIBUS net work The Bus Parameters tab is shown below The Bus Parameters are a number of settings which define the communication behavior and timing on the PROFIBUS network The Bus Parameters depend on the selected baud rate certain slave communication parameters as well as the number of I O data bytes exchanged between the Master Unit and each of the slave devices The required combination of Bus Parameters is calculated by the program based on the dependen cies mentioned above However the user can change selected Bus Parameter manually if the appli cation requires this WLA 193S SNAISONd LZWNd MLrO 2 lt i gt OIWPRHI PROFIBUS O Derse Soke lister See OSSD Dav
234. g to differences in functionality accompanying Unit upgrades i Notation of Unit Versions on Products The unit version is given on the ID information label of the products for which unit versions are man aged as shown below Example for NJ series NJ501 CPU Unit lt ID information label Unit model Unit version Lot No t DDMYY Lot number and serial number MAC address The following information is provided on the ID information label Item Description Unit model Gives the model of the Unit Unit version Gives the unit version of the Unit Lot number and Gives the lot number and serial number of the Unit serial number DDMYY Lot number Q For use by OMRON xxxx Serial number M gives the month 1 to 9 January to September X October Y November Z December MAC address Gives the MAC address of the built in port on the Unit f Confirming Unit Versions with Sysmac Studio You can use the Unit Production Information on the Sysmac Studio to check the unit version of the CPU Unit CJ series Special I O Units CJ series CPU Bus Units and EtherCAT slaves The unit versions of CJ series Basic I O Units cannot be checked from the Sysmac Studio CPU Unit and CJ series Units 1 Double click CPU Expansion Racks under Configurations and Setup in the
235. ge function Explicit message PROFIBUS message PROFIBUS network Explicit message 6 2 CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 6 Message Communications 6 2 Sending Acyclic Messages Using SendCmd Instructions The SendCmd send command instruction can be used in the CPU Unit user program of the CJ series PROFIBUS Unit to send acyclic messages In a program that issues acyclic messages the following execution conditions are generally used based on the AND gate e Network Enabled Flag on the CPU Unit side e MstrOperateSta the PROFIBUS Master Unit is in Operate mode and commencing I O data exchange sample Execution Condition _Port_isAvailable _MstrOperateSta SendCmd m m Execute Done DstNetAdr Busy CommPort Error CmdDat ErrorlD CmdsSize ErrorlDEx RespDat RespDat suo onNJ SU pugpu s Bursn sabessay 219494 Bulpuas z 9 Option fl Example of Sending Acyclic Messages Using SendCmd Instruction Below is an example of reading alarm information using the EXPLICIT MESSAGE SEND command 2801 from the PROFIBUS Communication Unit with the following system configuration e PROFIBUS Master Unit s station address 05 e Unit number 0 e Unit address 11 Hex e GRT1 PRT Communication Unit s station address 65 NJseries CPU Unit PROFIBUS Master Unit No 0 Sal Master Unit station address 05 Unit a
236. ge services allow exchange of extended information between a PROFIBUS DP V1 Mas ter and a PROFIBUS DP V1 slave device during regular I O data exchange 6 3 1 EXPLICIT MESSAGE SEND 2801 Sends an explicit message over the PROFIBUS network to an OMRON slave device GRT1 SmartSlice for example and receives a response Explanation The Explicit Message Send command sends a CIP defined explicit message to an OMRON PROFI BUS Slave device supporting CIP messages Note 1 For information on explicit messages for OMRON slave refer to SmartSlice GRT1 Series GRT1 PRT PROFIBUS Communication Unit Operation Manual Cat No WO4E EN D 2 The Explicit Message Send command is wrapped in a PROFIBUS DP V1 Class 2 mes sage The handling of this message i e establishing a connection transferring data and aborting a connection is done automatically by the PROFIBUS Master unit Command Format m 28 01 996 bytes max IE e a ooo Command Class ID Instance ID Service data code Service code Destination station address Response Format If a normal response has been returned by the targeted device the response format for the exe cuted explicit message is as follows 28 O01 00 00 996 bytes max Command Response No of bytes Service data code code received Service code Source station address local node If transmission of the Explicit message
237. h a neutral cleanser 2 sol tion wring out the cloth and wipe the Unit l Precautions for Correct Use Never use volatile solvents such as paint thinner benzine or chemical wipes These substances could damage the surface of the Unit 7 7 2 Inspection Be sure to inspect the system periodically to keep it in optimum operating condition In general inspect the system once or twice a year but more frequently if the system is used in high temperature or high humidity environments or dirty dusty conditions i Inspection Equipment Prepare the following equipment before inspecting the system Required Equipment Philips type screwdriver multimeter alcohol and a clean cloth Optional Test Equipment Depending on system conditions a synchroscope oscilloscope thermometer or hygrometer to measure humidity might be needed i Inspection Procedure Check the items in the following table and correct any that are below standard Item Standard Equipment Environmental conditions Ambient temperature 0 C to 55 C Thermometer Ambient humidity 10 to 90 Hygrometer Dust dirt accumulation None Check visually 7 32 CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 7 Troubleshooting and Maintenance Item Standard Equipment Installation Are the units installed securely No looseness Phillips head screwdriver Are the communications connectors fully No looseness Phillip
238. hanges Next select the Slave Area tab to display the I O Mapping 5 4 3 Defining and Changing the I O Mapping 5 20 The I O data of all slaves can be mapped on to the CPU memory areas through two Output Areas and two Input Areas The Output data can be distributed over two Output Areas each of which can be mapped on to CPU memory Similarly the Input data can be distributed over two Input Areas each of which can be mapped on to CPU memory The figure below shows the CJ1W PRM21 Master DTM s Slave Area tab for an example network with a CJ1W PRT21 a CPM1A PRT21 and an F150 PRT Vision system CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 5 Operation 1 gt CHW PRNQI PROFIBUS DP VI Master Condiqusation gt gt i Duce eee Mate Sete Ce Peeetes OFT HP Aero ox Met DKE get aooaa anadi Het ere T ae 4 T of at ae tour four Jase 94 Burunbyuoy p By default all Output data is mapped on to Output Area 1 and all Input data is mapped on to Input Area 1 Each of these Areas can be mapped on to CPU memory independently of each other Changing the mapping can be achieved using drag amp drop The module which is mapped to Area 1 and which must be mapped to Area 2 can be copied there by dragging it from the overall module list on top to Area 2 The I O mapping concept is discussed in section 5 5 2 Mapping I O Data Note 1 By default the Auto Addressing option will be enabled
239. hanges to RUN and to set the opera tional mode to CLEAR in case the CPU mode changes to PROGRAM This requires the CPU user program to switch the network to OPERATE after startup Refer to 5 6 2 Chang ing PROFIUS Mode of the Master Unit for a programming example 3 Aside effect of the default settings can be that the network is started right after download ing the parameters to the CJ1W PRM21 PROFIBUS Master Unit After downloading the parameters the CJ1W PRM21 Master DTM will restart the Unit and switch the CPU mode back from PROGRAM mode to the mode it had before downloading This can be RUN mode Auto CLEAR behavior The Auto CLEAR behavior defines how the CJU1W PRM21 PROFIBUS Master Unit will behave in case one of its allocated slave devices fails during I O data exchange This option can be enabled if the application in which the Master Unit is used warrants safety precautions to be taken to prevent unexpected behavior of the application If Auto CLEAR has been enabled the Master Unit will automatically transition to the CLEAR state and set the allocated slave device outputs to the safe state Refer to section 5 6 4 Using Auto CLEAR for a description of how to use the Auto CLEAR function Jase 94 Burunbyuoy p s Auto Addressing Auto Addressing defines whether or not the CJ1W PRM21 Master DTM will automatically map the I O data in such a way that no gaps exist in the I O data If enabled the user does not need to han dle
240. hat contains forced refreshing change to RUN mode and then use the Sys mac Studio to perform the operation for forced refreshing Depending on the difference in the forced status the control system may operate unexpectedly e Do not specify the same address for the AT specification for more than one variable Doing so would allow the same entity to be accessed with different variable names which would make the user program more difficult to understand and possibly cause programming mistakes i General Communications e When you use data link communications check the error information given in the status flags to make sure that no error has occurred in the source device Write the user program to use the received data only if there is no error If there is an error in the source device the data for the data link may contain incorrect values Unexpected operation may result if inappropriate data link tables are set Even if appropriate data link tables have been set confirm that the controlled system will not be adversely affected before you transfer the data link tables The data links start automatically after the data link tables are trans ferred All CPU Bus Units are restarted when routing tables are transferred from Support Software to the CPU Unit Restarting these Units is required to read and enable the new routing tables Confirm that the system will not be adversely affected by restarting before you transfer the routing tables Ta
241. he PROFIBUS Master Unit which will temporarily disable all communication by this Unit on PROFIBUS 7 34 CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 Appendices A 1 Differences in Available Functions Depending on the CPU Unit NJ CJ series tobe Connected cc eee eee eee eee eee A 2 A 1 1 Differences in Available Functions 0 0 0 0 c cee eee eee A 2 A 1 2 Differences in Accessing from User Program 00 000005 A 2 A 2 Bus Parameters i222 cee eee e eee eee ee eee eee eee ee ee A 8 A 3 Application Notes 0000 eee A 12 A 4 Application Program 00 0 ee A 13 A 5 CX ConfiguratorFDT Warning and Error Messages A 14 A 6 I O Data Type Definitions 0 0 ccc eee A 21 A 6 1 Integer Data Conversions 0 0 teens A 21 A 6 2 Floating Point Data Conversions 00000 cece eens A 22 A 6 3 Text String Data Conversion 0 0 cece tees A 22 A 6 4 Date Clock Time Data Conversions 0 0 00 e eee eee ees A 23 A 7 Slave Diagnostics Message cece eee eee eee eee eee A 24 A 7 1 Slave Diagnostics Data Message 00000 e eee eee A 24 A 7 2 Standard Diagnostics Data Bytes 022002 A 25 A 7 3 Extended Diagnostics Data Bytes 0 0000 A 27 A 7 4 PROFIBUS DP V1 Error Codes 0 00 e eee eee A 32 CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ se
242. he PROFIBUS network CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 5 55 5 Operation ct CRW PRMO1 PROFIBUS DP VI Master Diagnosis TOES Moto Orisa erto Jess Mage See See See wo He Pakes bey Tre z gt Tetai ortert Mey 4 17 25 49 W09 GO PROS batre ey Note Reading the Error Log contents will not clear it Clearing the Error Log In order to clear the Error Log perform the following actions 1 Open the CJ1W PRM21 Master DTM Diagnosis User Interface 2 Select the Monitor Error History Tab 3 Press the Clear button in the lower right corner of the window This will clear not only the Error Log stored in volatile memory but also the error log events stored in the non volatile memory Note Clearing the Error Log is not possible if an error which was just added to the Error Log is still active The cause of the active error has to be removed first before the Error Log can be cleared Attempting to clear the Error Log while an error is still active does not result in an Error message from the CJ1W PRM21 Master DTM Accessing the Error Log from the CPU The CJ1W PRM21 Master DTM Diagnosis User Interface uses messages to read the bit flags and access clear the Error Log contents 5 56 CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 5 Operation 5 8 PROFIBUS DP V1 Services Next to the cyclic I O data exchange the CJ1W PRM21 PROFIBUS Master Units are capable
243. he communication between the PC and the CPU could not be achieved Appendices Correction e Ensure there are no problems with the connection between the Per sonal Computer and the CPU Make sure the Device Settings are correct When problem has been removed disconnect and re connect Perform one of the following successfully to confirm the problem has been solved Update monitoring data Slave Diagnostics clearing error log Changing the master state 52 CX Server could not be con figured Configuration of CX Server failed e Make sure the settings within the Device Set up tab are correct Select the Test Button to check this Make sure the Personal Computer COM port selected within the Device Set up Configuration is not in use by another application If it is close the connection from within the other application Restart CX ConfiguratorF DT Restart Personal Computer to ensure COM port is released Ensure the correct version of CX Server is installed on the Personal Computer Refer to the Master Manual for installation details When the problem has been removed perform one of the following successfully to confirm the problem has been solved Select the Configure Button in the Device Set up tab Select the Test Button in the Device Set up tab 53 CX Server could not be initial ized Initialization of CX Server was not possible Ensure the correct version of CX
244. he error occurred the data in the non volatile memory may be corrupted and a new Configura tion must be downloaded to the Unit FALSE Indicates that the Configuration and setup data has been transferred to the non volatile memory successfully CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 4 Data Exchange with the CPU Unit A N O lt fa O lt z z z S yame ot Paes yana Pletones Type R W Description Function rf series Unit a ParamLoadErr BOOL R Local parame TRUE a ter load error indicates an error occurred during an attempt to S transfer the Configuration and setup data from 2 non volatile to volatile memory FALSE F Indicates a successful load attempt is made 5 _FileRdErr BOOL R File read error TRUE 5 Indicates an error occurred during an attempt to 9 transfer the Configuration and setup data from a memory card in the CPU to the Unit s non volatile o memory The error can be caused by an error in 2 the File or an error during transfer FALSE 2 Indicates a successful load from a memory card is 2 made n e Limited memory card functionality based on 2 CPU version Check specification details for aad more information LogStorErr BOOL R Error log stor TRUE age error Indicates an error occurred during an attempt to write the Error log to internal non volatile memory If the error occurred the Error log data in the non volatile memory
245. he request data e Destination address is same as current master address 0402 Service is not supported Device Service Access Point is invalid i Get_Cfg Service The PROFIBUS DP Get_Cfg service allows a PROFIBUS Master Unit to read the I O Configuration data of any slave device even if it is not allocated to the Master Unit The figures below show the command and response message formats CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 6 13 soBbessa 2149Y 9 608z GNAS J YSSIN SNAIHOYd Z 9 6 Message Communications Command Format 28 09 3B y Command code Device address Device Service Access Point Response Format 28 09 Command Response Device Data length I O Configuration code code address bytes data Parameters Destination Address Command Response The address of the device on the PROFIBUS network to which the PROFIBUS message will be sent The valid address range is 0 to 7E Hex The most significant byte in the Response Format is set to 00 Device Service Access Point Command The Device Service Access Point for the Get_Cfg PROFIBUS service must be set to 3B Hex Data length Bytes Response This parameter defines the number of I O Configuration bytes returned by the slave device The num ber ranges from 0 to 244 bytes The most significant byte is set to 00 I O Configuration
246. he slave devices as part of the parameter message The group assignment is used as an address within the Global Control command message see 5 6 3 Transmit ting Global Control Commands to address a specific group of slaves or all slaves To set a slave device s group address perform the following steps 1 Open the Configuration User Interface of the Generic Slave DTM the specific slave device 2 Select the Group tab 3 Select the checkbox next to the group numbers for all the groups to which the slave device will belong 4 Select the Apply button at the bottom of the User Interface Assigning slave devices to groups is application dependent The figure below shows the Group selec tion tab for the CJ1W PRT21 which has been assigned to groups 1 2 and 4 CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 5 15 s 1a q ALIS ay BulunByUOoDd g juawuBbissy dnog y Bunoajas E g G 5 Operation lt ComeBT HC OFt2 gt ONRON CI Tewe MR wer 250 F G vado MON Copano ert Nabe dD torte Pewag Oe a Fap re 2 map Fx rap Yow 4 yun After making the group assignment press the OK button to save the changes and close the DTM Con figuration User Interface 5 16 CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 5 Operation 5 4 Configuring the Master Opening the Master DTM Configuration Interface After configuring all the slave DTMs the CJ1W PRM2
247. hich will when pressed refresh the diagnostics data by retrieving it from the PROFIBUS Master Unit A Green indicator in the lower left corner will indicate whether or not the device is online i Diagnostics Tab The Diagnostics tab displays basic diagnostics for the slave An example of the Diagnostic tab is shown below The diagnostics information is displayed as red and green indicators Red indicators refer to error events Green indicators refer to status situations lt Comemd THCOM2 gt OMRON CI megy vow Exterted Dages ia 28 4 W Mester oct wa Save ptni wa rae fot D Syrc Mode WZ Pv te ove mores g ee Mode W ro ret egoeted acoso D Etma deg mece C ETETE T a Er a W Ber na rect wZ tormeeiagcr eepe WwW Barr ost enter ww lemo Aeg cecs overe nyed Urte Assent me rinta Gt rer XSL J rrected pwe The indicators are listed in the table below Name Description Master lock The slave device has been parameterized by another master Parameter fault The last received parameter data from the Master Unit have been rejected The parameter data in the slave device differ from the parameter sent by the Master Unit CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 3 Configuration Software Name Description Invalid slave The slave has returned an invalid response to a Master request message response Function Not sup ported The Master Unit has sent a message to the slave device which is not sup
248. hould be taken to avoid data overlap if such a Unit is part of the same CPU system as the CJ1W PRM21 PROFIBUS Master Unit The CJ1W PRM21 PROFIBUS Master Unit will assemble the correct PROFIBUS data messages from the storage order in the Input and Output memory areas 5 26 CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 5 Operation Auto Addressing The default allocation of I O modules i e I O modules are mapped in ascending order of slave addresses and module selection uses the concept of Auto Addressing of the CJ1W PRM21 Master DTM Auto Addressing will re allocate I O modules according to the algorithm explained above in each area If a configuration has been selected which is changed later by adding an I O module to one of the slaves the Auto Addressing feature will add that module to the default area between the already selected modules of that particular slave device La Precautions for Correct Use When an I O module is added to or deleted from a configuration at a later point in time Auto Addressing will cause a change in the addresses of subsequent I O modules in an Input Output area This will cause I O data of a part of the slave devices to be re mapped to different loca tions in the CPU memory In order to avoid unexpected results the CPU user program and User Defined Variables may have to be adapted as well Note 1 Auto Addressing will not change the allocation of I O modules to a cer
249. iables and instructions that are used in programming Section 7 Simulation Transferring Projects to the Physical CPU Unit and Opera tion This section describes simulation of Controller operation and how to use the results of simulation Section 8 This section describes CPU Unit status CPU Unit Status Section 9 This section describes the functionality provided by the CPU Unit CPU Unit Functions Section 10 This section describes how to go online with the CPU Unit and how to connect to Communications Setup other devices Section 11 This section describes the procedures that are used to actually operate an NJ series Example of Actual Application Pro cedures Controller Section 12 Troubleshooting This section describes the event codes error confirmation methods and corrections for errors that can occur Appendices CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 The appendices provide the CPU Unit specifications task execution times system defined variable lists data attribute lists CJ series Unit memory information CJ series Unit memory allocation methods and data type conversion information Introduction i Sysmac Studio Version 1 Operation Manual Cat No W504 Section Section 1 Introduction Description This section provides an overview and lists the specifications of the Sysmac Studio and describes its features and components Sectio
250. ice code No of Bytes Received Response Returns the number of data bytes received in the rest of the message Source Station Address local node Response Returns the Station Address of the responder Error Code Response Returns the error code defined by the slave device 6 3 2 PROFIBUS MESSAGE SEND 2809 The PROFIBUS MESSAGE SEND command provides a means to initiate transmission and reception of standard PROFIBUS DP and DP V1 Class 1 services over the PROFIBUS network via the CJ1W PRM21 PROFIBUS Master Unit The general command response structures are shown below Command Format PROFIBUS service data 28 09 yy Command code Device PROFIBUS command address specific data Device Service Access Point Response Format 28 09 Command Response PROFIBUS service data code code Parameters The PROFIBUS service data part in both the command and response depends on the PROFIBUS service to be transmitted received and will therefore be different in length and contents for every service Also the response error codes will depend on the services requested The common param eters are described below Each supported service will be described separately after the common parameters Destination Address Command The address of the device on the PROFIBUS network to which the PROFIBUS message will be sent The valid address range is 0 to 7
251. ice may have its watchdog disabled and is disconnected from the network due to a cabling prob lem e BF indicator is Flashing e Slave Data Exchange Active Flags show which slaves have problems e Use CX ConfiguratorFDT and DTMs to determine slave diagnostics Verify that the specified slave device is still connected to the network PROFIBUS Master Unit is configured All slaves are in data exchange but the inputs of some slave devices are not updated The specified slave devices may be in Freeze mode Send a Global Control Unfreeze com mand to the targeted slave or group of slaves Refer to 4 2 2 Global Control Command _GlobCtilCmd The specified slave device may have its watchdog disabled and is disconnected from the network due to a cabling prob lem BF indicator is Flashing Slave Data Exchange Active Flags show which slaves have problems Use CX ConfiguratorFDT and DTMs to determine slave diagnostics Verify that the specified slave device is still connected to the network Troubleshooting PROFIBUS DP V1 Communication This section deals with troubleshooting the PROFIBUS DP V1 Communication on the network from a behavior point of view The column on the left describes the general perceived problem to the user The columns on the right list the possible causes and their remedies Problem PROFIBUS Master Unit is configured Both the I O Communication and the PROFIBUS DP V1 Communicati
252. ided to ensure safe operation of the system Provide measures in the communications system and user program to ensure safety in the overall system even if errors or malfunctions occur in data link communications or remote I O communications If there is interference in remote I O communications or if a major fault level error occurs output status will depend on the products that are used Confirm the operation that will occur when there is interference in communi cations or a major fault level error and implement safety measures Correctly set all of the EtherCAT slaves The NJ series Controller continues normal operation for a certain period of time when a momentary power interruption occurs This means that the NJ series Controller may receive incorrect signals from external devices that are also affected by the power interruption Accordingly take suitable actions such as external fail safe measures and interlock conditions to monitor the power supply voltage of the external device as required You must take fail safe measures to ensure safety in the event of incorrect missing or abnormal signals caused by broken signal lines momentary power interruptions or other causes Not doing so may result in serious acci dents due to incorrect operation oS ooo Voltage and Current Inputs Make sure that the voltages and currents that are input to the Units and slaves are within the specified ranges Inputting voltages or currents
253. ies CPU Unit W509 4 Data Exchange with the CPU Unit Name of Device Variable for CJ series Unit MstrHwErr BOOL R Hardware error TRUE Indicates an error has occurred on the bus e g message exceeding 256 bytes broken messages faulty bus timing or devices beyond the HSA have been detected Type R W Description Function Note In case this error occurs the Unit will automatically switch to OFFLINE mode FALSE Indicates that no Hardware error has occurred _MstrMdCmdErr BOOL R Mode com TRUE mand error Indicates more than one command mode switch has been set a mode command switch is set while the pre vious command is in progress or a mode transition command is given and the Unit has detected that it does not yet have a valid configuration or it detected an internal error either of which prevented it from reach ing that mode e g Invalid Parameter set and transition to OPERATE mode If this bit is changed to TRUE it will remain so until a valid command is sent to the Unit The invalid mode command will be ignored FALSE If the bit flags have been cleared the Unit will reset this bit to FALSE MstrParamErr BOOL R Parameter TRUE error Indicates an error has been detected in the con tents of the Parameters set while configuring the PROFIBUS interface using these parameters FALSE These bits will be set to FALSE by the Unit if the error bit flags have been clear
254. ify that all the devices that need to be added to the Network both master and slave devices are among the DTMs in the list 3 If one or more of the DTMs is missing these DTMs must first be installed and the Device Cata logue updated Note 1 Non GSD file based DTMs are usually provided with their own setup program Installation of these DTMs must be performed outside CX ConfiguratorFDT e g from Windows Explorer 2 In case of DTM installations outside CX ConfiguratorFDT always initiate an update of the Device Catalogue before assembling a network Without this update the newly installed DTM will not appear in the list of devices To update the Device Catalogue press the Update button in the Device Catalogue main window 3 An update must also be performed when an already existing DTM is upgraded Without the update the old version number will still be shown in the list Failure to update the Device Catalogue in this case may also result in undesired behavior when adding these DTMs to the Network Installing New GSD Files GSD file based DTMs can be installed from within the Device Catalogue main window To do so fol low the procedure below 1 Press the Install GSD File button at the bottom of the Device Catalogue main window refer to figure above The standard windows File Open window will be displayed 2 In the File Open window browse to the sub directory containing the GSD file select the one or more GSD fil
255. igure the Unit using CX ConfiguratorFDT 1 Wire the network to connect the PROFIBUS Master Unit to the slave devices 2 Turn ON the CPU power supply and the power supplies of the slave device on the network 3 In CX ConfiguratorFDT create a network and define the parameters and I O configurations for the PROFIBUS Master Unit settings and the allocated slave devices Determine the baud rate and the bus parameter setup Make sure that the Go to OPERATE mode option is selected to force the Unit to OPERATE mode upon a CPU mode change to RUN mode 4 Download the network configuration to the PROFIBUS Master Unit After downloading the con figuration CX ConfiguratorFDT will restart the PROFIBUS Master Unit 5 After restarting the PROFIBUS Master Unit it will automatically start communication CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 1 23 1 Features and System Configuration 1 24 CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 Nomenclature and Installation This section describes the nomenclature and installation of the PROFIBUS Master Unit It contains the procedures for installing the CJ1W PRM21 PROFIBUS Master Unit on the NJ series controller and setting up the PROFIBUS network 2 1 2 3 Unit Components eer i ee te AS Ges ghee oe eee aes 2 2 2 1 1 Nomenclature 000 0c tees 2 2 2 1 2 LGICATONS ose lt cca re Rac tae eset ae Sear a setae eee een
256. ime for a slave device before it will generate a tet Yes Delay of response to a request message Responders Max Station The maximum allowed time for a slave device to generate a response to a tet Yes Delay of request message Responders Quiet Time The time a transmitting device must wait after the end of a message frame tet No before enabling its receiver Setup Time The time between an event and the necessary reaction tait No Min Slave Inter The Minimum Slave Interval defines the poll cycle i e the minimum time t Yes BIT val between two consecutive Data_Exchange Cycles to the same slave device The Minimum Slave Interval must be smaller than the Target Rotation Time Calculated Minimum Slave Interval in milliseconds ms No Target Rotation The anticipated time for one token cycle including allowances for high and t Yes SF P BIT Time low priority transactions errors and GAP maintenance Do not change the value below the calculated value to avoid bus communication interruptions Max Retry Limit Maximum number of request transmission retries by this master ifa device Yes does not reply to a request Highest Station The HSA defines the Highest Station Address of Master devices on the net Yes Address work of which the Master device will request the FDL status when updating the active device list See GAP Update Factor If new slaves are added to the network this field shows the highest device address The Master wil
257. ind a E bodies eel health rae 7 5 7 2 5 Network Errors orrir e rakean aa E a todays an boed ca inoweevannuessage A aa E RANAS 7 6 7 3 Troubleshooting Using Error Status sssssseesseennnnnennnnnnnnunnnnnnnnnnnnnunnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn ne 7 9 7 3 1 Unit Status Wordissa niette e ain a E ai TEE EA ENEs 7 9 7 3 2 Master Errors Word nraii a aa a a a Ge e a 7 11 7 4 Troubleshooting the Network s sssuussssennununnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnunnnnnnunnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn nnmnnn 7 13 7 4 1 Troubleshooting Parameter Download ou eee eeececeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeseaaeeeeeeeeeeaaeeeeeeaeesseeeeenaeeseenaees 7 13 7 4 2 Troubleshooting the Network using CX ConfiguratorFDT oo eee ee eeceecesneeeeeeeeeeneeeeenaeeeeeeees 7 14 7 4 3 Troubleshooting VO Communication 2 0 eeceeeceeeeeeeeeeeceeaeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeaaeeseeeeeesnaeeeseeeeeneneees 7 18 7 4 4 Troubleshooting PROFIBUS DP V1 Communication 0 0 00 eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeenaeeeseeeeenneeeee 7 22 H 9 gt Error Log FUnGtionms cicsicin5 3s cece ed cacec shee cect atte aE NAPE NA EE steeds NAK ENAKA TAAR CANNES AAEN AUKEE KATER 7 23 7 5 1 Overview of the Error LOG EET T 7 23 7 5 2 Error Codes and Detailed Codes snieni aeiae aaa aa aa a a al aia 7 24 T6 Event LOGS sissioni annaa aaao aN ana a ANAREN Na nna Ea RNa Saan Nania 7 26 7 6 1 Overview of the Event LOGS nisnsenerinenes ania ea E E Eanair EEEE Eaa En iaiia 7 26 7 6 2 E se E T E A EA ET 7 26 7 6 3 Error Descriptions nasii nina
258. ing DTMS aseeeereseiiesriresiiieeiisrrirsrirtsiinneeinnsensstns 5 57 5 8 2 PROFIBUS Services From CRU wiciicen navn i ie id ieee ie 5 58 Section 6 Message Communications G1 OVORVIOW E E ee teens dee tects ete cece tp pe cteee E E E ET 6 2 6 2 Sending Acyclic Messages Using SendCmd Instructions ccccccsssseeeeeseeeneeeeeeeeeeeeenens 6 3 6 3 Acyclic Messages vsr fat eaae ENSEN sedeech sdecduesuedivuuegesteccusuesuvecd aes qausuaesiens 6 7 6 3 1 EXPLICIT MESSAGE SEND 2801 0 cee ceeceeeeeeeeeeeee eee eeeeeeeeeeeaaeseeeecaeseeeeeneeesaesnaeeseneesiaeeeeeee 6 7 6 3 2 PROFIBUS MESSAGE SEND 2809 0 eccceseeseceeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeaeseeeecaaeeeaeeeaeeesaeeneeeseeeteaaesneeee 6 9 6 3 3 MEMORY AREA READ 0101 ou ceeceeeceeeeteeeeeceeeeeeeceeeecaeeeeeeeaeesaeeseeeesaeseeeseeeseaeseeeesiaeeeaeeenees 6 20 6 3 4 ERROR LOG CLEAR 2103 k mra aa sarees lobsuviiee ade dices ne AE EAEE aE E e 6 21 Section 7 Troubleshooting and Maintenance A E O aA E A E E E E E A tienen 7 2 7 2 Troubleshooting with the PROFIBUS Master Unit Indicators csscseceeseseeeeeeeeeeeeeenees 7 3 7 2 1 INGICATONS E dace sieht E A E E E E O A 7 3 7 2 2 Unit Startup Errors eiaa a a d aaa a a a a oe at 7 3 7 2 3 Unit Operational Errors miiir k eae ara e aaaea aaa Aie eena EEE E AE EEE AAE EEk 7 4 14 CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 7 2 4 Unit Configuration Errors teser irian haze hzetalssetcneds lobecia
259. ion Units which are setup to act as a gateway Refer to CX Server Runtime User Manual Cat No W391 for details on configuring CX Server Note 1 For further explanation only the direct connections between the PC and the CPU on which the Unit is attached are considered 2 Select the Settings button next to the Network Type selected to display the Network set tings window and select the Driver tab USB is shown as example below CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 3 35 3 Configuration Software B Network Settings USB Port Meet crt Natwest enra A 5 Make the necessary selections to facilitate communication between the PC and the CPU to which the PROFIBUS Master Unit is attached and press the OK button Testing CX Server Setup After making the settings press the OK button to close the CX Server interface In order to verify that the communication has been setup correctly press the Test button in the Device Setup tab of the DTM Configuration User Interface This will initiate a command to read the Unit s profile i e the name of the Unit and the firmware version If the communication has been setup correctly the response of the command will yield the required information which will be displayed in the Device Information box in the Description and Firmware Version fields If the communication is not setup correctly the two fields will contain three dashes i e
260. ion on Terminology In this manual download refers to transferring data from the Sysmac Studio to the physical Controller and upload refers to transferring data from the physical Controller to the Sysmac Studio In this manual the CJ1W PRM21 Unit may be referred to as PROFIBUS Master Unit Master Unit or PRM21 Unit Also the CJ1W PRT21 Unit may be referred to as PROFIBUS Slave Unit Slave Unit or PRT21 Unit CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 Introduction Sections in this Manual Features and System Configuration Nomenclature and Installation Configuration Software Data Exchange with the CPU Unit Operation Message Communications Troubleshooting and Maintenance Appendices 10 CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 Introduction 11 CONTENTS i ausi VEVER OCU einko a AE E TTT A 1 Relevant Manuals 6 ssid sedctvecacs teed sesdecdesasasssacccaadctetcezecatasascandanestaseasetecdesccuctetaesssassass uds 2 Manual Configuration oss oases casas ecce ce tvagadecagenescdhe cadacasacecusbevane ce raantecec valent teleseieveis 3 Man al Structure sia sais ss eee ca cd tees Sa actedaseehvadaasssecdsadeeee saeteausazsceusasesd secatesccacsesusasacasacesacas 8 Sections in this Manual 2 casts sssehissatecstgcesde
261. is no ESI file the vendor ID product code and revision number are displayed 34 CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 Related Manuals The following manuals are related to the NJ series Controllers Use these manuals for reference Manual name Cat No Model numbers Application Description NJ series CPU Unit W500 NJ501 Learning the basic specifi An introduction to the entire NJ series system is Hardware User s Manual cations of the NJ series provided along with the following information on CPU Units including intro a Controller built with an NJ501 CPU Unit ductory information e Features and system configuration designing installation and f Introduction maintenance Mainly hard i ware information is pro Part names and functions vided General specifications e Installation and wiring e Maintenance and inspection Use this manual together with the NJ series CPU Unit Software User s Manual Cat No W501 NJ series CPU Unit Soft W501 NJ501 Learning how to program The following information is provided on a Con ware User s Manual and set up an NJ series troller built with an NJ501 CPU Unit ae Unit Mainly os CPU Unit operation information is provided lt CPU Unit features Initial settings Programming based on IEC 61131 3 lan guage specifications Use this
262. is working properly 2 e Check any loose modules in case the slave device is a modular device e Consult the operation manual of the slave device Check if additional action must be taken to S initiate I O data exchange e g reset the device after a malfunction 5 Configuration fault The I O configuration sent by the Master Unit is rejected by the slave device The Parameter a request used indicator will also be ON Q e Check the selected I O modules in the Slave DTM Make sure they match the expected total I O number and sequence e Consult the operation manual of the slave device Check if additional modules must be selected e g empty i O modules for power modules in a modular slave Extended diagnostics The slave device has returned extended diagnostics information This does not necessarily received indicate a malfunction The Master DTM does not display the extended diagnostics returned by a slave device Open the associated Slave DTM to check on the contents of the extended diag nostis Function not supported The Master Unit has sent a message to the slave device which is not supported by that device Invalid slave response This bit is set by the Master Unit if the slave has returned an invalid response to a master request message CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 7 17 Indicator Parameter fault 7 Troubleshooting and Maintenance Description Correction The parameters sent by the Maste
263. it s operational mode can also be changed from the CPU user program by setting the appro priate bit in the Software Switches word see section 4 2 1 Software Switches _SwCmd Note If an attempt is made to change the operational mode while a previous change command is still being processed the new command is ignored and the mode command error bit flag _MstrMdCmdErr in the Master Errors word see section 4 2 5 Master Errors _MstrErrSta will be set Indirect Mode Changes The Unit s operational mode can also be changed in indirect ways i e without direct user or pro gram interference e Mode changes caused by Auto CLEAR When the Auto CLEAR function has been enabled and one or more of the slave devices on the network stop I O data exchange the Master Unit s operational mode will automatically change from OPERATE to CLEAR This is dis cussed in section 5 6 4 Using Auto CLEAR e Mode changes caused by CPU mode changes An operational mode change will take place if the PROFIBUS Master Unit has been configured to change its operational mode together with the CPU mode i e OPERATE when the CPU mode is set to RUN and CLEAR mode when the CPU mode is changed to PROGRAM mode Refer to section 5 4 1 Setting the Master Parameters for more information YJOM ON 94 Hulyes9doO 9 G 5 6 3 Transmitting Global Control Commands Global Control commands The CJ1W PRM21 PROFIBUS Master Units support the transmission of Global Con
264. ita aya 4 atoma Jea vegs eve Dayoe Dats sei Fare 2 Sew Lagata Pemred tec ano emen byenm eer ams tom nA eat te dyowa rigger sA 2 ter ype iten ed dagoe mores Wace r hrc ret sgpoted lee e o e Pras tart morse wo mote famme as Ler atver Veer om Swtervsec Seyomcr mecu The indicators in the upper half of the Slave Status tab shown in the figure above indicates the sta tus of the slave devices by using different colors see sections 5 7 1 Monitoring the Master Unit and the Network 5 7 2 Monitoring Slave Status YIOMJON 4 Buyooys jqnosL p In case an indicator is either Red or Orange additional information can be obtained from the PROFI BUS Master Unit by using the mouse pointer to click on the colored indicator The basic diagnostics information for the selected slave device is retrieved from the Master Unit and displayed in the lower half of the Slave Status tab The table below lists the indicators which are of interest for trouble shooting On S e 2N es Indicator Description Correction og oS Station non existent The slave device does not respond to any of the request messages sent by the Master Unit ei z is e Make sure that the slave device is powered correctly a3 e Check the wiring and make sure that the slave device and the Master Unit are connected S Q Station not ready The slave is communicating but not ready for data transfer e Check the slave device and make sure that it
265. ith the decentralized devices i e DP slaves within a specified message cycle Class 2 Master DPM2 PROFIBUS DP class 2 Master DPM2 devices are programmers configuration devices or operator panels They are used during test runs for configuration of the DP system or for operation and monitoring purposes As of Unit Version 3 0 the CJ1W PRM21 is a PROFIBUS DP Class 1 as well as Class 2 Master device Slave Devices Slave devices are peripheral devices Typical slave devices include input output devices valves drives and measuring transmitters They do not have bus access rights and they can only acknowl edge received messages or send messages to the master when requested to do so Slave devices are also called passive devices CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 1 Features and System Configuration Device Profile To enable the exchange of devices from different vendors the user data has to have the same for mat The PROFIBUS DP protocol does not define the format of user data it is only responsible for the transmission of this data The format of user data may be defined in so called profiles Profiles can reduce engineering costs since the meaning of application related parameters is specified pre cisely Profiles have been defined for specific areas like drive technology encoders and for sen sors actuators SNG4ONd JO MIIAIBAO p k PROFIBUS DP V1 PROFIBUS DP V1 is a
266. ithin a FDT con tainer application A DTM is not a stand alone tool it requires a FDT container application to be exe cuted The DTM provides a number of interface functions through which it can be controlled and accessed in order to transfer data to or from the DTM A DTM provides all the options for configura tion and monitoring of a device which it can present to the user through its own user interface ABojouyse WLO LGA 6 1 1 ActiveX User Interface The user interface for a DTM is provided using ActiveX windows Control of these windows is done by the DTM but the FDT container application can request specific user input from the DTM based on which the DTM will provide the necessary ActiveX windows In general multi language user inter face windows including DTM specific Help files are supported by the DTM XML based Data Transfer Data transfer to and from a DTM is provided using XML documents The XML documents are stan dardized for the communication between the FDT container application and for communication between DTMs An additional specification covers the definition of XML data formats for the transfer of application specific data such as PROFIBUS data Communication DTM In general a device configuration DTM is accompanied by a communication DTM This specific DTM facilitates device specific communication e g for downloading a configuration to a PROFIBUS Master Unit and or for retrieving monitoring information f
267. its 4 2 CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 4 Data Exchange with the CPU Unit CPU Unit PROFIBUS Master Unit User program I O port CPU Special Unit Words Allocated in ClO Area Corresponding device variable for CJ series Unit HUN Ndd 94 YM aBueyoxg eA Y Unit 15 25 wds CJ Unit Memory Mold q L L v Memory areas such as CIO and DM User defined variable Device Variables for CJ series Unit Device variables for CJ series Units are variables for which AT is specified for the I O port explained below The user program uses device variables for CJ series Units to access the Configuration for a unit such as the CJ1W PRM21 For allocation of the device variables for CJ series Unit to the I O port refer to How to Create Device Variables for CJ series Unit P 4 5 These variables are used to set this Unit and reference statuses from a user program Device Variables for CJ series Unit are positioned internally in the CPU Bus Unit words allocated in CIO DM areas shown below e CPU Bus Unit words allocated in CIO area software switches statuses e CPU Bus Unit words allocated in DM area Reserved for future use I O Port An I O port is a logical interface for data exchange by a CPU Unit with a PROFIBUS Master Unit or other Configuration Unit An I O port has a unique pre defined name for each unit model and function CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit O
268. l for NJ series CPU Unit W509 A 27 Appendices Module related Diagnostics The Module or Identifier related diagnostics data block consist of a header byte followed by one or more bytes containing flags which indicate if there is diagnostics pending related to the I O configu ration modules Each flag is related to the corresponding I O module defined during configuration Non used flags are always set to 0 The figure below shows the header byte and one module diagnostics byte Depending on the num ber of I O modules configured there may be more bytes 765 43 2 1 0 Header Byte 0 1 Block Length 765 43 2 1 0 Module Diagnostics Byte Module 0 Diagnostics Module 1 Diagnostics Module 2 Diagnostics Module 3 Diagnostics Module 4 Diagnostics Module 5 Diagnostics Module 6 Diagnostics Module 7 Diagnostics Header Byte Bit Name Description 00 to 05 Block length These bits contain the length of the Module related diagnostics data block including the header byte The Module diagnostics flags will follow this header byte Maximum length of the block including the header is 63 bytes 06 to 07 Reserved Fixed to 01 The combination of bit 6 and 7 indicate the type of diagnostics i e 01 indicates Module related diagnostics data Module Diagnostics Byte Bit N
269. l periodically check whether new active devices have been added between its own address and the Highest Station Address If any devices are detected GAP is updated Permissible values are in the range of 0 to 126 GAP Update The GAP update factor defines the amount of updates of the active devices No Factor i e Master devices list times during one token rotation cycle To update the list the Master device will transmit FDL_Status_request mes sages to ascending device addresses until it finds a next Master device or until it reaches the Highest Station Address See HSA above The GAP Update Factor is fixed to 1 CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 siojoweieg sng Z Y Appendices A 10 Item Description Unit Editable by User Poll Timeout The maximum time interval that this master device may need for the execu ms No tion of a master master function Data Control The cycle time in which the master updates its Data Transfer List in which it ms No Time keeps an overview of all slave states Data Control Time is based on the Watchdog time Two Data Control Time 7 Two Watchdog Con The Watchdog Control Time defines the time for a slave device to set its out ms Yes trol puts to a fail safe state if during that time no communication between the Master device and that slave device was detected The Watchdog is auto matically set for all configured sla
270. l upper limit of the number is defined by the buffer capacity of the slave device 3 44 CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 3 Configuration Software Max Alarm PDU Length This parameter defines the maximum size of an Alarm message sent from the slave device to the PROFIBUS DP V1 Master Unit The Master Unit uses this number to reserve buffers to handle the alarms The maximum alarm message size ranges from 4 bytes to 63 bytes oo oo Alarms 8 The Alarms box defines the types of alarms the slave device will report as well as the alarm handling 2 capacity of the master device The settings in this box are conveyed to the slave device through the o Set_Prm message sent by the PROFIBUS DP V1 Master Unit lt F S re Control Description es Alarm mode The Alarm mode indicates to the slave device the amount of alarms the PROFIBUS DP V1 Master 2 Unit can process simultaneously The following standard selections are available e 1 alarm of each selected type e 2 alarms in total 4 alarms in total e 8 alarms in total e 12 alarms in total e 16 alarms in total e 24 alarms in total e 32 alarms in total Pull Plug alarm When set this checkbox enables the signaling of a pull plug alarm type i e the removal insertion of a hardware I O module Process alarm When set this checkbox enables the signaling of a process alarm type i e an alarm related to the process connec
271. lace the module in must be empty The area to put the modules in does not need to be selected first Auto Addressing and Re allocating I O Modules Auto Addressing re allocates I O modules in all Input Output areas If after setting up the initial I O configuration two or more I O modules are moved from one area to another Auto Addressing main tains the same sequence i e the slave device with the lowest address and its I O modules in the selected sequence are allocated before a slave device with a higher address In the figure below two output modules from the initial I O configuration top window have been re allocated to Output area 2 bottom window sonsia oeieyy UOJeDIUNWIWIOS O I S S geq O I Buidde z S 9 CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 5 29 5 Operation mde index aice Mogae S Te A 2 1 OMRON CIIW PRT21 leo otat 1 Wed Cono 2 imod oto 4 Wed CONA 3 1 CPM IAPRTDI byes cut Piccoras 2 te cols 10 1 FISOPRT leod oip 1 Wod CONO Cutout Aree Qisu Area 2 DO Midi Marne ep CO Modde Nave ms 20 S2 words aint 3400 j X s2 4 works cet M01 RV T OQ praes duwor atmi 3203 RA dwords ote ut 3205 1s 2 bytes otpa Po commute mos ui 10 immi atat mas RI xy Initial I O configuration Devoe Setup Mastar Bus Paramete Save Ana Advanced TOi ion et Alocaten zao vom Deven Mesue Se Toe Ate 2 1 OMFONCIIWPRT I 1 wants nipa 1 Wos ooo a 2 lt words
272. lave devices has been established For this the following is assumed e The Master Unit has been configured to go to OPERATE mode if the CPU mode is set to RUN mode e All slave devices are powered up and initialized before the Master Unit is turned ON e All slave devices are assumed to go to I O data exchange without delays The total system startup time is the sum of the following components e Master Unit startup checking e Initialization of communication with CPU CPU e Master Unit I O configuration initialization after which the Master Unit goes to OPERATE e One PROFIBUS DP cycle to request slave diagnostics e One PROFIBUS DP cycle to transmit parameter messages to all slave devices e One PROFIBUS DP cycle to transmit the I O configuration messages to all slave devices e One PROFIBUS DP cycle to request slave diagnostics The average time for the first three actions assuming a maximum I O configuration is approxi mately 2 seconds The remaining time depends on the PROFIBUS settings For a maximum O configuration with 125 slave devices 56 words I O each i e the total I O size amounts up to 7000 words one PROFIBUS DP cycle lasts approximately 70 ms A complete start up cycle will then last approximately 280 ms The total system start up time from Unit reset until I O data exchange will then be 2 3 seconds EN Additional Information e The NJ series Controller CPU requires 10 to 20 seconds to start e tis recommended
273. ld of length 3 lolilolololi oli Module related diagnostics lt F i Tto olo oladi Channel related diagnostics lt 0 1 0 0 0 1 0J0 komto oTo 1 010 0 1 1 110 Channel related diagnostics lt 01010 011 000 1JOiolOo OJ1jiji Header byte Device specific contents Header byte Module 1 has diagnostics Module 14 has diagnostics Module 1 Channel 4 Input Overload bit oriented Module 14 Channel 8 High Limit exceeded byte oriented The figure above shows the extended diagnostics of a slave device which contains e Device related diagnostics One header byte and three device specific diagnostics bytes are shown in this example The contents of the diagnostics i s device specific e Module related diagnostics One header byte and three module diagnostics bytes The first of three bytes indicates pending diagnostics in module1 the next byte indicates pending diagnostics in module14 e Channel related diagnostics Two channel related diagn 1 and one for module 14 In module 1 Input channel 4 channel 8 has detected an high limit exceeded event CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 ostics entries are shown One for module has detected an overload In module 14 A 31 abessay s nsoubeq ALIS Z Y ddy Appendices A 7 4 PROFIBUS DP V1 Error Codes The Error codes returned by a PROFIBUS DP V1 slave device are defined in the PROF
274. lect Export to HTML option from the context menu First select the project level in the Network view then right click the mouse to display the context menu A window will pop up displaying the progress of the export process After exporting the information the default browser is launched showing the result of the export pro cess Links are available to open the information pages for the individual DTMs The extent of the information made available depends on the individual DTMs This can range from device type and version information up to all settings and selections made for the device Exporting DTM Information to HTML Exporting single DTM information to HTML is achieved by the following sequence 1 Select the DTM in the Network view 2 Right click the mouse to bring up the context menu 3 Select the Export to HTML option from the context menu A window will pop up displaying the progress of the export process When finished CX Configura torFDT will launch the default browser to display the result In this case however no links will be available to other DTMs in the network CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 3 9 3 Configuration Software 3 1 8 Error Logging and FDT Monitoring CX ConfiguratorFDT provides two logging windows at the bottom of the application window Both win dows are used for displaying events Error Log View The Error Log view displays error messages reported b
275. ll commence As soon as down loading has started the data in the volatile memory of the CJ1W PRM21 PROFIBUS Master Unit will be overwritten Recovery After Failing Download If a failure occurs during the download process which prevents the Master DTM from completing the process the user must restart the Unit manually Restarting the Master Unit will abort the download process in the Master Unit and recover the previous configuration from its non volatile memory CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 7 13 YIOMJON 84 Huljooysalqnoly p as peojumoq 19 9WeIed Bunoouseqnos p p 4 7 Troubleshooting and Maintenance 7 4 2 Troubleshooting the Network using CX ConfiguratorFDT CX ConfiguratorFDT Troubleshooting CX ConfiguratorFDT provides several means to troubleshoot either the CJ1W PRM21 PROFIBUS Master Unit the slave devices or the network The means all rely on features discussed in the previ ous section Troubleshooting the Master Unit To troubleshoot the Master Unit or the network the Master DTM Diagnosis User Interface provides a help in determining problems The figure below shows the Monitor Master Status tab of the Master DTM Diagnosis User Interface lt 1 OIW PRMII PROFIBUS DO VI Master Disgaors olo iE More Onise Cpersterss Mater 40 Gewese Sates Enn Hitoy iasa Nate 2a ht Sate J Aii gt PERATE m brw toe Mater fm a yoma orap fra a Panas Load be be Read EL
276. llic contact to ground e g galvanized steel to ensure a good electrical connection Grounding rails should not be attached to painted surfaces For further information regarding PROFIBUS network installation please refer to Installation Guideline for PROFIBUS DP FMS PNO Order No 2 112 which is available at every regional PROFIBUS Organization The information covers Test run of PROFIBUS equipment Testing the PROFIBUS cable and bus connectors Determining loop resistance Testing for correct bus termination Determining the segment length and cable route Other test methods Example of an equipment report in the PROFIBUS guideline CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 2 Nomenclature and Installation 2 4 Software Configuration Defining the Configuration After making the physical connections of the network the configuration then has to be defined in the software OMRON provides a dedicated PC based configuration program called CX Configura torFDT as well as the required DTMs for this purpose It can be used to e Define the master s e Assign slaves to their respective master s e Define I O Configuration and parameters of individual slave devices e Define bus parameters e g baud rate target rotation time etc Downloading the Configuration The configuration must be downloaded to the Master Unit before system operation can take place This is made possible b
277. lobCtlFreezeCmd GlobCtlUnsyncCmd GlobCtlSyncCmd CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 Name of Device Variable for CJ series Unit GlobCtlGrp1 Type BOOL RW 4 Data Exchange with the CPU Unit Description Send com mand to slaves of Group 1 GlobCtlGrp2 BOOL RW Send com mand to slaves of Group 2 GlobCtlGrp3 BOOL RW Send com mand to slaves of Group 3 GlobCtlGrp4 BOOL RW Send com mand to slaves of Group 4 GlobCtlGrp5 BOOL RW Send com mand to slaves of Group 5 GlobCtlGrp6 BOOL RW Send com mand to slaves of Group 6 GlobCtlGrp7 BOOL RW Send com mand to slaves of Group 7 GlobCtlGrp8 BOOL RW Send com mand to slaves of Group 8 Function TRUE Slaves devices assigned to the specific group will process the global control command FALSE Slave devices assigned to the specific group will not process the global control com mand Selecting all slaves i e a Broadcast command requires all bits in this range to be set to FALSE GlobCtlUnfreezeCmd CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 BOOL RW Unfreeze TRUE The Unfreeze command will be send to the tar geted slave devices The Unfreeze command releases the target
278. log along with the date and time of their occurrence You can monitor the error log by using the CX ConfiguratorFDT Refer to sections 3 1 8 Error Logging and FDT Monitoring and 5 7 3 Using the Error Log for error log monitoring operations 7 5 1 Overview of the Error Log The PROFIBUS Master Unit maintains an Error Log which contains the reports on specific error events Logged Errors The following errors are recorded in the error log e Errors in network operation e Errors in data transfers e Error in the CPU Unit Error Log Records Each error is recorded as one record in an error log table Each record contains e A main error code see 7 5 2 Error Codes and Detailed Codes e A detailed error code see 7 5 2 Error Codes and Detailed Codes e A time stamp from the clock in the CPU Unit Error Log Location When an error is detected the error codes and time stamp are recorded in an error log record which is stored in the error login volatile memory i e RAM memory inside the PROFIBUS Master Unit Serious errors are also recorded in non volatile memory i e Flash ROM A total of 80 error records can be logged in volatile memory Up to 16 more serious system errors are also copied to non volatile memory Adding Error Records to the Error Log When adding a new record to the error log and the error log is full the latest error will replace the old est error in the log At power up reset the non volatile error log
279. ly to a request Highest Station The HSA defines the Highest Station Address of Master devices on the net Yes Address work of which the Master device will request the FDL status when updating the active device list See GAP Update Factor If new slaves are added to the network this field shows the highest device address The Master will periodically check whether new active devices have been added between its own address and the Highest Station Address If any devices are detected GAP is updated Permissible values are in the range of 0 to 126 GAP Update The GAP update factor defines the amount of updates of the active devices No Factor i e Master devices list times during one token rotation cycle To update the list the Master device will transmit FDL_Status_request mes sages to ascending device addresses until it finds a next Master device or until it reaches the Highest Station Address See HSA above The GAP Update Factor is fixed to 1 Poll Timeout The maximum time interval that this master device may need for the execu ms No tion of a master master function CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 3 Configuration Software Item Description Unit Editable by User Data Control The cycle time in which the master updates its Data Transfer List in which it ms No Time keeps an overview of all slave states Data Control Time is based on the Watchdog time Twp Dat
280. manual together with the NU series CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual Cat No W500 Sysmac Studio Version 1 W504 SYSMAC Learning about the operat Describes the operating procedures of the Sys Operation Manual SE2 ing procedures and func mac Studio tions of the Sysmac Studio CJ series PROFIBUS W509 CJ1W PRM21 Learning about the func The functions and operating procedures when Master Units Operation tions and operating proce the CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit is used in Manual for NJ series dures when the CJ series_ an NJ series system configuration are described CPU Unit This docu PROFIBUS Master Unit is as well as the operation of CX ConfiguratorFDT ment used in an NJ series sys tem configuration CJ series PROFIBUS W510 CJ1W PRT21 Learning about the func The functions and operating procedures when Slave Unit Operation tions and operating proce the CJ series PROFIBUS Slave Unit is used in Manual for NJ series dures when the CJ series an NJ series system configuration are described CPU Unit PROFIBUS Slave Unit is as well as the operation of CX ConfiguratorFDT used in an NJ series sys tem configuration SmartSlice GRT1 series W04E GRT1 PRT Learning about the GRT1 Describes the GRT1 PRT PROFIBUS Commu Communication Unit series SmartSlice PROFI nications Unit for OMRON s SmartSlice I O Operation Manual NET Communication Unit Units It also describes how to install and opera tion the Unit SmartSlice GRT1 Series
281. measures must be provided in external control circuits The Controller outputs may remain ON or OFF due to deposition or burning of the output relays or destruction of the output transistors As a countermea sure for such problems external safety measures must be provided to ensure safe operation of the system The CPU Unit will turn OFF all outputs from Basic Output Units in the follow ing cases e If an error occurs in the power supply If the power supply connection becomes faulty Ifa CPU watchdog timer error or CPU reset occurs Ifa major fault level Controller error occurs e While the CPU Unit is on standby until RUN mode is entered after the power is turned ON External safety measures must be provided to ensure safe operation of the system even if the outputs turn OFF If external power supplies for slaves or other devices are overloaded or short circuited the voltage will drop outputs will turn OFF and the system may be unable to read inputs Provide external safety measures in controls with monitoring of external power supply voltage as required so that the sys tem operates safely in such a case 000S CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 19 A WARNING Fail safe Measures Unintended outputs may occur when an error occurs in variable memory or in memory used for CJ series Units As a countermeasure for such prob lems external safety measures must be prov
282. minutes before changing the Battery Install a new Battery within five minutes at 25 C of turning OFF the power supply If power is not supplied for at least 5 minutes the saved data may be lost CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 i Unit Replacement We recommend replacing the Battery with the power turned OFF to prevent the CPU Unit s sensitive internal components from being damaged by static electricity and to prevent malfunctions The Bat tery can be replaced without turning OFF the power supply To do so always touch a grounded piece of metal to discharge static electricity from your body before you start the procedure After you replace the Battery connect the Sysmac Studio and clear the Low Battery Voltage error Make sure that the required data including the user program configurations settings variables and memory used for CJ series Units is transferred to a CPU Unit that was replaced and to externally connected devices before restarting operation Be sure to include the routing tables network parameters and other CPU Bus Unit data which are stored in the CPU Unit i Disposal e Dispose of the product and Batteries according to local ordinances as they apply Ra Us REP e The following information must be displayed for all products that contain primary lithium batteries with a perchlorate content of 6 ppb or higher when shipped to or transported through the State of Calif
283. mission technology and uniform bus access protocol Consequently both versions can be operated simultaneously on the same bus FMS field devices however cannot be controlled by DP masters and vice versa Precautions for Safe Use Confirm safety at the destination node before transferring a program to another node or chang ing contents of the I O memory area Doing either of these without confirming safety may result in injury CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 1 Features and System Configuration 1 1 2 PROFIBUS Communication Protocol OSI Reference Model ISO 7498 In general the PROFIBUS communication protocol is based on the Open System Interconnection OSI reference model in accordance with the international standard ISO 7498 see the following illustration The model defines 7 layers of communication functions three of which layers 1 2 and 7 are used in PROFIBUS e Layer 1 the Physical Layer of this model defines the physical transmission characteristics e Layer 2 the Data Link Layer of this model defines the bus access protocol This protocol also includes data security and the handling of transmission protocols and telegrams e Layer 7 the Application Layer of this model defines the application functions This layer is only applicable to PROFIBUS FMS SNG4ONd JO MIIAIBAO p k DP Profiles DP Extensions User Interface Layer DP Basic Functions 7 Applica
284. mitted messages at the end of the PROFIBUS I O data exchange cycle CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 5 43 5 Operation Group Address Setting User initiated Global Control commands can be transmitted to either all slave devices allocated to a Master Unit or to one or more of up to eight groups of slave devices The group addresses are defined by up to eight bits in a group address byte which is part of the Global Control command Note If a Global Control command is targeted to all slave devices all the group bits in the group address bytes are set to 0 Setting the Group Address of a Slave Device In order for a specific slave device to belong to a certain group the group assignment for the slave has to be defined through the Generic Slave DTM Configuration User Interface A slave device can belong to one or more groups at the same time or to no specific group at all The group assignment is sent to the slave devices as part of the parameter message To define the group assignment of a slave device through the Generic Slave DTM refer to section 5 3 3 Selecting the Group Assignment Freeze Unfreeze commands Sending a Global Control Freeze command to a slave device has the following effect e The slave device will continue to read its physical inputs but not send this data to the PROFI BUS Master Unit e Instead it will continue to transfer the input data to the Master Unit f
285. mmand One or more groups of slave devices allocated to the PROFIBUS Master Unit Multicast commana Global Control Broadcast Command All slave devices allocated to the PROFIBUS Master Unit Broadcast command The number of the group to which each slave device belongs is defined in its parameterization mes sage Only the slave devices assigned to the groups to which the Global Control command is addressed will process the command Group Address Setting The group address to send the message to is specified in _GlobCtlGrp1 through _GlobCtlGrp8 Selecting specific groups of slave devices i e a Multicast command requires setting of one or more bits in this range to TRUE Selecting all slaves i e a Broadcast command requires all bits in this range to be set to FALSE The Global Control command flags are specified in GlobCtlUnfreezeCmd _GlobCtlFreezeCmd _GlobCtlUnsyncCmd and _GlobCtlSyncCmd Transmitting the message is done by setting the Transmit Global Control command switch _GlobCtITxCmd see 4 2 1 Software Switches _SwCmd Device Variables for CJ series Unit separating functions per each switch contained in Global Control command are shown below 15 14131211109 8 765 43 2 1 0 GlobCtlCmd Group select 4 12 GlobCtlGrp1 GlobCtlGrp2 GlobCtlGrp3 GlobCtlGrp4 GlobCtlGrp5 GlobCtlGrp6 GlobCtlGrp7 GlobCtlGrp8 GlobCtlUnfreezeCmd G
286. n 2 Installation and Uninstallation This section describes how to install and uninstall the Sysmac Studio Section 3 System Design This section describes the basic concepts for designing an NJ series System with the Sysmac Studio and the basic operating procedures Section 4 Programming This section describes how to create programs with the Sysmac Studio Section 5 Online Connections to a Controller This section describes how to go online with a Controller Section 6 This section describes how to debug the programs online on the Controller or debug Debugging it offline with the Simulator Section 7 This section describes Sysmac Studio functions other than system design functions Other Functions Section 8 Reusing Programming This section describes how to reuse the programs that you create with the Sysmac Studio Section 9 Support Software Provided with the Sysmac Studio This section describes the Support Software that is provided with the Sysmac Studio Section 10 Troubleshooting This section describes the error messages that are displayed when you check a pro gram on the Sysmac Studio and how to correct those errors Appendices The appendices describe the following Driver Installation for Direct USB Cable Connection Specifying One of Multiple Ethernet Interface Cards Online Help Simulation Instructions CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Uni
287. n a network can be used i e a network can consist of up to 4 segments The maximum number of PROFIBUS devices in such a network is then 122 The figure below shows an example of a two segment network Termination SS Station 33 Station 32 CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 2 Nomenclature and Installation Tree Topology The use of repeaters allows the extension of three or more Linear Bus segments into a Tree topol ogy In a tree topology more than three repeaters are allowed provided that there are no more than three repeaters between any two devices in the network The following figure presents an example of a network with more than three segments and repeaters Segment 1 Segment 2 Max 31 stations Max 31 stations UO JE E SU YIOMJON E Z Segment 3 Max 28 stations Segment 4 Max 31 stations Segment 5 Max 30 stations SINJONIS YIOMION L E Z M S Master or slave station Segment 6 Max 31 stations LR Repeater Termination Max total number of stations 126 Cable Type The PROFIBUS standard EN 50170 specifies Type A shielded twisted pair cable as the recom mended cable type for use in an RS 485 based PROFIBUS network This cable type has the follow ing characteristics Characteristic Value Impedance 135 165 Os Capacitance per unit length lt 30pF m Loop resist
288. n error has occurred when writing the configuration to the non volatile memory To correct this e Restart the Unit e Re download the configuration e If the problem persists replace the PROFIBUS Master Unit CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 7 9 7 Troubleshooting and Maintenance Bit Name Description Correction ParamLoadErr Local parameter load error An error has occurred when loading the configuration from the non volatile memory to the volatile memory at start up Most likely causes e A failure or interruption during the writing process e A faulty parameter setting which makes initialization of the PROFIBUS interface impossible To correct this e Check the parameter settings for incorrect values e Restart the Unit e Re download the configuration e If the problem persists replace the PROFIBUS Master Unit FileRdErr File read error An error has occurred when loading the configuration from the non volatile memory to the volatile memory at start up Most likely cause is a failure or interruption during the writing process Most likely causes e A failure or interruption during the writing process e A failure during the reading process To correct this e Restart the CPU Unit to re download the configuration e If the problem persists use CX ConfiguratorFDT to re download the configuration e If the problem persists replace the PROFIBUS Master Unit
289. n extension to the PROFIBUS DP protocol standard It defines acyclic mes sage services between a PROFIBUS DP V1 Master and a PROFIBUS DP V1 slave device These acyclic message services allow exchange of extended parameter settings as well as extended diag nostics and alarm information during regular I O data exchange PROFIBUS DP V1 devices must at least support PROFIBUS DP PROFIBUS DP V1 services are designated as MSACn services Master Slave Acyclic Class n in which n designates the Master Class i e 1 or 2 The CJ1W PRM21 supports PROFIBUS DP V1 Class 1 and Class 2 Master functions as of Unit version 3 0 JO90 OJq SSEDDV sng v 4 1 1 4 Bus Access Protocol OSI Layer 2 Buss Access Protocol The PROFIBUS bus access protocol is implemented by OSI layer 2 This protocol also includes data security and the handling of the transmission protocols and messages Medium Access Control The Medium Access Control MAC specifies the procedures which determine when a device is per mitted to transmit data A token passing procedure is used to handle the bus access between mas ter devices and a polling procedure is used to handle the communication between a master device and its assigned slave device s Token Passing The token passing procedure guarantees that the bus access right the token is assigned to each master within a precisely defined time frame The token message a special message for passing access rights from on
290. n the remote slave devices allocated to the PROFIBUS Master Unit The CX ConfiguratorFDT and DTM capabilities for troubleshooting are extensively discussed in sec tion 6 CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 7 Troubleshooting and Maintenance 7 2 Troubleshooting with the PROFIBUS Master Unit Indicators 7 2 1 Indicators This section presents a number of easy to use procedures to troubleshoot possible errors using the indicators on the front of the Unit see figure below CJ1W PRM21 og The possible errors which could occur have been categorized and for each category a group of two or three indicators can be used to troubleshoot the problem e Unit start up errors These include errors in the CPU as well as errors in the Unit which pre vents the combination from starting up correctly Use RUN ERC and ERH indicators to trou bleshoot the errors Operational errors These include CPU errors CPU Bus errors and error log problems all dur ing operations Use RUN ERC and ERH indicators to troubleshoot the errors Configuration problems These include errors during or after downloading a new configuration as well as errors in the configuration after startup Use ERC and PRM indicators to trouble shoot the errors I O data communication errors These include errors in the PROFIBUS interface or on the network Use BST COMM and BF indicators to troubleshoot the errors 7
291. ncheck checkbox When checking the Auto Addressing checkbox on the Master Setup tab 10 Settings cannot be uploaded unit must be restarted Would you like to continue The settings uploaded were not used by stack e Yes Restart the unit and upload the settings e No Do nothing When attempting to upload settings 11 Upload is not supported Upload is not supported OK Close message box When attempting to upload settings 12 After locking address it can not be changed any more Would you like to proceed When sending Set Device Station Address com mand with Lock check box is checked the address will be stored permanently in the Slave device and can not be changed anymore e Yes Lock option is checked e No Lock option is unchecked When Lock check box in the Set Device Station Address GUI is checked 13 PROFIBUS DP V1 alarms are not supported by the Master Unit and will be dis abled Alarm settings set by the Slave DTM are not sup ported and will be reset e OK Close message box Downloading settings and one of the alarm bits are set in Slave Parameter Set 14 Publisher functionality is not supported by the Master Unit and will be disabled Publisher functionality set by the Slave DTM is not supported and will be reset e OK Close message box Downloading settings and the Publisher bit is set in Slave Parameter Set 15 lsochronous mo
292. ncorrect The I O data a part of the I O data or the PROFIBUS DP V1 Status Monitoring table is mapped beyond an existing memory area or two or more mappings are overlapping in memory e Yes Save settings e No Do not save settings e Cancel Do not save settings Closing the Configura tion User Interface with invalid configuration or saving invalid settings 04 Settings have been changed Would you like to save One or more settings have been changed but not yet saved e Yes Save data and close DTM e No Do not save data and close DTM e Cancel Do not close the DTM Closing the Configura tion User Interface with out saving the changes 05 Settings have been changed Would you like to leave with out saving Closing the GUI without saving the configuration e Yes Do not save data and close DTM e No Do not save data and do not close DTM Closing the Configura tion User Interface with out saving the changes 06 Compressing will re allocate slave configuration in mem ory area Continue e Memory Area Input Area 1 Input Area 2 Output Area 1 Output Area 2 Each of the slave I O data mapping areas can be compressed by pressing the Compress button This will result in the DTM filling up all the gaps in the mapping by moving I O data from higher addresses closer to the start address of the map ping area e Yes Compress memory area e NoDo nothing When pressi
293. nd the overall machine conform to EMC standards Applicable EMC Electromagnetic Compatibility standards are as follows EMS Electromagnetic Susceptibility EN 61131 2 and EN 61000 6 2 EMI Electromagnetic Interference EN 61131 2 and EN 61000 6 4 Radiated emission 10 m regulations Low Voltage Directive Always ensure that devices operating at voltages of 50 to 1 000 VAC and 75 to 1 500 VDC meet the required safety standards The applicable directive is EN 61131 2 Conformance to EC Directives The NJ series Controllers comply with EC Directives To ensure that the machine or device in which the NJ series Controller is used complies with EC Directives the Controller must be installed as fol lows e The NJ series Controller must be installed within a control panel e You must use reinforced insulation or double insulation for the DC power supplies connected to DC Power Supply Units and I O Units e NJ series Controllers that comply with EC Directives also conform to the Common Emission Stan dard EN 61000 6 4 Radiated emission characteristics 10 m regulations may vary depending on the configuration of the control panel used other devices connected to the control panel wir ing and other conditions You must therefore confirm that the overall machine or equipment complies with EC Directives CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 31 Conformance to Shipbuilding Standards The NJ s
294. ng e O data exchange between the Master Unit and the CPU stops Verify that the correct bus parameters have been used e If necessary Restart the Unit and force it to OFFLINE immediately or Disconnect the network cable first and restart the Unit Download the correct Bus parameters PROFIBUS Master Unit is configured All slaves were in data exchange but all outputs are now set to zeros Inputs can still be read The Master Unit is in CLEAR mode e The BST indicator is Flashing e The CLEAR switch has been set in the Switch word 1 _MstrClearCmd e The Unit has been configured for Auto CLEAR and an error occurred on the Network with one or more slave devices CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 If Auto CLEAR is enabled correct the network problem first Set OPERATE switch _MstrOperateCmd to force the Unit to the OPERATE mode 7 21 YIOMJON 84 Huljooysalqnoly p 2 uonediunwwoy O Bunooyse qnol p 2 7 Troubleshooting and Maintenance 7 4 4 7 22 Problem PROFIBUS Master Unit is configured All slaves are in data exchange but the outputs of some slave devices are not updated Probable Cause The specified slave devices may be in Sync mode Correction Send a Global Control Unsync command to the targeted slave or group of slaves Refer to 4 2 2 Global Control Command _GlobCtlCmd The specified slave dev
295. ng all switch functions contained in Software Switches e BOOL type Device Variable for CJ series Unit separating functions per each switch contained in Soft ware Switches All the switches of Software Switches execute a function when changed to TRUE by the user in any CPU mode The Unit will change the switch to FALSE after the command has been executed All flags are set to FALSE at Power ON Reset The Unit state is not restored after a Power Down of the Unit Note 1 If multiple bits _MstrOperateCmd _MstrStopCmd _MstrClearCmd _MstrOfflineCmd are set simulta neously the command is ignored The bits are set to FALSE again and the mode command error flag in Master Errors _MstrErrSta word is set see 4 2 5 Master Errors _MstrErrSta PUQMS SPYOUMS GIEMYOS Z 7 15 14131211109 8 7 6543 2 1 0 SwCmd MstrOperateCmd MstrStopCmd MstrClearCmd MstrOfflineCmd GlobCtlTxCmd ClrNewDiagCmd CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 4 9 4 Data Exchange with the CPU Unit Name of Device Variable for CJ series Unit MstrOperateCmd BOOL RW Switch master FALSE TRUE to OPERATE switches the Unit to the OPERATE mode if mode the Unit is already in this mode no action will be taken In OPERATE mode the PROFIBUS Master Unit will parameterize all allocated slave devices and
296. ng the Com press button in the Slave Area tab I O Allocation CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 Number 07 Message IO area must be empty Move all modules into other area e IO area output areat output area2 input areat input area2 Description Not used item in the start address combo box in output input allocation tabs can only be selected if there are no I O module mapped in that area e OKClose message box Move modules to other I O area first Appendices When occurring When selecting the Not Used item from the memory area box 08 Slave_User_data part of the PROFIBUS slave parameter set will be ignored See slave no name no slave address name slave DTM name Slave_User_data part of the slave parameter set will not be used The additional user parameters in the slave parameter set are not supported by the PROFIBUS Master Unit e OK Close message box When adding a slave DTM to the network which defines additional user parameters 09 Auto addressing will reallo cate slave I O mapping Would you like to proceed When selecting the Auto Addressing check box in the Master Setup tab all slave I O data mappings will be compressed in each of the I O mappings The slave I O mapping will be changed e Yes Update slave I O module mapping and check checkbox e No Do not update slave I O module mapping and u
297. ng the Master Parameters Master Setup Tab The Master Setup tab defines e the behavior of the Master Unit when the CPU switches its mode between RUN and PRO GRAM mode e The behavior of the Master Unit in case an error occurs in one of the slave devices allocated to the Master Unit e The method of I O data mapping The figure below shows the Master Setup tab lt i gt COTW PRI PROFS p Desce Seng Mane Sto Baf Unit behavior upon CPU Mode Changes The user can select the way the Unit will behave if the CPU mode is changed The default settings are shown below e Set the Unit s operational mode to CLEAR i e set all outputs to a safe state when switching the CPU to PROGRAM mode e Set the Units operational mode to OPERATE i e start I O data exchange with the slave devices when switching the CPU to RUN mode 5 18 CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 5 Operation Note 1 The advantage of this setting is that the user does not have to program the starting of the network The disadvantage is that the moment at which the network is started is out of direct control of the CPU user program I O data exchange is started while the program may still be initializing its memory Depending on the application this may have unexpected effects 2 To avoid potential problems at startup it is recommended to set the network operational mode to keep current mode in case the CPU mode c
298. ng the error If the problem persists replace the CPU Unit Memory in the CPU Unit is faulty Restart the CPU Unit If the problem persists replace the CPU Unit The CPU Unit is faulty Restart the CPU Unit If the problem persists replace the CPU Unit A Fatal error occurred in the CPU Verify that the CPU and all Units are system working correctly Restart the CPU Unit If the problem persists replace the CPU Unit Note If startup errors prevent the Unit from functioning correctly the PRM BST and BF indicators will remain OFF Unit Operational Errors Unit Operational errors are errors which can occur during normal operation i e after normal startup The error determination procedure uses the table below To determine the error first find the status of the RUN indicator left column Then move one column to the right and find the status of the ERH indicator Then move again one column to the right and find the status of the ERC indicator The probable error causes are listed to the right of the third column CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 7 Troubleshooting and Maintenance RUN ERH ERC Probable Cause Correction Not lit Not lit Not lit Power is not being supplied to the Supply power Make sure that the cor CPU Unit or the power supply voltage rect voltage is being supplied is too low The CPU Unit is faulty Replace the CPU U
299. ng the next CPU cyclic refresh which depends on the CPU user program CPU Cyclic Refresh Rules To avoid missing I O data as much as possible the CJ1W PRM21 uses the following rules for cyclic refresh with the CPU e The PROFIBUS Master Unit estimates based on the actual CPU cycle and the last cyclic refresh when a new cyclic refresh from the CPU can be expected and requests a refresh of I O data before the next refresh event If the end of PROFIBUS DP I O data exchange is signalled before the request based on the esti mation is issued the PROFIBUS Master Unit will immediately request a cyclic refresh If the end of PROFIBUS DP I O data exchange is signalled after the request has been issued or during the cyclic refresh the PROFIBUS Master Unit will request a cyclic refresh as soon as the requested cyclic refresh has been finished e SNdIAONd 1940 8q C I Bulbueyoxy p G g The implementation of these rules are illustrated in the figures below for two distinctive cases PROFIBUS DP Cycle gt CPU Cyclic Refresh The figure below shows the effects of these rules for the case in which the PROFIBUS DP I O data exchange cycle gt CPU cyclic refresh CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 5 35 5 Operation Unit requests Unit requests Unit requests cyclic refresh cyclic refresh cyclic refresh Unit requests Unit requests cyclic refresh cyclic refresh CPU Cycle Instr
300. ngs The specific operation is shown in the triangle and explained in text This example indicates a precaution for electric shock The triangle symbol indicates precautions including warnings The specific operation is shown in the triangle and explained in text This example indicates a general precaution The filled circle symbol indicates operations that you must do The specific operation is shown in the circle and explained in text This example shows a general precaution for something that you must do CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 WARNING During Power Supply Do not touch any of the terminals or terminal blocks while the power is being supplied Doing so may result in electric shock Do not attempt to take any Unit apart In particular high voltage parts are present in the Power Supply Unit while power is supplied or immediately after power is turned OFF Touching any of these parts may result in electric shock There are sharp parts inside the Unit that may cause injury O gt Fail safe Measures Provide safety measures in external circuits to ensure safety in the system if an abnormality occurs due to malfunction of the CPU Unit other Units or slaves or due to other external factors affecting operation Not doing so may result in serious accidents due to incorrect operation Emergency stop circuits interlock circuits limit circuits and similar safety
301. nit The sliders are not properly locked Lock the sliders into place into place A fatal error has occurred in the Unit Restart the CPU Unit If the problem preventing it from running any pro persists replace the PROFIBUS Mas gram ter Unit Lit A fatal error has occurred in the Unit s Restart the CPU Unit If the problem program The appropriate error code persists replace the PROFIBUS Mas is stored in the error log error ter Unit Lit Not lit Not a valid combination during operation Lit Not a valid combination during operation Lit Not lit Not lit Unit is functionally correct If there are still problems proceed to check on the other indicators Lit A write verify check failed while writ Send a ERROR LOG CLEAR com ing the error log to the non volatile mand to the Unit Restart the Unit memory A write verify check failed while writ Check the Parameter set in CX Con ing the new configuration to the non figuratorFDT and re download the volatile memory Parameter sets from CX Configura torFDT If the problem persists replace the PROFIBUS Master Unit Lit Not Lit Memory in the CPU Unit is faulty Restart the CPU Unit If the problem persists replace the CPU Unit The CPU Unit is faulty Restart the CPU Unit If the problem persists replace the CPU Unit A cyclic Monitor time out has Restart the CPU Unit If the problem occurred i e a timeout on exchange persists replace the PROFIBUS Mas of data be
302. node address 65 16 41 Rdata 7 ServiceCode when completed normally 16 8E Rdata 8 Number of slave alarm data 32 20 Hex 16 20 Rdata 9 Status of slave 4 slave 3 2 bits each 16 00 Rdata 10 Status of slave 8 slave 7 2 bits each 16 00 Rdata 11 Status of slave 1 slave 2 2 bits each 16 00 Rdata 12 to 41 continue Option Response monitoring and number of resends are specified ResponseTime 3C Retry 0 CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 6 Message Communications EN Additional Information You can send acyclic messages to OMRON slaves by setting the command code to 28 01 In this case set the response monitoring time to at least the value set for the message monitor ing timer default 2s If it is set to less than the value communications may be busy even if the next command is executed after the first one times out Unit Settings Name Setting target Settings Unit Configuration CPU Expansion Racks under Mount CJ1W PRM21 in slot 0 of the Controller Configurations and CPU Rack Device name of this unit Setup of Sysmac Studio PRM21 Unit number Unit No Switch and Unit Con Unit number 0 figuration and Setup CPU Expansion Racks under Controller Configurations and Setup of Sysmac Studio Program Example System defined variable Name Data type Default Comments Details _Port_isAvailable BOOL Communications Port
303. nostics which contain the actual diagnostics data per module Channel Related Diagnostics Channel related diagnostics contain diagnostics information related to a specific channel in a config ured I O module e g over peak current detected on current input channel 2 module 0 The Channel related diagnostics information entry in the diagnostics message always consists of three bytes which are outlined below From these bytes the actual event can be deducted alN 6 5 43 2 1 0 0 Module Identifier byte Module number 765 43 2 1 0 Channel Identifier byte Channel number I O type abessay sonsouBbelg ALIS Z Y 7 65 43 2 1 0 Error Identifier byte Error type number Channel size type Module Identifier Byte Bit Name Description 00 to 05 Module number These bits contain the number of the configuration module to which the channel reporting diagnostics belongs The module number ranges from 0 to 63 06 to 07 Reserved Fixed to 10 The combination of bit 6 and 7 indicate the type of diagnostics i e 10 indicates Channel related diagnostics data CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 A 29 Appendices Channel Identifier Byte Bit Name Description 00 to 05 Channel number Thes
304. ntents i e Device Information Box The Device Information Box contains information obtained from the PROFIBUS Master Unit through the communication WLA 193S SNAISONd LZNWNd MLrO 2 Item Description OMRON Corporation This is fixed text indicating the Manufacturer of the PROFIBUS Master Unit Description This string will contain the name of the Unit i e CJ1W PRM21 Firmware Version This string displays the firmware version currently in the PROFIBUS Master Unit Ident number The PROFIBUS Ident number Hex for the Unit CJ1W PRM21 07C4 i Master SetupTab The Master Setup tab contains settings regarding the behavior of the PROFIBUS Master Unit itself The Master Setup tab is shown below veu uj Jes uoNeINByWUuoD p Z lt i gt OIW PRN I PRODUS D Dewce Seng Mane Sho Aaf CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 3 17 3 Configuration Software 3 18 Action to PLC Mode Transition Box The Action to PLC Mode Transition Box defines the behavior of the Unit on the PROFIBUS network in case a CPU mode change occurs The check boxes define how the Unit should behave in case the CPU mode is changed from RUN mode to PROGRAM mode or vice versa Refer to section 1 1 7 Network Operation Modes for more information on PROFIBUS operational modes Change CPU to RUN Mode The table below defines the behavior in case the CPU changes to RUN mode Contr
305. o eea ee iaae ved aeaii aara Aa ada AT 7 28 7 7 Maintenance and Replacement cccccccceceeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaseaaeeeseeseeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeseaneenees 7 32 7 7 1 Cleaning tiever eiea eed Gas ee E eee eee ees Ae ae 7 32 7 7 2 IASPOCHOM ised ces ESEE E dy vas E AA 7 32 7 7 3 Replacing Faulty Units oiaren e i eg e a Suvien ou aeteeeseceeevesded ees 7 33 7 7 4 Addition Replacement of Units on the PROFIBUS Network 0 0 0 cceescceeesseeeeneeeeeneeesenaeeeeenees 7 33 Appendices A 1 Differences in Available Functions Depending on the CPU Unit NJ CJ series to be Conpected ic icce cevvccecscceececvsed cave cvuseceevecescdcteneessoccesededsececrdvdudecesrddvsecterdveudiactidddudecterddudecceerdescecerds A 2 A 1 1 Differences in Available Functions 2 ceseeceecseeeeeseceeseonedeseeeeedheedsecodendeeceeedueaenseosesbentensseenste A 2 A 1 2 Differences in Accessing from User Program cccccccececeeeeeeecneeeeeeeeeeeeeeseaeaeeeeenseeaeeeeeeeees A 2 A 2 BUS Parameters isoine anen anyaranna cuceuettes Nasa aE ER T ENANA SEEN enduessueerddeesuvertteecys A 8 A3 Application N tES e ar cet east e Ea aa a ea a eat a a a e eE raaraa eats A 12 A 4 Application Program iiiscss vices vedivcccveieessectecsvececvteesscecenevessccceveeuescceeneeeveedeieteessecrerevencees A 13 A 5 CX ConfiguratorFDT Warning and Error Messages ccccesseeceeeeseeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeneneeeeeeseenes A 14 A 6 I O Data Type Definitions cc ceces
306. o that external devices do not operate incorrectly Configure the external circuits so that the power supply to the control system turns ON only after the power supply to the Controller has turned ON If the power supply to the Controller is turned ON after the control power supply temporary errors may result in incorrect control system signals because the output terminals on Output Units may momentarily turn ON when power supply is turned ON to the Controller i Actual Operation e Check the user program data and parameter settings for proper execution before you use them for actual operation i Turning OFF the Power Supply e Never turn OFF the power supply to the Controller when the BUSY indicator is flashing While the BUSY indicator is lit the user program and settings in the CPU Unit are being backed up in the built in non volatile memory This data will not be backed up correctly if the power supply is turned OFF Also a major fault level Controller error will occur the next time you start operation and operation will stop Do not turn OFF the power supply or remove the SD Memory Card while SD Memory Card access is in progress i e while the SD BUSY indicator flashes Data may become corrupted and the Control ler will not operate correctly if it uses corrupted data To remove the SD Memory Card from the CPU Unit while the power supply is ON press the SD Memory Card power supply switch and wait for the SD BUSY indicator to turn OF
307. of com municating using acyclic DP V1 messages The following section explains the basic operation of DP V1 functionality 5 8 1 Configuring and Monitoring Slaves using DTMs The FDT DTM framework enables the configuration and monitoring of specific parameters of PRO FIBUS slaves The DTMs support sending PROFIBUS DP V1 Class 1 MSAC1 and Class 2 MSAC2 messages directly to the slaves The slave DTMs provided by the Slave s manufacturer can therefore perform application related configuration and monitoring Read Request Acyclic i Request Acyclic Read Request CJ1IW CJ1W PRM21 DTM CX Gerver PRM21 Unit PROFIBUS a ees h oe ses oe Read Acyclic Reap Response Acyclic Read Response Response PROFIBUS PROFIBUS Slave DTM Slave Unit Note The CJ1W PRM21 master communication DTM will determine which connection is initiated with the slave Unit The default connection is PROFIBUS DP V1 Class 2 If this is not sup ported by the slave PROFIBUS DP V1 Class 1 messages will be sent Precautions for Safe Use Since using PROFIBUS DP V1 Class 2 messages are by definition aimed at setting parameters in a slave device It is highly recommended to make those settings with the PROFIBUS Master Unit in CLEAR mode to prevent undesirable effects on I O data As an example the figure below shows the DTM of the GRT1 PRT PROFIBUS Communication for SmartSlice I O Units see Operation Manual W04E EN 0 The DTM is used to configur
308. of the slave device Selecting i e copying the module from the upper window to the lower window can be done in several ways e Double click the left mouse button on the selected module in the upper window e Select the module in the upper window and click the Insert button or Append button Insert will insert the module above the row selected in the lower window Append will add the mod ule to the end of the selected module list 1 The user can select multiple rows in both windows by simultaneously holding the SHIFT or CTRL key on the keyboard and selecting the rows using the left mouse button 2 The amount of I O modules and data which can be selected depends on the slave device The four rows of information above the module display the maximum amounts as well as the selected totals Removing one or more selected modules from the list is done by e double clicking the left mouse button on the module in the lower window e selecting the module in the lower window and click the Remove button In this case selecting multiple modules is also possible CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 3 39 3 Configuration Software i Parameter Tab The Parameter tab lists all settings to be made for the Parameter message The Parameter tab is shown below Example shown is the Parameter tab for an OMRON CJ1W PRT21 PROFIBUS DP Slave Unit lt ComenOD THC OM gt OMRON CI Irve PLC status rebceter vOe dey
309. ol Keep Current Mode Description Unit keeps the current mode if the CPU goes to RUN mode e g stay in CLEAR mode Go to OPER ATE Mode default setting The Unit goes to the OPERATE mode whenever the CPU goes to the RUN mode Change CPU to PROGRAM Mode The table below defines the behavior in case the CPU changes to PROGRAM mode Control Keep Current Mode Description Unit keeps the current mode if the CPU goes to PROGRAM modem e g stay in OPERATE mode Go to CLEAR Mode default setting The Unit goes to the CLEAR mode whenever the CPU goes to the PRO GRAM mode Auto CLEAR Box Auto CLEAR defines the Unit s behavior in case an error occurs in one of the allocated slave devices which causes it to stop data exchange with the Master Unit If Auto CLEAR is enabled the Unit will automatically transition to the CLEAR state and force all its allocated slave devices to the safe state i e all outputs are set to 0 using the Global Control CLEAR command Control Description Auto CLEAR Selected Unit transitions to the CLEAR mode in the event of a network error Mode ON e g because one or more configured slaves are not in the Data Exchange mode Auto CLEAR Selected Unit does not transition to CLEAR mode but attempts to re param Mode OFF eterize the slave device default setting Support Box The Auto Addressing in the Support Box defines the I O Mapping process when addin
310. on fail Probable Cause A possible problem with the network Correction Please refer to sections 7 4 2 Trouble shooting the Network using CX Configu ratorFDT and or 7 4 3 Troubleshooting I O Communication The I O Configuration is incorrect and the slave device is not in data exchange with the PROFIBUS Master Unit Correct the I O Configuration if required PROFIBUS Master Unit is configured and the I O Communication is oper atiional The PROFIBUS DP V1 Communication fails Commands can not be send to a PROFI BUS Slave which has address value zero Change the address of the PROFIBUS Slave and the PROFIBUS configuration if required When communicating with the DTM or from the CPU program the previous PROFIBUS DP V1 communication ses sion may not have been ended correctly Corresponding PROFIBUS DP V1 Con nection bit refer to Acyclic Connec tion Abort Status Box is still set Put the DTM offline and online again to initiate communication If this does not clear the problem put the master in OFFLINE mode and back into the original state The PROFIBUS Slave may not support PROFIBUS DP V1 class 1 or class 2 Please check the Slave s Operation man ual or GSD file CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 7 Troubleshooting and Maintenance 7 5 Error Log Functions Errors detected by the PROFIBUS Master Unit are stored in the error
311. on manual of the slave device Check if additional action must be taken to initiate I O data exchange e g reset the device after a malfunction 7 4 3 Troubleshooting I O Communication This section deals with troubleshooting the I O communication on the network The tables below describe the general perceived problem to the user probable causes and probable remedies CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 Problem PROFIBUS Master Unit is configured but none of the slaves are exchang ing data CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 Probable Cause No power is supplied to the system All indicators on the system are OFF 7 Troubleshooting and Maintenance Correction e Verify that power is supplied to the sys tem A CPU startup error occurred e The ERH indicator is ON the other indi cators are OFF e The ERR ALM indicator on the CPU is ON Determine error in the CPU Refer to the NJ Series CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual Cat No W500 and NJ series CPU Unit Software User s Manual Cat No W501 for more details on these errors The stored configuration contains a checksum error storing configuration was interrupted or failed e After restarting the Unit the ERC indi cator is ON and the PRM indicator is OFF e Unit Status error flag may provide more information _UnitSta _ParamStorErr ParamLoadErr
312. on the last I O data exchange message 2 Watchdog Interval This value is the watchdog timeout related to the Master Slave communica tion time out Note Enabling the Watchdog Control is highly recommended for safe operation of the network H Precautions for Correct Use In the current version of CX ConfiguratorF DT the watchdog value for each of the slave devices is overruled by the value determined by the Master DTM Therefore changing the value in the Generic Slave DTM has no effect When done making the I O configuration settings press the Apply button at the bottom of the window Next select the Parameter tab to make the necessary parameter selections 5 3 2 Setting Parameters The parameters are sent by the Master Unit to the slave device prior to establishing I O data exchange The slave device will reject incorrect parameters and not establish I O data exchange unless the parameters are changed In general there will be two types of parameters e Common Parameters Most of the slave devices require at least the common parameters These parameters apply to the whole slave device e Module Parameters Modular slaves often apply parameters related to a specific I O module e g the physical slave device consists of a number of hardware modules each defining an amount of I O data requiring its I O module selection and requiring its own parameters The Parameter tab of the CJ1W PRT21 is shown in the figure below It lists the
313. onfigura tion The Master Unit contains a valid configuration Master Errors Disturbed Bus error When set to TRUE the Disturbed Bus error indicates that distorted mes sages have been received by the Unit This may occur if the network is not properly terminated or a cable is used which is too long for the selected baud rate PROFIBUS Pro When set to TRUE the PROFIBUS Protocol Error indicates that an error tocol Error has occurred in the protocol handling e g a transmitted token frame could not be read back The Master Unit has switched to OFFLINE Master Address Indicates that a second Master with the same address has been detected on Duplication Error the Bus The Master Unit has switched to OFFLINE Hardware error When set to TRUE the Hardware Error indicates that an error has occurred on the bus e g message exceeding 256 bytes broken messages faulty bus timing or devices beyond the HSA have been detected The Master Unit has switched to OFFLINE Mode Command Error When set to TRUE it indicates that two switches in the CIO switch word see section 4 2 1 Software Switches _SwCmad were set simultaneously Parameter error The Parameter set error indicates if an error has been detected in the con tents of the Parameters set while configuring the PROFIBUS interface using these parameters Unit Status Unit Error A Unit error indicates that a new error has been set in the
314. onnector The CJ1W PRM21 PROFIBUS Master Units are each fitted with seven LEDs to indicate the operational mode and status of the Unit and the PROFIBUS network CJ1W PRM21 PRM21 RUN ERC PRM COMM ERH BST BF 2 2 CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 2 Nomenclature and Installation Indicator Specifications Indicator Color Status Meaning RUN Green Not lit e Startup test failed Unit not operational e Operation stopped due to a fatal error Lit Initialization successful Unit is in normal operation ERC Red Not lit Unit is in normal operation PROFIBUS Master Unit Lit One of the following errors occurred Error e Startup error e Non volatile memory error checksum failed write verify failed e Invalid PROFIBUS parameter configuration setting e Fatal error in program execution ERH Red Not lit CPU in normal operation CPU Error Lit One of the following errors occurred e CPU Bus error e Cyclic Refresh Monitor Time out e Routing table error PRM Green Not lit PROFIBUS Parameter configuration is not available or incorrect Parameter database Flashing PROFIBUS Parameter configuration is being transferred to the Unit and is not yet available Lit PROFIBUS Parameter configuration is correct and operational BST Green Not lit The PROFIBUS Master Unit is in OFFLINE or STOP mode Bus status Flashing The PROF
315. opera timing tion Error attributes Level Minor Recovery Switch the Unit to Log category System CLEAR OPER ATE mode again Effects User program Continues Operation During network operation the Unit detects Hardware Errors and will switch to OFFLINE mode System defined Variable Data type Name veikls _MstrHwErr BOOL Hardware Error Cause and cor Assumed cause Correction Prevention rection Faulty wiring broken message short circuits faulty bus timings or an active device has been detected beyond the Highest Station Address setting HSA e Check the network wiring Check for short circuits Check the bus timing set in CX ConfiguratorFDT Check the HSA setting in the DTM s Bus Parameter tab Check if any faulty devices are on the network Attached None information Precautions None Remarks CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 7 31 so U9Aq 9 7 bas suoldiuoseq JOM 9 L 7 Troubleshooting and Maintenance 7 7 Maintenance and Replacement This section describes the routine cleaning and inspection recommended as regular maintenance as well as the Unit replacement procedure 7 7 1 Cleaning Clean the PROFIBUS Master Units regularly as described below in order to keep the network in its opti mal operating condition e Wipe the Unit daily with a dry soft cloth e When a spot can t be removed with a dry cloth dampen the cloth wit
316. or nia USA Perchlorate Material special handling may apply See www dtsc ca gov hazardouswaste perchlorate e The CPU Unit contains a primary lithium battery with a perchlorate content of 6 ppb or higher Place the above information on the individual boxes and shipping boxes when shipping finished products that contain a CPU Unit to the State of California USA CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 27 Precautions for Correct Use 28 i Storage Mounting and Wiring Do not operate or store the Controller in the following locations Operation may stop or malfunctions may occur e Locations subject to direct sunlight e Locations subject to temperatures or humidity outside the range specified in the specifications e Locations subject to condensation as the result of severe changes in temperature e Locations subject to corrosive or flammable gases e Locations subject to dust especially iron dust or salts e Locations subject to exposure to water oil or chemicals e Locations subject to shock or vibration Take appropriate and sufficient countermeasures when installing the Controller in the following loca tions e Locations subject to strong high frequency noise e Locations subject to static electricity or other forms of noise e Locations subject to strong electromagnetic fields e Locations subject to possible exposure to radioactivity e Locations close to power
317. osen Pasmem Gow Dyno Sang wer ior J inaite saccos t Watios rirxe Modas Corfig cater Ve weg d rout Ofer Ge aD Bye aI tO OL Cte Ma weg d rou saa 200 te Lenga d rou ae Mee mge of atipa tae 0 tee logid eet Gee Dee Mes arom of moun NOS of mero ie Ae ghater ogy 2 gt Mog tom 1 i AOs ri n u gt r us oo ord Set Net jet tod ve ieee Medlin vt eon Sette The DTM Configuration User Interface displays two lists e The Available Modules list which contains the I O modules the user can select e The Configured Modules list which contains all the I O modules selected by the user 5 12 CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 5 Operation Adding Inserting I O Modules To select the I O modules perform one of the following procedures e Select the I O module that needs to be added in the Available Modules list and double click it with the left mouse button If more than one module must be added repeat this step for the other modules Select the I O module that needs to be added in the Available Modules list and press either the Insert or Append button This method allows selection of more than one module by pressing either the Shift or the Ctrl key on the keyboard while selecting the modules Note 1 When pressing the Insert button the selected I O module will be inserted above the selected module in the Configured Modules list 2 The selected I O modules are sent to the slave device in
318. ot allowed Allowed Allowed gt allowed 8 2 3 s Update Not allowed Not Not allowed Allowed Allowed A O allowed CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 3 11 Lagssozeinbyuog X9 juswebeueyy sn pue joUOD Ss399Y 6 1 3 Configuration Software Function Observer Operator Maintenance Planning Engineer Administrator Open Allowed Allowed Allowed Allowed Allowed Master settings View only View only Edit Edit Edit Communication settings View only View only Edit Edit Edit a Go online Allowed Allowed Allowed Allowed Allowed o 2 Monitoring Allowed Allowed Allowed Allowed Allowed F Change state and send Not allowed Not Allowed Allowed Allowed commands allowed S Export to HTML Allowed Allowed Allowed Allowed Allowed X a Properties View only View only Edit Edit Edit Open Allowed Allowed Allowed Allowed Allowed z Device settings View only View only Edit Edit Edit Go online Allowed Allowed Allowed Allowed Allowed o Monitoring Allowed Allowed Allowed Allowed Allowed Add DTMs Not allowed Not Not allowed Allowed Allowed allowed Delete DTMs Not allowed Not Not allowed Allowed Allowed E allowed Properties View only View only Edit Edit Edit 2 Export to HTML Allowed Allowed Allowed Allowed Allowed Change password Not allowed Not Not allowed Not allowed Allowed 2 allowed oO D 5 o
319. ow lt i gt OIW PRH21 PROFIDUS O Mont yee m Mate Dahe Seve Roos Ener emery ee save Lda ae Jee eyes teve Dayorx Dats ected Fave 2 New Dagom Recored tec noemer bemar toer aes Regn rva sth LT ai rig se aA ten re bema sycec morres Wace hrc ret sopore beee mose Pra ave morse E note lemme aA AD eeter Waster tock femos Segomcs svete Indicator colors The indicators in the Slave Status Flags box indicate per slave its status using colors Five colors are associated with status conditions The indicator colors are listed below Indicator color Slave Status Grey Associated device does not exchange Diagnostics with this Master Unit i e e Slave not allocated to this Master Unit or e Device is this Master Unit or e Device is another master device Red The slave device is not communicating with the Master Unit It may be dis connected or the Master is in OFFLINE or STOP mode Orange The slave device is communicating with the PROFIBUS Master Unit but it is not in Data Exchange due to incorrect parameter settings See the slave diagnostics for more information Yellow The slave device is in data exchange with the PROFIBUS Master Unit but it has reported diagnostics data See the slave diagnostics for more informa tion Green The slave device is in data exchange with the PROFIBUS Master Unit No diagnostics reported Clear Diagnostics Button Pressing the Clear Diagno
320. peration Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 4 3 4 Data Exchange with the CPU Unit An I O port is automatically created by preparing the Unit Configuration with Sysmac Studio For details on the I O ports defined for PROFIBUS Master Unit refer to 4 2 Device Variables for CJ series Unit Software Switches Statuses Software Switches Status data Software switches execution instructions of each function from the CPU Unit to the PROFIBUS Master Unit PROFIBUS Master Unit statuses and error data are allocated They are allocated in the memory used for CJ series Unit according to the unit number as shown below Unit number Allocated words Unit number Allocated words 0 1500 to 1524 8 1700 to 1724 1 1525 to 1549 9 1725 to 1749 2 1550 to 1574 10 1750 to 1774 3 1575 to 1599 11 1775 to 1799 4 1600 to 1624 12 1800 to 1824 5 1625 to 1649 13 1825 to 1849 6 1650 to 1674 14 1850 to 1874 7 1675 to 1699 15 1875 to 1899 Other Allocation Reserved The DM area words shown below which are allocated for the PROFIBUS Master Unit are not used i e no data is exchanged between an allocated DM area and the Unit However the allocated area is reserved for use in a future extension of the Unit Therefore using this area for user data is not recommended Unit number Allocated words Unit number Allocated words 0 D30000 to D30099 8 D30800 to D30899 1 D30100 to D30199 9 D30900 to D
321. pi a aaeeea aiet 3 15 3 2 2 Diagnostic User Interface cee ccccceecesceee cee ceeecaeceeeeeaeee cee eeeaeaeeeeseaaeae eee seeanaeeeesaeaaeeeeenteeeeneees 3 28 3 2 3 Connecting to the CUT W PRM21 ooo eecceesneceerceesneeeseaaeeeeeeeeeeaaeeeeeaeeeseeaeeseaeeeeeaeeseeaeeeeneeeen 3 34 Generic Slave Device DTM ccccccesesenceseeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeseeeseneaeseeeeseaneseesenaeseeeseneanseeeeneaes 3 38 3 3 1 Configuration User Interface eiee Sib ses2ece ceca eecd ea aden eee alia dealt eta 3 38 3 3 2 Diagnostic User Interface cee ccccceeceseeee cee ceeecae cee eeeeae cece eaaeceeeeseaaeeeeeesegaeaeseesaeeneeeeseneieeeeeees 3 46 Data Exchange with the CPU Unit Data Exchange with the CPU Unit 0 ccccccccsesseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesesneeseeeseeneeseesessneeseeeeeeeeeens 4 2 4 1 1 Data FlOW E TT cages anbeucebes teeuh dente adi toeekdsceheddtees avedhguiee E 4 2 4 1 2 Accessing From the User Program s cc sccc scescecceeesteeseceee cteeeteeececeeetceesedecebdeesneeseodeedeseesanetinrss 4 5 Device Variables for CJ series Unit Software Switches Statuses ccccsssseeeeseeseeeees 4 8 4 2 1 Software Switches _SWCMd ecceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeceeeeeecneeeeeaaeeeeeeaeeseaeeseaeeeseeaeeeseeeseaeeeeaees 4 9 4 2 2 Global Control Command _GlobCthCmd oo eee eeeneceeeeeeeeneeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeaaeeesneeeeenaeeeneaas 4 11 4 2 3 Unit Status UnitSta aoee ede atgee Pel a Selec ena a a Hahn everest Ge 4
322. ported by the device Extended diagnostics The diagnostics message returned by the slave device contains extended diagnostics i e it contains more than the mandatory 6 bytes Configuration fault The last received configuration data from the Master Unit have been rejected The configuration data in the slave device differ from the configuration sent by the Master Unit Station not ready The slave device is not yet ready for data transfer the parameters data and the configuration data have been accepted Station not existent The slave does not respond to any of the request messages sent by the master If set the diagnostic bits contains the state of the last diagnostic message or the initial value Slave deactivated When set to TRUE it indicates that the slave device has been disabled The slave device is allocated to the Master Unit but removed from cyclic processing Sync mode When set to TRUE the slave device has been set to the Sync mode using the global command Freeze mode When set to TRUE the slave device has been set to the Freeze mode using the global command Watchdog on The watchdog has been enabled at the slave device through the appropriate setting in the parameter ization message Slave device Indicates that the device is a slave device Static diagnostics When set the slave device reports static diagnostics i e the error event is serious enough that the
323. press the Area list associated with it i e this action will remove all gaps from the mapping list by moving all mapped I O modules as close to the start of the memory area as possible See Notes 2 and 3 CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 3 Configuration Software Note 1 If an invalid setting is made the Occupied length value will change its color to red indicat ing an invalid setting In addition a warning message will be displayed upon saving the changes Invalid settings are for example e The start address and length definitions of the data block will cause it to exceed the area in the CPU e The data mapping of two or more I O Areas Output and or Input will be overlapping each other partly or totally in the CPU memory 2 The Compress button will be disabled i e grayed out when Auto Addressing see section 5 4 1 Setting the Master Parameters has been enabled 3 Before compressing the Master DTM will display a warning message prompting the user for confirmation of the action WLA 193S SNAISOUd LZ2WYd MI9 2 Changing Mapped Data Allocations By default the data is mapped to area 1 in both the Output and Input Allocation tabs It is however possible to map a part of the data to the second area in the same tab For example an application may require to store all byte data in one location and all word data in another Moving data mapped in one area to another area is done f
324. r if the battery is replaced in an NJ series controller the time of the CPU Unit s built in clock must be set again the next time that power is turned ON If the built in clock time is not set the correct time information will not be recorded If this error log is read from the CPU Unit the time information will not be consistent 7 5 2 Error Codes and Detailed Codes 7 24 The error codes are described in the following table The detailed error code will provide detailed information on an error Error z Detailed Codes 3 Non vol Meaning Correction A Code First byte Second byte atile 0001 Watchdog timer error in 00 00 Replace the CPU Unit Saved CPU Unit 0002 CPU Unit service monitor Actual monitoring time ms Hex Check the operating environment Saved error 000E CPU Bus error 00 00 Replace the CPU Unit Saved 0011 Event time out MRC SRC Replace the CPU Unit Saved 0012 CPU Unit memory error 01 Read error 03 Routing table 01 Recreate the data specified by Saved 02 Write error the 2nd byte of the detailed error code 02 Clear memory using procedure in the CPU operation manual 010D Destination address not Commands Set the destination address in the in routing tables send Bit 15 FALSE routing tables failed Bits 08 to 14 SNA 010E No routing table entry Bits 00 10 07 SA1 Set the local node remote node and send failed Responses relay nodes in the routing
325. r NJ series CPU Unit W509 Introduction CS CJ Series PROFIBUS Master Units Operation Manual Cat No W409 Section Section 1 Features and Specifications Description This section provides an introductory overview of PROFIBUS its functions and how to setup and configure a network It also addresses the PROFIBUS Master Units and the configurator their features and specifications Section 2 Installation and Wiring This section shows the PROFIBUS device and identifies its controls and indicators It contains the procedures for installing the CS1 CJ1W PRM21 PROFIBUS Master Unit and configuring the PROFIBUS network Section 3 Configuration Software This section contains the procedures for installing the configuration software It also presents an overview of the Configuration software and discusses the main aspects of defining a PROFIBUS configuration Section 4 Allocated CIO and DM Words This section describes the words allocated to the CS1 CJ1W PRM21 PROFIBUS Master Unit in the CIO and DM Areas Section 5 FINS Commands and Responses This section describes the FINS message service communications commands con cept as well as the commands supported by the CS1 CJ1W PRM21 PROFIBUS Master Units Section 6 Operation This section describes how to operate the CS1 CJ1W PRM21 PROFIBUS Master Unit in a Network It will discuss setting up a network configuring all the connected devices and starting the netwo
326. r Unit are rejected by the slave device The Parameter request used indicator will also be ON e Check the common parameter settings in the Slave DTM Make sure the parameters are within range and match the physical configuration of the slave device e Consult the operation manual of the slave device Check if additional parameters must be selected e g parameters associated with selected I O modules Master lock The slave device is parameterized and locked by another Master Unit on the network The Parameter request used indicator will also be ON e Remove the slave device from either one of the two Master Units on the network Switch off the other Master Unit Parameter request used The slave device is not in I O data exchange with the Master Unit and has requested new parameters e Check the parameters and the I O configuration for the slave device and make sure they are correct Check the Parameter fault Configuration fault and Master Lock indicators Static diagnostics The slave device is sending static diagnostics and is not exchanging I O data This usually indi cates a problem at the slave device which prevents it from reading its inputs or setting its out puts e Check the slave device and make sure that it is working properly e Check any loose modules in case the slave device is a modular device e Check the wiring of the I O at the slave device Slaves can often detect short circuits on their physic
327. r cable is needed Follow maximum cable length specifi cations set in this manual Attached None information Precautions None Remarks Event name PROFIBUS Protocol Error Event code 88050000 hex Meaning A PROFIBUS protocol error has occurred and tokens have been lost Source Function Module Source details CJ series Unit Detection At network opera timing tion Error attributes Level Minor Recovery Switch the Unit to Log category System CLEAR OPER ATE mode again 7 30 CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 7 Troubleshooting and Maintenance Effects User program Continues Operation During network operation the Unit detectsprotocol errors and will switch to OFFLINE mode System defined Variable Data type Name eaves MstrProtErr BOOL PROFIBUS Protocol error Cause and cor Assumed cause Correction Prevention recon Network wiring problems Check the wiring Follow specific wiring guidelines set in this manual Other faulty devices on the network Isolate and remove the faulty device Attached None information Precautions When a PROFIBUS Protocol Error is present the Master Unit is switched to OFFLINE mode Remarks Event name Hardware Error Event code 88060000 hex Meaning An error has occurred on the bus Source Function Module Source details CJ series Unit Detection At network
328. r e ra E ea a a ESEA 1 6 1 1 6 Protection Mechanisms cccccceceeenececeeeeeeenee cee cecenaeceeeeeeaaececeeeeaaeaeeeeceaaeaeeeeeeseeaeeeeenseaeeeeeas 1 7 1 1 7 Network Operation Modes aiitra otter awed otha hae Ae ee eae 1 7 1 1 8 Configuring the PROFIBUS Master cccccceesesceceeeeeeeeeceeeeeeaaeeeeeeeaaeaeeeeseaaeaeeeeseseaeeeeeeeeeaaes 1 8 1 1 9 FDT DIM Technology 2 cc20 ieee tee te Rhee Sh ea tide SEU eee es 1 8 1 1 10 GSD File TECHNOOGY A A ce dass deedeg cass deudccuesads stay das E A 1 10 1 2 PROFIBUS Master Unit cccc ccnceccccet ete ceviche tees aaaea a aa aa aaa a raa s Ana aaa a aaan aa aa a Taaa Eaa iaaa 1 11 1 2 1 PROFIBUS Master Unit Features ccccccececeseeceeeeeeceeceeeeseeaeaeeeesesaeaeeeeseseaaeeeeseseeaeeeeeeeeaaees 1 11 1 2 2 SPeCiicatlOMS pci Meds E E E E lst tape ane ieee da AE E E 1 12 1 3 CX Config ratorF DT s cvcccscececuccascecettccevecc renan en einna NEARE EN ANNANN ANEAN ENUEN ANNENS N 1 17 1 3 1 CX ConfiguratorFDT Features ccccccccecceceeeeeececeeeeeeaeeceeecesaeaeeeseeaaeeeeesecqeeeeeeeseenaeeeeeeeeaees 1 17 1 3 2 Specifications gitansir n a ae el jdt eon hed one Stok Reeds 1 19 1 4 Basic Operating Procedure ccccccceessenceeeeeeeeneeeeeeeceneeeeseeeneeeeeeeeeneeeeesseeneeeenseceeeeeenseceneneens 1 22 1 4 1 OVEMVICW E EEA set adie tetas E cam Meet caa cd cul sea sees oh nas E E EE 1 22 1 4 2 Preparations for COMMUNICATIONS 00 0 eee cece ee eee eeeee
329. r of Units per NJ series 16 Controller Unit Current consumption 400 mA max at 5 VDC Dimensions W x H x D 31 x 90 x 65 mm Weight 100g typical Environment Ambient temperatures Operating temperature 0 to 55 C Storage temperature 20 to 75 C Ambient operating humidity 10 to 90 with no condensation Vibration resistance Conforms to IEC60068 2 6 test Fc 10 to 54 8Hz 0 25 mm ampli tude 54 8 to 300Hz acceleration 29 4 m s2 in X Y and Z direc tions for 120 minutes each Total time 12 linear sweeps x 10 minutes sweep 120 minutes Shock resistance Conforms to IEC60068 2 27 test Ea 196 m s2 three times each in X Y and Z directions Dielectric strength 600 VAC between isolated circuits Conformance to EMC and Electrical safety standards EN61000 6 2 2001 EN61000 6 4 2001 CISPR11 EN61131 2 1994 a12 2000 Front Case Settings Unit Number rotary switch range 0 to F Hex Indicators 7 LEDs indicating Unit status and PROFIBUS status Unit status RUN Green indicator ERC Red indicator Host CPU status ERH Red indicator Configuration status PRM Green indicator PROFIBUS status BST Green indicator COMM Green indicator BF Red indicator PROFIBUS Connector 9 pin sub D female connector 4 40 UNC thread Memory Area CIO Area words allocated for the CPU Fixed allocation of 25 words per Unit Allocation Bus Unit CJ series PR
330. ram are always reset by the Master Unit CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 Appendices A 4 Application Program The ladder program as shown in the figure below will regularly set switch number 15 in the Software Switches word _SwCmd where n in the example is 1500 and start a counter The counter will count the amount of CPU I O refresh cycles before the Master Unit resets the switch If the counter reaches the maximum value e g 40 as in the example ladder program without the switch being reset a CPU error will be generated The counter must be configured by the user and depends on the PROFIBUS cycle The longer that cycle is the longer the counter has to count up It is recommended to include a safety margin to avoid the CPU error being generated too soon An estimate for the value can be made using the formula below ATIR Timer value Max 40 min CPU Cycle Trp Target Rotation Time In the ladder program shown as example below the minimum value of 40 has been used The unit number for the example Unit is 0 Setalarm lt a itn ENO weiboig uonesiddy p Y Aways Os oss CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 A 13 Appendices A 5 CX ConfiguratorFDT Warning and Error Messages El Warning Messages The table below lists the Warning messages which can be displayed by the PROFIBUS Master Uni
331. ratorFDT but every DTM must support the save function as well The settings of each DTM are added to the Project file by the DTM itself A Project file can be opened using the File Open menu option This will open the standard Windows File selection window after which the Project file can be selected and opened LqssoyeinByuog xX9 When opening a Project file the network tree view is constructed However for performance reasons the DTMs are not directly instantiated The advantage is that the tree view is constructed fast but open ing a DTM from the tree view may take longer depending on the performance of the PC used A Project File can also be opened from Windows Explorer Double clicking a file with extension CPR will invoke CX ConfiguratorFDT and open the selected file if the proper file associations are set 3 1 7 Exporting to HTML CX ConfiguratorFDT provides automatic generation of project documentation upon command of the user The documentation is generated in HTML format and can cover either single DTMs or the whole project After generation of the HTML document it will automatically launch the default Internet browser to display the result sjosloig BulusdoO pue bues 9 1 Exporting Project to HTML Exporting the project information to HTML can be achieved in two ways e Select the main menu File Export Project as HTML option A window will pop up displaying the progress of the export process e Se
332. res a separate configurator program to interpret the data In the FDT DTM concept all these device related functions are included in the DTM The DTM can be exe cuted from any program which provides FDT interfaces Sending PROFIBUS DP V1 commands to a device from the configuration tool is only possible using DTM technology The GSD file does not provide this means CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 1 Features and System Configuration 1 2 PROFIBUS Master Unit wun 49 seW SNGIAONd 2 1 1 2 1 PROFIBUS Master Unit Features PROFIBUS Master Unit The PROFIBUS Master Unit is a CPU Bus Unit which can be installed on an NJ series Controller system CPU Bus Unit A total of up to 16 CPU Bus Units can be mounted on the CPU Rack or an Expansion Rack The total of 16 must include all PROFIBUS Master Units and all other CPU Bus Units Unit Control and Status Up to 25 words of control and status words are exchanged between the PROFIBUS Master Unit and a dedicated CIO memory area of which can be accessed by Device Variables see 4 1 1 Data Flow Control bits allow the Controller program to switch the Unit between OFFLINE STOP CLEAR and OPERATE mode which represent the main PROFIBUS DP modes of operation The control words also allow for user initiated transmission of a Global Control command over the PRO FIBUS network to any group of slave devices soinjeoy HUN 1 JSEW SNGIAOUd 1 2 1
333. ries CPU Unit W509 A 1 Appendices A 1 Differences in Available Functions Depending on the CPU Unit NJ CJ series to be Connected A 1 1 Differences in Available Functions Some functions available to the CJ series may be unavailable when you operate this Unit with the NJ series The following table lists the differences between the NJ and CJ series emerging on each function that this Unit provides Item Function available with Function available with CJ series NJ series Unit Control and Status Available Available I O data Available Available PROFIBUS DP Class 1 Services Available Available PROFIBUS DP Class 2 Services Available Available Configuration Available Available Troubleshooting Functions Available Available Explicit acyclic messages Available Available Simple backup function Available Unavailable Setup information backup to memory card Available Unavailable A 1 2 Differences in Accessing from User Program When this Unit is operated with an NJ series device a user program accesses various functions pro vided by the PROFIBUS Master Unit through device variables for CJ series Unit that specifies AT spec ification for the memory used for CJ series Unit The device variables for CJ series Unit in the NJ series CPU Unit s memory for CJ series Unit that cor respond to the addresses and bit positions in CJ series CPU Unit s I O memory are listed below e First word of Special I O Unit
334. rk Check if any other faulty devices are on the same network Verify that the Highest Station Address setting includes any other master address on the bus 021A Logic error in setting table 00 03 Routing Recreate the data specified by the Saved tables 2nd byte of the detailed error code 0601 CPU Bus Unit fatal error Error address in program Restart the CPU Unit If the problem Saved ee persists replace the PROFIBUS Master Unit m 0602 CPU Bus Unit memory 01 Read error 02 Network Restart the CPU Unit If the problem Saved S error 02 Write error Parameter persists replace the PROFIBUS e 06 Error log Master Unit nm gt Note 1 The time information from the CPU Unit is used in the PROFIBUS Master Unit S 2 An error record is not created in non volatile memory when the error concerns an Error Log a Write error s poJ p j e q pue s poJ JON 7 G 2 CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 7 25 7 Troubleshooting and Maintenance 7 6 Event Logs 7 6 1 Overview of the Event Logs The Event Log allows the user to access all of the events that occur on the NJ series Controller includ ing errors and information You can use the Sysmac Studio or an NS series PT to confirm current Con troller events and the logs of events that have occurred These logs are called event logs Controller errors that occur for this Unit are also reported as even
335. rk Furthermore it provides information the I O data exchange performance and it also provides information on how to monitor a network using the Unit and CX ConfiguratorFDT Section 7 Troubleshooting and Maintenance This section describes the troubleshooting procedures and maintenance operations for the CS1 CJ1W PRM21 needed to keep the PROFIBUS network optimally work ing Appendix CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 The appendices describe the following Bus Parameters Slave Diagnostics I O Data Conversions Configuration Error and Warning Messages Memory Card Backup Functions Application Notes C200HW PRM21 Notes Introduction Manual Structure Page Structure The following page structure is used in this manual 4 Installation and Wiring Level 2 heading 4 3 Mounting Units Level 3 heading 4 3 1 Connecting Controller Components The Units that make up an NJ series Controller can be connected simply by pressing the Units together and locking the sliders by moving them toward the back of the Units The End Cover is connected in the same way to the Unit on the far right side of the Controller A step in a procedure 1 Join the Units so that the connectors fit exactly Indicates a procedure he conan 2 The yellow sliders at the top and bottom of each Unit lock the Units together Move the sliders toward the back of the Units as shown below until they click into place
336. rmal data response frame containing the requested data e A normal response frame containing PROFIBUS error codes indicating that the PROFIBUS service was not completed correctly although the message was completed normally saBessa 2149Y 9 Both response frames are shown below o p 28 09 00 5E Ww eee N 5 Command Response Function Actual data Data Q code code code length read D bytes a m p 2 a 28 09 00 DE m o m zZ Command Response Function 2 code code code 5 Error Error Ss decode code 2 Error code 1 Parameters Destination address Command Response The address of the device on the PROFIBUS network to which the PROFIBUS message will be sent The valid address range is 0 to 7E Hex The most significant byte in the Response Format is set to 00 Device Service Access Point Command The Device Service Access Point for the MSAC1_Read PROFIBUS service must be set to 33 Hex CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 6 15 6 Message Communications Function code Command Response The function code is defined by the PROFIBUS standard and defines the type of MSAC1 message In the command it must be fixed to 005E Hex The response will contain either 005E Hex indicat ing a normal PROFIBUS completion or OODE Hex indicating PROFIBUS errors Slot number Command The paramet
337. rom PROFIBUS Master Unit It may incor porate the specific communication protocol or rely on other available drivers CX ConfiguratorFDT CX ConfiguratorFDT is an FDT container application Together with this container application OMRON provides four DTMs e A DTM to facilitate configuration and operation of the CJ1W PRM21 PROFIBUS DP V1 Mas ter Unit As of Unit version 2 0 e A DTM to facilitate configuration of the CJ1W PRM21 PROFIBUS DP Master Unit Unit ver sion 1 0 e A DTM to facilitate configuration of the SmartSlice GRT1 series GRT1 PRT PROFIBUS Com munication Unit e A DTM to facilitate integration of GSD file based devices into CX Integrator FDT 1 1 10 GSD File Technology for more information CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 1 9 1 Features and System Configuration 1 1 10 GSD File Technology GSD File Technology The older and most commonly used configuration technology is the based on GSD files General Slave Data file A GSD file is a text file containing the characteristic features and configuration options of a device The device data base file of each device is loaded in the configurator and down loaded to the master device GSD files are usually supplied with a Unit or can be downloaded from the Internet either from the manufacturer s site or from the GSD library of the PROFIBUS International at the following website http www profibus com GSD File Langu
338. rom the module list The procedure is as follows 1 Find the module which must be mapped to a desired Area in the module list and select it 2 Left click the module and drag it while holding the Left mouse button to the desired Area This can be the end of the list or any empty space in the list in which it will fit See Note 3 Release the mouse button The module data is copied in the desired Area and appended to the already existing list The same entry in the other list is now deleted veu uj JOS UONeINBWUOD 1 Z 4 Finally the CPU memory address to which the module is mapped is now updated in the module list Note 1 If Auto Addressing is enabled see Master Setup tab in this section any empty spaces resulting from moving of modules to another Area will be removed by compressing the list Modules located to a higher address will be moved to a lower address to fill up the gap 2 If Auto Addressing is disabled compressing the list can be accomplished by pressing the Compress button after all modifications to the mapping have been made i Advanced Tab The Advanced tab displays the settings required for PROFIBUS DP V1 Class 2 communication with Slave devices The Advanced tab is shown below CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 3 23 3 Configuration Software lt P gt OIW PRN I PROFIBUS D 1 Devoe Smo Mans Sho fee Papeete Save Am Overs Acyclic Connection Abort Status
339. rom the moment the Global Control Freeze command was received e If anew Global Control Freeze command is sent the slave device will update its PROFIBUS input buffers only once with the most recent physical input data and continue to transfer this data to the Master Unit with subsequent I O data exchange messages If a Global Control Unfreeze command is sent the slave device will revert back to its original situation and transfer updated input information to the Master Unit with subsequent I O data exchange messages Note If a Global Control command contains both a Freeze and an Unfreeze command the Unfreeze will prevail The figure shown below illustrates the Freeze Unfreeze feature as implemented by the CJ1W PRM21 PROFIBUS Master Unit 5 44 CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 5 Operation Global Control Freeze command Global Control Freeze command Global Control Unfreeze command CPU Cycle Instruction Instruction Instruction Instruction y Execution Execution Execution Execution 1 r Freeze Freeze Unfreeze transmitted transmitted transmitted PROFIBUS Cycle Slave PROFIBUS Input Buffers Slave Input Refresh Cycle Freeze command freezes Freeze command causes Unfreeze command cancels slave input refresh process immediate update of transmit Freeze command and causes Last input data transferred to buffer Last sampled data
340. rrent location in the net work the Add Device button will be disabled which is shown as a grayed out button Note 1 When adding a CJ1W PRM21 Master DTM to the network it is automatically assigned the PROFIBUS network address 1 This address can be changed after opening the CJ1W PRM21 Master DTM 2 After adding the Master DTM to the Network view repeat one of the procedures as out lined above to add slave DTMs to the Master DTM In the procedures above the highest level for adding slave DTMs is the Master DTM 3 When adding slave DTMs to the CJ1W PRM21 Master DTM they are automatically assigned their PROFIBUS network addresses in ascending order i e the first slave is assigned address 2 the second address 3 etc The addresses can be changed in the slave DTM User Interface IOMJON BU 0 s n d BuIPpy L Z The figure below shows an example network consisting of a CJ1W PRM21 PROFIBUS Master and three OMRON slave devices CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 5 7 Operation 5 2 2 Changing Device and DTM Addresses In order to achieve communication between the Master Unit and its allocated slave devices the latter must have the same physical network address as set in the configuration The network address on the slave devices are usually set e through dip switches or rotary switches on the device or e remotely using the dedicated Set_Slave_Add PROFIBUS service and stored in the d
341. s e Device Variables Unit Status _UnitSta containing status and error flags of the Unit and Master Errors _MstrErrSta containing error information about the PROFIBUS network and the PROFIBUS functions of the Unit e The Error Log collects error codes for various error events Serious errors are stored in non volatile memory and can be retrieved even after a Unit power down e Event Logs in the CPU This section provides a number of procedures for troubleshooting based on the error indicating methods listed above Troubleshooting the Configuration Software The Configuration software i e CX ConfiguratorFDT the PROFIBUS Master DTM and the Generic Slave DTM provide several mechanisms for error detection and correction e Errors occurring in CX ConfiguratorFDT are displayed in pop up message windows and or the error log window The contents of the error log window can be copied to the clipboard to allow analysis afterwards e CX ConfiguratorFDT provides a FDT communication log window which can be copied to the clipboard Analysis of this communication may provide additional information in case errors occur Troubleshooting the network The PROFIBUS Master DTM and the Generic Slave DTM diagnostics information windows which can display e Indications of errors in the PROFIBUS interface of the Unit e Indications of errors in the communication between the PROFIBUS Master Unit and remote slave devices e Indications of errors i
342. s e Restart the CPU Unit to re download the configuration e If the problem persists use CX ConfiguratorFDT to re download the config uration e If the problem persists replace the PROFIBUS Master Unit PROFIBUS protocol error TRUE An error has occurred in the PROFIBUS interface with distorted messages OFFLINE indicator will be ON received by the PROFIBUS Master Unit Most likely causes e Lost token messages the token is not returned To correct this e Check the master devices on the network and make sure they are all work ing correctly e After correction switch the Unit to CLEAR OPERATE mode again CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 7 15 7 Troubleshooting and Maintenance 7 16 Indicators Master Address Duplication Error TRUE OFFLINE indicator will be ON Description Correction A second master device with the same network address has been detected on the PROFIBUS network The PROFIBUS Master Unit has switched to OFFLINE To correct this e Check the master devices on the network and ensure that they have unique device addresses e After correction switch the Unit to CLEAR OPERATE mode again Hardware error TRUE OFFLINE indicator will be ON A hardware error has occurred in the PROFIBUS interface of the Unit The PROFIBUS Master Unit has switched to OFFLINE e Most likely causes e Faulty wiring e Broken messages e Short circ
343. s the total current for all the terminals will flow in the wire When wiring cross overs make sure that the current capacity of each of the wires is not exceeded Do not touch the terminals on the Power Supply Unit immediately after turning OFF the power supply Residual voltage may cause electrical shock If you use reed switches for the input contacts for AC Input Units use switches with a current capac ity of 1 A or greater If the capacity of the reed switches is too low surge current may fuse the contacts CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 i Error Processing e In applications that use the results of instructions that read the error status consider the affect on the system when errors are detected and program error processing accordingly For example even the detection of a minor error such as Battery replacement during operation can affect the system depending on how the user program is written ij Unit Replacement e If you replace a CPU Bus Unit or Special I O Unit refer to operation manual for the Unit for informa tion on the data required for individual Units and redo the necessary settings e The absolute encoder home offset is backed up with a Battery in the CPU Unit When you change the combination of the CPU Unit and Servomotor e g when you add or replace a Servomotor define home again To restore the information without changing the CPU Unit Servomotor combination remove
344. s 1 and Class 2 Master PROFIBUS Media type RS 485 galvanically isolated from the CPU PROFIBUS Connector 9 pin sub D female connector 4 40 UNC thread Termination according to EN50170 provided by the cable connector Unit device address range 0 to 125 set through the configurator See Note 4 Number of slave devices supported 125 max address range 0 to 125 baud rates supported Selectable through the configurator e 9 6 kbps e 19 2 kbps e 45 45 kbps e 93 75 kbps e 187 kbps e 500 kbps e 1 5 Mbps e 3 Mbps e 6 Mbps e 12 Mbps Bus timing definitions Calculated by the configurator PROFIBUS PROFIBUS DP Master Class 1 Slave e Set_Prm Services cyclic services e Chk_Cfg e Data_Exchange e Slave_Diag e Global Control CLEAR Global Control initiated from ClO Word Access via the Device Variable for CJ Series Unit Can be addressed to all or a specified group of slave devices Supported commands e SYNC e UNSYNC e FREEZE e UNFREEZE PROFIBUS DP Master Class 2 Slave acyclic services available to the CPU Acyclic message services initiated through commands and can be addresses to one slave device at a time See Note 1 Supported PROFIBUS DP services e Get_Cfg e Set_Slave_Add e Rd_Inp e Rd_Outp PROFIBUS DP Master Master services Not supported PROFIBUS DP V1 Master Class1 Slave acyclic message services See Note 1 e MSAC1 Read e MSAC1 Write PROFIBUS DP V1 Master Class2 Slave acyclic
345. s Slice I O Units and lists the avail able Units Section 2 Shared Specifications and Func tions This section describes the specifications and functions that are shared by all of the Slice I O Units Section 3 Installation and Wiring This section provides information on installing and wiring the Slice I O Units Section 4 This section provides the specifications and shows the components terminal Digital I O Units arrangements wiring diagrams and dimensions for the Digital I O Units Section 5 This section provides the information required to operate Analog Input Units and Analog I O Units Analog Output Units Section 6 This section provides the information required to operate Temperature Input Units Temperature Input Units Section 7 Counter Units and Positioning Unit This section provides the information required to operate Counter Units and the Posi tioning Unit Section 8 This section provides the basic specifications for the other Units used in Slice I O ter Other Units minals Section 9 This section describes error processing and troubleshooting procedures needed to Troubleshooting keep the Slice I O Units operating properly Appendices The appendices describe the following Explicit Messages Standard Models Power Consumption and Weight Tables I O Current Consumption Table Precautions When Connecting Two wire DC Sensors CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual fo
346. s action select the Save button at the lower right corner to save the changes made Note Compressing an Input Output area has no effect on the start address of the area The figure below shows the effects on the previous example after pressing the Compress button in both Output areas i a ae i gt CALW PRD PROFIBUS DPV Mauer Centiquestion gt gt ia Deuce Seto Mate So Gee Parmeter Sore wos Ateanced Ox Meet Abocater mou Ato Ao LESSE a Midte E d acre apa 20 wordt outa N os worse nemnt oat u tot d a fod ums Anne himt Ame 2 tide arne y Meas rh tot SSD n aaa rt at 4 wuts ne me offen a4 ae opel a E T t s aes aoas rate AA ons aint 4 i y Aom e pe ra Les Aites tr horon HA ma reese me eres Selecting the I O Area Start Address After finalizing the mapping of the I O modules on to the various I O areas the addresses to which the areas will be mapped in the CPU memory need to be defined To define the area mapping per form the following settings 1 For each area which contains I O modules select the CPU memory area 2 For that area set the address to which the first location of the Input Output area will be mapped The Input Output area will occupy the CPU memory area from this start address to ascending memory locations CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 5 33 SoNsia eeYyy UOI EDIUNWIWIOS O I S S geq O I Buiddew z S 9 5
347. s are converted to decimal values 3 40 CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 3 Configuration Software i Group Tab In the Group tab the user can define to which group the slave device will belong This group defini tion is used to define multi cast groups of slave device to which a Global Control command can be transmitted The window is shown below Selecting the Groups The user can check the check boxes for each group the slave device will belong to The group set ting is transferred to the slave device as part of the parameter message LG 891A9q ALIS 2U E lt CoeeBTHC Oft2 gt ONRON CI festine MEON CLIWweRT 50 Fae Ol on soejalu Jes uONeINByWUuoD 1 E The three tabs discussed above allow for making all the standard PROFIBUS DP settings for a slave device For slave devices supporting PROFIBUS DP V1 two additional tabs will show up These tabs will appear if the GSD file parameter GSD_Revision is set to 3 or higher The additional tabs are discussed below i Extensions Tab The Extensions tab contains a number of settings which define additional behavior of the CJ1W PRM21 PROFIBUS Master Unit with respect to a particular PROFIBUS DP V1 slave device Although this specific behavior is defined in the PROFIBUS DP extensions standard PROFIBUS DP V1 it does not necessarily require PROFIBUS DP V1 capabilities from the PROFIBUS Master Units The Extension tab is shown below
348. s associated device Export to HTML Exports the properties and parameters of the selected DTM or the network to a HTML file and opens the default browser Properties Displays the properties of the selected DTM or the network Tools User Management Displays the user management i e password management window Window Cascade Cascades all open DTM User Interfaces Tile Horizontally Tiles all open DTM User Interfaces horizontally Tile Vertically Tiles all open DTM User Interfaces vertically Close All Closes all open DTM User Interfaces Help Contents Opens the Help dialog and lists the Help file contents Index Opens the Help dialog and lists the Help Index About CX ConfiguratorFDT Opens the About dialog window for CX ConfiguratorFDT CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 3 Configuration Software Tool Bar Icon Description Equivalent menu command a Creates a new project File New cae Opens an existing project file File Open Y O Saves the displayed project to a file File Save x 3 Connects the configurator to the Device Go Online e 7 selected devices Ry H Downloads the parameters to the Device Download Parameters S device s ab Uploads the parameters from the device Device Upload Parameters le Opens the Device Catalogue View Device Catalogue ios Status Bar oO The status bar displays the c
349. s duplication error 3 _MstrHwErr Hardware error 4to 11 Reserved by system 12 _MstrMdCmdErr Mode command error 13 _MstrParamErr Parameter error 14 Reserved by system 15 Reserved by system CIO n 7 Slave Status The device variable for CJ series Unit that corresponds to all bits of a word in CIO n 7 is as follows CJ series I O memory address NJ series device variables for CJ series Unit CIO n 7 0 to 15 SlvSta Description Slave Status CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 A 5 p 2 uuo aq 0 Salsas FO PN VUN Ndd Oy uo Bulpuadeg suonouny jqejeay u S29U9194 1A L Y Appendices The device variables for CJ series Units that correspond to bits 0 to 15 of a word in CIO n 7 are as follows CJ series I O memory address NJ series device variables for CJ series Unit Word address Bit Variable name Description CIO n 7 0 AllDatXchgSta All slaves in data exchange mode 1 to 3 Reserved by system 4 SlvDiagRcevSta New slave diagnostics received 5 to 15 Reserved by system CIO n 8 Actual Bus Cycle Time The device variable for CJ series Unit that corresponds to the value of a word in CIO n 8 is as fol lows CJ series I O memory address NJ series device variables for CJ series Unit CIO n 9 to n 16 Slave Data Exchange Active Flags Word address CIO n 8 Description Actual Bus Cycle Time
350. s head inserted screwdriver Are the external wiring screws tight No looseness Phillips head screwdriver Are the connecting cables undamaged No damage Check visually 7 7 3 Replacing Faulty Units The PROFIBUS Master Unit is a Network device If the Unit is damaged it will effect the entire Network so always ensure repairs are undertaken immediately It is recommended to have a spare PROFIBUS Master Unit on hand so that repairs may be conducted quickly i Precautions Observe the following precautions when replacing the Unit e Always turn OFF the power before replacing the Unit e Ensure that the new Unit is not faulty e f a poor connection is suspected of causing the malfunction clean the connectors using a clean soft cloth and industrial grade alcohol Remove any lint or threads left from the cloth and remount the Unit e When returning a faulty Unit for repair always attach a detailed fault report to the Unit and return it to the nearest OMRON dealer Precautions for Safe Use In order to prevent faulty operation be sure to turn off the power to all master and slave devices before replacing the Unit yu w vsejd y pue sdueuajuleW Z Z s When replacing the Unit do not reconnect it to the Network before carrying out the procedures listed below i Settings After Replacing PROFIBUS Master Units After replacing a PROFIBUS Master Unit before applying power set the unit number to the same unit number a
351. s that the Auto CLEAR function has been enabled In case an error occurs in one of the allo cated slave devices during Data Exchange this function forces the Unit to the CLEAR mode in which it will force all allocated slave devices to a Fail Safe mode FALSE Indicates the Auto CLEAR function has been dis abled If in this case an error occurs in an allo cated slave device the PROFIBUS Master Unit will continue Data Exchange with the remaining slave devices _MstrValidCfgSta BOOL R Unit contains a TRUE valid configura Indicates that the Unit contains a valid Configura tion tion With this Configuration it can parameterize the allocated slave devices and achieve Data Exchange FALSE Indicates the Unit does not contain a valid Config uration or transfer of a new Configuration is in progress S SNJEJS SAYDMS d1EMYOS PUN SALIAS 7 D 10 SAaIqeUeA 2A Z Y 4 2 5 Master Errors _MstrErrSta e SUAAsyy S404113 Je sey S Z 7 One of the following Device Variables for CJ series Unit is used to monitor the Master Errors from the user program e WORD type Device Variable for CJ series Unit holding all switch functions contained in Master Err rors e BOOL type Device Variable for CJ series Unit separating functions per each switch contained in Master Errors The Master Errors word collects all error information on the Unit master function The status information is collected in the Master
352. s the previous Unit sun yne4 Bupejd y 2 2 After applying the power the configuration settings present in the previous Unit must also be trans ferred to the new Unit Use CX ConfiguratorFDT to download the original project from the stored loca tion and to the new Unit EN Additional Information Sw2FileBkupCmd and _Sw2FileRestoreCmd Unit Setup File Backup and Restore Switches are not supported with the CJ1W PRM21 when used with the NJ series Controller Unit After configuring the new Unit re connect it to the network and restart operation 7 7 4 Addition Replacement of Units on the PROFIBUS Network CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 7 33 7 Troubleshooting and Maintenance The PROFIBUS network allows to connect and disconnect devices while in operation Connecting Disconnecting Devices Connecting disconnecting any device in a PROFIBUS network is liable to result in a temporary increase of the communication cycle time An existing slave device can only be replaced by the same type of device with the same configuration Any change to this configuration is likely to require a new configuration Changing a device with a different device type and or configuration will have a significant influence on the performance on the PROFIBUS network Adding a Device The addition of a new device to an existing configuration will require a new configuration file to be downloaded in t
353. s transferred to the CPU memory in the correct for mat This Appendix explains the conversions in detail A 6 1 Integer Data Conversions 8 bit Byte Data The NJ series controller unit memory layout is word oriented The PROFIBUS Master will therefore convert a stream consisting of one or more bytes of data into words The figure below shows the conversion in graphic format CPU Data area PROFIBUS Bit 15 Bit 00 Word 0 Bit 00 Byte Word m sequence Note m n 1 2 rounded to the next lowest integer A sequence of bytes transmitted over the PROFIBUS network is copied to the CPU memory in the following procedure e The first two bytes are stored in the lowest word of the destination data block in CPU memory word Every consecutive two bytes are stored in the next higher words e Odd byte numbers are copied to the Least Significant byte of a CPU memory word e Even byte numbers are copied to the Most Significant Byte of a CPU memory word CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 A 21 suoijuyag d L eed O I 9 V Appendices e If the total number of bytes is an odd number the Most Significant Byte of the last word is filled with 0 32 bit Double Word Data 32 bit double word data is transferred over PROFIBUS with the Most Significant Byte first The PROFIBUS Master Unit will ensure that a double word transmitted or received over PROFIBUS is mapped on to NJ series con
354. se The address of the device on the PROFIBUS network to which the PROFIBUS message will be sent The valid address range is 0 to 7E Hex The most significant byte in the Response Format is set to 00 Device Service Access Point Command The Device Service Access Point for the Rd_Inp PROFIBUS service must be set to 38 Hex Data length Bytes Response This parameter defines the number of Input data bytes returned by the slave device The number ranges from 0 to 244 bytes The most significant byte is set to 00 Input data Response Input data returned by the slave device Response Codes Response code Description 0000 Normal completion 1001 Command too large i e gt 2 words 1002 Command too short i e lt 2 words 110C Device Address Invalid i e gt 7E Hex 2208 PROFIBUS Master unit not in correct mode i e it is in OFFLINE mode 0001 e The slave has deactivated this service e The slave has not responded to the request e The slave does not have sufficient memory space for the request data e Destination address is same as current master address 0402 Service is not supported Device Service Access Point is invalid i Rd_Outp Service The PROFIBUS DP Rd_Outp service allows a PROFIBUS Master Unit to read the current output data of any slave device even if it is not allocated to the Master Unit The figures below show the command and response message formats 6 12 CJ series
355. seduesaieaesegeenanaeseceetecasetacesagoaagens poeeetacwantec 10 CONTENTS EE E NEEE 12 Read and Understand this Manual ccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeneeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenens 14 Safety PrecautiohS sssieisutainsisdsisossapaiapaisiadan daniera cas ccaeacdudzscansntecdedsdueecceedactseceswseccess 17 Precautions for Correct Use oo ssccectescssacscsasetestesgectecesecasacassassdessetsadansccscceencdetesssasas 28 Regulations and Standards ssssssssssssnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnunnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn nnn 31 Unit VERSIONS secscctadecsestccbacecsdesneusacoctedsceatnesadacsavadetaescatpascesae cata geessacndadaanecceseceacecedsens 33 Related Manuals sic scacazceevscccceviscccciadecesssavazasaxedhesteecccctecessasinusanesaaesdcacacesteseseseansasesan 35 Revision HIStory sceo secs ce ek fess sahicaake cece cbs dpc ctwecacenntdtchnsacacs abe casedesccueesupees eecvatavesecee 36 Section 1 Features and System Configuration 1 1 Overview of PROFIBUS vicescceccesstaseuccinti aaaea aaea Doaa eenias a aeaea aaa Naa aaeeea 1 2 1 1 1 Introduction essa n a Pa tan eee eae ee a 1 2 1 1 2 PROFIBUS Communication Protocol 0 ccceceeeeeeeceeeeeceeeeeeceaeeeeeeecaeaeeeeseseeaeeeeeeseeaeeeeeeseaaees 1 3 1 1 3 Device Types nirin iie deen dies Sede ecden seve tees ceeded estes ane edges e a Ca SAE da EEEE 1 4 1 1 4 Bus Access Protocol Linesa Lane eae GN Gehan Bnei eto at 1 5 1 1 5 DiAGKOSTICTUNCHIONS nosh esceteatieereldd aeueadeccin
356. selection of specific groups of DTMs to be displayed The right view lists the DTMs which are installed on the PC and which are available for setting up a network A selection of DTMs is made by selecting a specific group in the left view Note The list makes no distinction between normal DTMs and GSD files which have been loaded through the Generic Slave Device DTM p 9 DTM List Window 3 fe The list items in the right view are described in the following table 2 c a Q Column Description a Device The Device column contains the names of the DTMs as provided by the DTM or A the GSD file If the device is defined by a GSD file the Generic Slave Device DTM reads out the GSD file entry Model Name The string provided by this variable is the name displayed in the list Version The version number defines the revision number of the device If the device is defined by a GSD file the Generic Slave Device DTM reads out the GSD file entry Revision The string provided by this variable is the version number displayed in p the list do Date For DTMs Date is the date associated with the revision For GSD file based slaves A the date listed in this column is the date the GSD file was last modified F Vendor The Vendor name is provided by the DTM or the GSD files 9 S 8 DTM Group Selection Window 5 The left view allows selection of specific groups of device DTMs with common attributes e g Vendor name Protocol typ
357. ssage formats Command Format 28 09 7 es 7 Command PROFIBUS Additional slave data code Device Ident Number Address address change lock Device Service New device Access Point address Response Format 28 09 Command Response code code Parameters Destination Address Command The address of the device on the PROFIBUS network to which the PROFIBUS message will be sent The valid address range is 0 to 7E Hex Device Service Access Point Command The Device Service Access Point for the Set_Slave_ Add PROFIBUS service must be set to 37 Hex PROFIBUS Ident Number Command 6 10 CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 6 Message Communications The PROFIBUS Ident Number is a 1 word identifier issued by PROFIBUS International which iden tifies the slave device type and model The number can be obtained form the slave device GSD file or from the slave documentation New Device Address Command Contains the new address of the device The valid address range is 0 to 7E Hex Address Change Lock Command Enables address lock after changing it Valid range e 00 Disable Address Lock e 01 Enable Address Lock l Precautions for Correct Use Enabling Address Lock makes any future changes of the address impossible even after power down power up of the slave device Response Codes o 2
358. ster Unit CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 5 45 YJOM ON y HulyesadoO 9 G spuewwog ONU0D eqo Bunywsuel 9 G 5 Operation Global Control Sync command CPU Cycle PROFIBUS Cycle 5 46 Slave Output Refresh Cycle Instruction Execution Instruction Execution Global Control Unsync command Instruction Execution Instruction Execution Sync transmitted transmitted PL LL FL Sync transmitted Unsync Sync command causes immediate refresh of slave outputs and freezes slave output refresh process Sync command causes immediate refresh of slave outputs with last received PROFIBUS output data Unsyne command cancels Sync command and causes immediate refresh of slave outputs and with last received PROFIBUS output data Note The Global Control command as set in the ClO words is transferred to the Unit together with Transmitting Global Control Commands In order to transmit a Global Control command the user has to define the group address and the command e g Freeze Sync These two parameters must be entered in Global Control command word see section 4 2 2 Global Control Command _GlobCtIlCmad the I O data but the Global Control command is sent over the PROFIBUS network following the I O data This means that the outputs of the targeted slave device will be updated with
359. ster address duplication setting Check the master devices on the net work and ensure that they have unique device addresses Do not set the same device address for more than one Master Unit on the same network Attached None information Precautions None Remarks Event name Parameter Error Event code 38120000 hex Meaning There is a problem with the contents of the parameters Source Function Module Source details CJ series Unit Detection At startup of net timing work Error attributes Level Minor Recovery Automatic recov Log category System ery Effects User program Continues Operation The PROFIBUS Master Unit will not start the network operation and will remain offline System defined Variable Data type Name vatiables MstrParamErr BOOL Parameter Error Cause and cor Assumed cause Correction Prevention rection A faulty parameter s have been downloaded to the Unit After reading the faulty parameter sets from the non volatile to volatile memory during intialization this error can occur Check the parameter settings in CX ConfiguratorFDT and correct them if necessary Then perform a download of the new parameters to the Unit Check correct values of the parame ters in CX ConfiguratorFDT before download Attached None information Precautions None Remarks Event name Mode Command Error Event code 58010000 hex Meanin
360. stics button will clear all new diagnostics data flags in the Unit If all slaves are in data exchange pressing the button will result in all indicators turning green CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 3 31 WLA 193S SNAISONd LZWNd MLrO 2 eu uj snN oNsoUBeIg Z Z 3 Configuration Software Retrieving Slave Diagnostics Provided that the Master Unit is not in OFFLINE or STOP mode the diagnostics of a specific slave device can be obtained from the indicators Moving the mouse cursor over the indicator will change the cursor from a normal arrow pointer to a hand Left clicking the mouse will then transmit mes sages to retrieve the diagnostics data of the specified slave device The retrieved information is displayed in the Slave Diagnostics Data area The data displayed is the same as displayed with in the Diagnostics User Interface of the Generic Slave DTM Refer to section 3 3 2 Diagnostic User Interface for an explanation of the indicators Error History Tab The Error History tab lists the contents of the Error Log stored in the PROFIBUS Master Unit The Error History tab is shown below lt i gt CIM PRN21 PROF INES D iloto Oring Operations Mette Sate Sere Sate wa Mater ty re te Ea ortet 7 Marner The Error Log entries are described in section 7 5 2 Error Codes and Detailed Codes Refer to this section for details Clear Button Pressing the Clear
361. stics data bytes are sent by the slave in a diagnostics message following the standard data part For slave devices supporting extended diagnostics data the associated GSD files often provide lan guage dependent text strings to facilitate interpretation of the diagnostics codes sent by the slave device The Generic Slave DTM provides for a simple interface which facilitates the displaying of such extended diagnostics data strings The presence of extended diagnostics as part of the diagnostics data message is indicated by e the indicator marked Extended Diagnostics received in the Master DTM Monitor tab Slave Status tab refer to section 5 7 1 Monitoring the Master Unit and the Network e the indicator in the Diagnostics tab of the slave Diagnostics User Interface see for example the figure above Also if no extended diagnostics are available the Extended Diagnostics tab will be disabled and inaccessible To display the extended diagnostics click on the Extended diagnostics tab in the Slave Diagnostics User Interface sn ejs nejs BuUOWUOW Z 2 G The figure below shows an example of the extended diagnostics window containing extended diag nostics data The first row in the diagnostics window shows the raw data bytes The second and third row show the actual message contained within the extended diagnostics message CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 5 53 Operation ET Citw Pht GSO File
362. stics request message to the slave until it responds The diagnostics data of the slave will be updated accordingly Abort if slave not responding Note A slave s failure to respond during I O data exchange will always be reported to the CPU by resetting the corresponding Slave Data Exchange Active flags in the CPU memory see sec tion 4 2 8 Slave Data Exchange Active Flags _SlvDatXchg _SlvDatxchgL SilvDatXchgH If Auto CLEAR has been enabled the failure to respond will result in the PROFIBUS Master Unit switching to CLEAR mode based on this device variable flag Diagnostics Update Delay The Diagnostics Update Delay defines the number of PROFIBUS DP cycles during which the PRO FIBUS Master Unit will ignore diagnostics message returned from the slave containing the Prm_Req flag This flag indicates that the Master Unit should re parameterize the slave but in the case of reduced performance of the slave devices the returned flag also indicates that the slave device is still processing the last received parameter message and has as yet not approved nor rejected that message During the Diagnostics Update Delay period the PROFIBUS Master Unit will continue requesting its diagnostics data Also during this period the diagnostics data received from this slave will not be updated in the CPU CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 3 43 3 Configuration Software i DPVI Tab PROFIBUS DP V
363. t Cat No W509 This Manual Section Section 1 Features and System Configuration Description This section provides an introduction to the PROFIBUS Master Units and their fea tures It also describes the operating procedure and the specifications of the PROFI BUS Master Units Section 2 Nomenclature and Installation This section describes the nomenclature functionality and installation of the PROFI BUS Master Unit Section 3 Configuration Software This section contains the procedures for installing the configuration software It also presents an overview of the Configuration software and discusses the main aspects of defining a PROFIBUS configuration Section 4 This section describes the data exchange between the CPU Unit and PROFIBUS Data Exchange with the CPU Unit Master Unit and the definitions of the device variables for CJ series Unit Section 5 This section describes how to operate the CJ1W PRM21 PROFIBUS Master Unit in Operation a Network Section 6 This section describes the message service communications commands concept Message Communications sent from the user program in the CPU Unit Section 7 Troubleshooting and Maintenance This section describes the troubleshooting procedure event logs and maintenance procedure for the PROFIBUS Master Unit Appendices CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 Introduction CJ series PROFIBUS DP
364. t DTM These messages usually indicate that the user is about to perform an action which will have significant impact or an action which is only partly supported by the Unit The user is given a chance to abort the function if the impact is undesirable Number 00 Message Change the CPU to PRO GRAM mode Description In order to start downloading a configuration the CPU must be set to PROGRAM mode to prevent I O data being exchanged with the Unit during the change of the configuration e Yes Change state and download configuration e No Stop download When occurring At the start of download ing in case the CPU is in RUN mode 01 PROFIBUS DP V1 Slave slaves is assigned to master PROFIBUS DP V1 slaves are not fully supported The PROFIBUS Master Unit supports only basic DPVO0 functions This means that the PROFIBUS DP V1 slave can still be operated but the PROFI BUS DP V1 functionality is not possible e OK Close message box At the start of download ing in case one of the slaves is a PROFIBUS DP V1 slave 02 Return the CPU to mode mode After download with CPU previously in RUN mode the CPU can be returned to RUN e Yes Change state e No CPU remains in PROGRAM mode e Cancel CPU remains in PROGRAM mode After completing the download 03 CPU Memory area overlap ping and or exceeding memory range Save any way One or more of the CPU Memory mappings is i
365. t W509 1 Features and System Configuration 1 3 CX ConfiguratorFDT 1 3 1 CX ConfiguratorFDT Features CX ConfiguratorFDT The PROFIBUS Master Unit requires a configuration before it can exchange I O data with the slave devices For this purpose OMRON provides the CX ConfiguratorFDT Configuration program which runs under Microsoft Windows NT 4 0 Windows 2000 Windows XP or Windows 7 Together with CX ConfiguratorFDT OMRON provides the following DTM COM Objects e A DTM to configure the CJ1W PRM21 PROFIBUS DP V1 Master e A DTM to configure the CJ1W PRM21 PROFIBUS DP Master e A DTM to configure the SmartSlice GRT1 series GRT1 PRT e A DTM to allow the handling of classic GSD files in CX ConfiguratorFDT The following provides a quick overview of the functions CX ConfiguratorFDT Container Application CX ConfiguratorFDT provides an FDT environment in which DTMs can be executed The main func tion of CX ConfiguratorFDT is to facilitate the DTMs and the data exchange between them It pro vides e Network setup functions A tree view shows the relations between the DTMs i e the relation between the Master and slave devices Device Catalogue functions A Device Catalogue containing the installed DTMs is maintained to which the user can add new DTMs or delete them Device DTMs can be added to the net work from this Catalogue Project maintenance functions CX ConfiguratorFDT provides the functions to create save
366. t W509 2 7 2 Nomenclature and Installation 2 3 Network Installation 2 3 1 Termination Termination Termination Repeater a Network Structure Communication Medium The PROFIBUS standard defines the use of EIA RS 485 as the main communication transport medium The PROFIBUS Master Unit is designed to interface directly to this type of medium This section will discuss the setup of networks based on this medium Note The other communication medium specified for PROFIBUS is optical fibre The PROFIBUS Master Units does not provide a direct interface to this type of medium However by using third party couplers an interface between EIA RS 485 and optical fibre networks can be made Linear Bus Topology PROFIBUS DP defines the use of the Linear Bus Network Topology The Bus must be terminated at both ends and must not contain network branches The total cable length of the bus depends on the cable and the selected baud rate Also RS 485 specifies a maximum of up to 32 devices master and slave devices per line segment If more than 32 devices are to be connected or if the total length of the segment must be extended beyond its maximum repeaters must be used to link the separate segments Note Repeaters are devices which connect two segments They do not have a device address of their own but they do count in the total number of devices in a segment Repeaters A maximum of up to three repeaters between two devices i
367. t mode e g Invalid Parameter set and transition to OPERATE mode Correct the invalid configuration and or internal error and re issue the required command mode switch Do not attempt to change modes when an invalid configuration or inter nal error is present Attached None information Precautions None Remarks Event name Disturbed Bus Error Event code 88040000 hex Meaning Distorted messages may have been received by the Unit Source Function Module Source details CJ series Unit Detection At network opera timing tion Error attributes Level Minor Recovery Cycle the Power Log category System Supply Effects User program Continues Operation During network operation the Unit detects distorted mes sages and will switch to OFFLINE mode System defined Variable Data type Name variables _MstrBusErr BOOL Disturbed Bus Error Cause and cor Assumed cause Correction Prevention rection Missing or invalid termination Check the termination on the appro priate devices Follow specific termination resistance requirements set in this manual Faulty wiring Check the wiring Follow specific wiring guidelines set in this manual A cable has been used which is too long for the selected baud rate e Correct the baud rate setting to reflect the actual length of cable or change the cable length based on the required baud rate e Install repeater s if a longe
368. t IP gramming Using motion control Using EtherCAT Using CJ series Units Programming error processing Testing operation and debugging Using motion control Using EtherCAT Using EtherNet IP A 4s22 8 Use the Troubleshooting and managing relevant A lt errors in an NJ series Controller manuals for references according to any error that occurs Maintenance Using EtherCAT Using EtherNet IP Using CJ series Units 2 CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 Introduction Manual Configuration NJ series CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual Cat No W500 Nu series CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual Cat No W500 Section Section 1 Introduction Description This section provides an introduction to the NJ series Controllers and their features and gives the NJ series Controller specifications Section 2 System Configuration This section describes the system configuration used for NJ series Controllers Section 3 Configuration Units This section describes the parts and functions of the configuration devices in the NJ series Controller configuration including the CPU Unit and Configuration Units Section 4 Installation and Wiring This section describes where and how to install the CPU Unit and Configuration Units and how to wire them
369. t and find the BF indicator status CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 7 Troubleshooting and Maintenance The probable error causes are then listed to the right of the third column BST COMM BF Probable Cause Correction Not lit Not lit Not lit The PROFIBUS Master Unit is in Switch the Unit to either CLEAR or OFFLINE or STOP mode No com OPERATE mode munication over the network Lit A hardware error has occurred in the Check the network wiring and PROFIBUS interface of the Unit or a make sure it is correct not too long master device has been detected long stub lines etc beyond the Highest Station Address e Check for short circuits The Unit has switched to OFFLINE Check the bus timing set in CX This indicates faulty wiring broken ConfiguratorFDT message short circuits faulty bus Check the HSA setting in the DTM s timings or an active device has been Bus Parameter tab Set it to the detected beyond the Highest Station highest master address which is on Address setting HSA the network e Check if any other faulty devices are on the same network e Switch the Unit to CLEAR OPER ATE mode again A protocol error has occurred in the e Check the network wiring and other PROFIBUS interface of the Unit the master devices on the network Unit has switched to OFFLINE Make sure they are all correct This indicates lost tokens e Check if any other faulty devi
370. t apply to the combination of products in the customer s application or use of the products At the customer s request OMRON will provide applicable third party certification documents identifying ratings and limitations of use that apply to the products This information by itself is not sufficient for a complete determination of the suitability of the products in combination with the end product machine system or other application or use The following are some examples of applications for which particular attention must be given This is not intended to be an exhaustive list of all possible uses of the products nor is it intended to imply that the uses listed may be suitable for the products e Outdoor use uses involving potential chemical contamination or electrical interference or conditions or uses not described in this manual e Nuclear energy control systems combustion systems railroad systems aviation systems medical equipment amusement machines vehicles safety equipment and installations subject to separate industry or government regulations e Systems machines and equipment that could present a risk to life or property Please know and observe all prohibitions of use applicable to the products NEVER USE THE PRODUCTS FOR AN APPLICATION INVOLVING SERIOUS RISK TO LIFE OR PROPERTY WITHOUT ENSURING THAT THE SYSTEM AS A WHOLE HAS BEEN DESIGNED TO ADDRESS THE RISKS AND THAT THE OMRON PRODUCTS ARE PROPERLY RATED AND INSTALL
371. t the Device Go Online option from the main menu or from the DTM context menu or Select the button from the Tool Bar 2 A communication channel will be opened through CX Server The name of the DTM in the Net work view will turn to Italic font to indicate that the Unit is online 3 Select the Device Diagnosis option from the main menu or from the DTM context menu The Diagnostics User Interface will now be displayed The figure below shows an example of the DTM Diagnostics User Interface 3 28 CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 3 Configuration Software p TE rL CPE OF ey lt i gt OIW PRD PROFIBUS D S Montor Onine Operators T tomer 2u Gave Rma Bex hitoy U sten 2 Neur Bata e Ata F Aonde N va Gee v ete zay wD cex iinr Ag Ges O Ok Prana Loki w Cc te et t a s 2 wa Earangi n Moy w z Ato Cos Gees Eeo Log Undated o s 3 vs Corts Farante Gray r ogen o fone Zita Are Ras a Omnsted Bus iry e tagom Recerset PROS GUS Paros bres DA Steves r Oaa Exctarge cutee Meter Addos ESO The DTM Diagnostics User Interface contains two tabs e The Monitor tab This tab displays all Master Unit status and error information as well the overall slave status information which resides in the Master Unit e The Online Operations tab This tab contains controls to initiate state changes in the Master Unit as well as transmit Global Control commands over the PROFIBUS net
372. ta Disable system defined variable as an interlock condition in the user program Refer to the NJU series CPU Unit Built in EtherCAT Port User s Manual Cat No W505 for details The slave outputs behave according to the slave settings Refer to the manuals for the slaves for details When an EtherCAT slave is disconnected communications will stop and control of the outputs will be lost not only for the disconnected slave but for all slaves connected after it Confirm that the system will not be adversely affected before you disconnect a slave e If you disconnect the cable from an EtherCAT slave to disconnect it from the network any current communications frames may be lost If frames are lost slave I O data is not communicated and the intended operation is sometimes not achieved Perform the following processing for a slave that needs to be replaced Program the _EC_InDatalnvalid Input Data Disable system defined variable as an interlock con dition Set the Impermissible Number of Continuous Timeouts setting in the EtherCAT master to at least 2 Refer to the NJ series CPU Unit Built in EtherCAT Port User s Manual Cat No W505 for details il Motion Control e Confirm the axis number carefully before you perform an MC Test Run The motor is stopped if communications are interrupted between the Sysmac Studio and the CPU Unit during an MC Test Run Connect the communications cable between the computer and CPU Unit securely
373. ta bytes CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 3 47 3 Configuration Software 3 48 CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 Data Exchange with the CPU Unit SSS This section describes the words allocated to the PROFIBUS Unit in the ClO Area and DM Area These words both enable controlling the PROFIBUS Unit and accessing Unit and network status 4 1 Data Exchange with the CPU Unit 2 cee eee eee eee 4 2 4 1 1 Data FOW o heage sh bed bE eee baad e i a lane ehabadeai deed 4 2 4 1 2 Accessing From the User Program 0000 00 eee 4 5 4 2 Device Variables for CJ series Unit Software Switches Statuses 4 8 4 2 1 Software Switches _SwCmd 0 0 00 c eee eee 4 9 4 2 2 Global Control Command _GlobCtlCmd 2220000 4 11 4 2 3 Unit Status _UnitSta eee 4 15 4 2 4 Master Status _MstrSta 0 eee 4 17 4 2 5 Master Errors _MstrErrSta 020 000 00000 cece eee eee 4 19 4 2 6 Slave Status _SlvSta 0 0 0 0000 ee 4 21 4 2 7 Actual Bus Cycle Time _ActCycleTm 2202002000000 4 22 4 2 8 Slave Data Exchange Active Flags _SlvDatXchg _SlvDatXchgL SlvDatXchgH sscccteers pad tee ieee CE ape bee La ete baer EN 4 22 4 2 9 Slave New Diagnostics Flags _SlvNewDiagL _SlvNewDiagH _SlvNewDiag 4 24 CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for N
374. tables 010F Routing table error send ele Tee Create the routing tables correct eae Bits 08 to 14 DNA uting Yop Bits 00 to 07 DA1 0110 Too many relay points Reconstruct the network or correct send failed the routing tables so that commands are set to within a 3 level network range 0112 Header error send failed Check the command format and set the correct command data 0120 Unexpected routing error Check the routing tables 0202 PROFIBUS parameter 00 80 Bus parame Check the parameter settings set invalid ter error e Re download the configuration if 00 to 7D Slave necessary parameter error 020C Protocol error 00 00 to 7D Failing Check the master devices on the Master Address network and make sure they are all working correctly CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 7 Troubleshooting and Maintenance Error Detailed Codes Non vol Meaning PJ iy Correction i Code First byte Second byte atile 0211 Duplicate master address 00 00 to 7D Failing Check the master devices on the Master Address network and ensure that they have unique device addresses 0219 Hardware error 00 00 e Check the network wiring and make sure it is correct Check for short circuits Check the bus timing set through CX ConfiguratorF DT Check the HSA setting in CX Configurator DT and make sure it is set to the master device with the highest address on the net wo
375. tain area i e a mod ule allocated to Input Output area 2 will not be re allocated to area 1 if Auto Addressing is enabled 2 Auto Addressing will not change the start address of the areas 3 Auto Addressing is by default enabled when starting a new project It is however disabled for existing projects to avoid unwanted re mapping sonsiayoeieyy UOI eDIUNWWOD O I S S The figure below shows an example of the effects of Auto Addressing on re allocation of I O mod ules In the original I O configuration on the left the first slave an OMRON CJ1W PRT21 con sisted of two I O modules In new configuration one I O module was inserted and subsequent modules were re allocated in the process geq O I Buidde z S 9 CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 5 27 5 Operation 5 28 Qtt Alicca6O ingat Allocation Qat AlicCaBO ingat Allocation Sidi index Omi Miate Sidd index Dmie Ah 2 1 OMRONCIIWPRT2I 1wods a 2 1 OMRON CHIW PRT21 1 2 fwod oy 2 4 3 1 CPMIAPRT21 Zbytes ou 3 2 3 1 CPMIAPRT21 2 Omt Aea l Cutout wea 1 co Vind te hie co Mode tisme 3200 E2 words aint VWO s2 l words atat 3201 E2 Swords atot 32010 2 Swords atat 3202 Swords nint NA Swods ato XD Swords aint 3203 words output 3204 words cutout pea wod output 305 l 2byes oint fio comunie on 2 2wods cut 3208 2words cutout 3207 7 aA 2bytes att Pic coraite 7 One I O module of two output Initial I O Configura
376. ted to the I O Example Upper Limit exceeded alarm veu uj Jes uoNeINByUuoD 1 E Diagnostic alarm When set this checkbox enables the signaling of a diagnostic alarm i e an alarm related to the func tioning of a specific I O module in a slot Example Short circuit detected Manufacturer spe When set this checkbox enables the signaling of a Manufacturer specific alarm cific alarm Status alarm When set this checkbox enables the signaling of a Status alarm i e an alarm related to an internal state change in a module Example Change to Run state Stop state Update alarm When set this checkbox enables the signaling of an Update alarm i e an alarm indicating a change in the parameters related to a specific module either by local or remote access Extra Alarm SAP For acyclic data exchange between a PROFIBUS DP V1 Master Unit Class 1 and a PROFIBUS DP V1 slave device one specific SAP Service Access Point the PROFIBUS definition for a mes sage identifier is defined by the PROFIBUS DP Extension standard By default SAP 51 is used for acyclic data exchange with the PROFIBUS DP V1 Master Unit Class 1 For efficiency reasons however acknowledgement of alarms can be performed using a different dedicated SAP or message identifier SAP50 This will allow other acyclic communication e g re parameterization of the slave device to continue without interference Control Description Al
377. ter will be exchanging data defining the parameterization data which the master will send to each of the slave devices before process data exchange can commence defining the configuration data i e defining the process data which will be exchanged setting up the bus parameters which define the baud rate and the bus timing parameters downloading the configuration setup to the master device Configuration Technology The configuration process is usually facilitated by a special Computer based program often referred to as a configurator The configurator requires special configuration files defining the configuration options for each device which is to participate in data exchange The files must be provided by the manufacturer of the device Two types of configuration technology exist e Configuration technology based on FDT DTM technology e Configuration technology based on GSD files FDT DTM Technology FDT DTM Technology The newer configuration tools are based on FDT DTM technology FDT DTM Concept The FDT DTM concept specifies the interfaces between the engineering systems called Field Device Tools FDT and the device specific software components called Device Type Managers DTM The FDT DTM concept separates the device dependent functionality which is in the DTM from the application It provides separate interfaces for device configuration monitoring and maintenance solutions which before largely depended on the manu
378. terFOT Login E all Esmod Parang Engnesr prao L a The Administrator level has always access and can not be disabled in the User Accounts window Changing the Passwords In order to change a specific password select the Change password button in the User Account window next to the related access level The level must be enabled by selecting the check box to the left of it Pressing the Change password button opens a window allowing the entry of a new password As an example the window below shows the Change password window for the Planning Engineer You can now enter the new password confirm it by re typing the password and select the OK button to activate the new password u Adrrerest ator lsem Faeres sesanana portre leew F semecrt ae w C ee CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 3 13 LassoyeinByu0g xX9 oN juswabeueyy sn pue joUOD ssed0V 6 1 3 Configuration Software Note If access protection is not important for the application you can define an empty string as a password i e when entering the new password simply press the return button on your PC When starting CX ConfiguratorFDT the login window can be passed by pressing the return button on your PC without entering a password 3 14 CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 3 Configuration Software 3 2 CJ1W PRM21 PROFIBUS Master DTM
379. terface 0 0 0 cece tee 3 15 3 2 2 Diagnostic User Interface 000000 eee 3 28 3 2 3 Connecting to the CU1W PRM21 0 0 000 eee 3 34 Generic Slave Device DTM 0 cece e eee eee teens 3 38 3 3 1 Configuration User Interface 0 0 cee ee 3 38 3 3 2 Diagnostic User Interface 0 ete 3 46 CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 3 1 3 Configuration Software 3 1 CX ConfiguratorFDT 3 1 1 Starting CX ConfiguratorFDT Select Program OMRON and CX ConfiguratorFDT from the Start Menu if the default program folder name is used The first time CX ConfiguratorFDT is started the Device Catalog will still be empty Therefore the following dialog will be displayed on top of the CX ConfiguratorFDT application window g E Tee oe 5 ETS e Wous you Mme to spaste the Deve statogue Cove ate Select Yes to generate the Device Catalogue for the first time This action may take several minutes depending on the number of installed DTMs After updating the Device Catalogue it will open in the CX ConfiguratorFDT application window 3 1 2 CX ConfiguratorFDT Main Window Tool Bar Network view Device Catalogue 0 camoomart Bormo CAT PNTES PROMMET O Coroner F cra vez morma De vi ince Scanipcens Ocunin cess Ornea Orear RTTE Wn creams ornon Perris coesr aj DONS EERHRU BREE ER EHRE ETRE EERE is a DTM view Status Bar 3 2 C
380. than green or grey indicates that new diagnostics have been received from the associated slave device since the last time the diagnostics was monitored CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 5 51 5 Operation The newly received diagnostics can be viewed by clicking with the left mouse button on the indica tor The mouse pointer will change in to a hand icon when positioned over the indicator Reading Standard Slave Diagnostics Clicking the indicator with the left mouse button has the following effects e The address of the associated slave device will be displayed in the Slave Diagnostics Data box in the lower half of the window e The standard diagnostics flags of the associated slave device will be displayed Indicators representing a status are colored green Indicators representing a potential problem are col ored red e The color of the indicator for the specific slave device in the Slave Status Flags box will change color if no new diagnostics are available i e a yellow indicator will turn to green e The New Diagnostics Received indicator in the Slave Diagnostics Data box will be set to ON If the Auto Update refresh mode has been selected the New Diagnostics Received indicator will be ON only during one update cycle provided no new diagnostics are received after displaying The standard diagnostics for a slave device displayed in the Slave Diagnostics Data box can be used to e Tro
381. that are outside of the specified ranges may cause accidents or fire Oo Downloading Always confirm safety at the destination before you transfer a user program configuration data setup data device variables or values in memory used for CJ series Units from the Sysmac Studio The devices or machines may perform unexpected operation regardless of the operating mode of the CPU Unit CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 A Caution Application Do not touch any Unit when power is being supplied or immediately after the power supply is turned OFF Doing so may result in burn injury Wiring Be sure that all terminal screws and cable connector screws are tightened to the torque specified in the relevant manuals The loose screws may result in fire or malfunction Online Editing Execute online editing only after confirming that no adverse effects will be caused by deviations in the timing of I O If you perform online editing the task execution time may exceed the task period I O may not be refreshed with external devices input signals may not be read and output timing may change CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 21 Precautions for Safe Use 22 il Disassembly and Dropping Do not attempt to disassemble repair or modify any Units Doing so may result in malfunction or fire Do not drop any Unit or su
382. that the products are free from defects in materials and workmanship for a period of one year or other period if specified from date of sale by OMRON OMRON MAKES NO WARRANTY OR REPRESENTATION EXPRESS OR IMPLIED REGARDING NON INFRINGEMENT MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR PARTICULAR PURPOSE OF THE PRODUCTS ANY BUYER OR USER ACKNOWLEDGES THAT THE BUYER OR USER ALONE HAS DETERMINED THAT THE PRODUCTS WILL SUITABLY MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF THEIR INTENDED USE OMRON DISCLAIMS ALL OTHER WARRANTIES EXPRESS OR IMPLIED LIMITATIONS OF LIABILITY OMRON SHALL NOT BE RESPONSIBLE FOR SPECIAL INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES LOSS OF PROFITS OR COMMERCIAL LOSS IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH THE PRODUCTS WHETHER SUCH CLAIM IS BASED ON CONTRACT WARRANTY NEGLIGENCE OR STRICT LIABILITY In no event shall the responsibility of OMRON for any act exceed the individual price of the product on which liability is asserted IN NO EVENT SHALL OMRON BE RESPONSIBLE FOR WARRANTY REPAIR OR OTHER CLAIMS REGARDING THE PRODUCTS UNLESS OMRON S ANALYSIS CONFIRMS THAT THE PRODUCTS WERE PROPERLY HANDLED STORED INSTALLED AND MAINTAINED AND NOT SUBJECT TO CONTAMINATION ABUSE MISUSE OR INAPPROPRIATE MODIFICATION OR REPAIR 14 CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 Application Considerations SUITABILITY FOR USE OMRON shall not be responsible for conformity with any standards codes or regulations tha
383. the absolute encoder home offset from the data to restore ji Task Settings e Ifa Task Period Exceeded error occurs shorten the programs to fit in the task period or increase the setting of the task period i Motion Control e Use the system defined variable in the user program to confirm that EtherCAT communications are established before you attempt to execute motion control instructions Motion control instructions are not executed normally if EtherCAT communications are not established e Use the system defined variables to monitor for errors in communications with the slaves that are controlled by the motion control function module Motion control instructions are not executed nor mally if an error occur in slave communications e Before you start an MC Test Run make sure that the operation parameters are set correctly e Do not download motion control settings during an MC Test Run A EtherCAT Communications Do not disconnect the EtherCAT slave cables during operation The outputs will become unstable Set the Servo Drives to stop operation if an error occurs in EtherCAT communications between the Controller and a Servo Drive i Battery Replacement Be sure to install a replacement Battery within two years of the production date shown on the Battery label e Turn ON the power after replacing the Battery for a CPU Unit that has been unused for a long time Leaving the CPU Unit unused again without turning ON the pow
384. the checksum of the Parame Re download the Parameter sets from CX ter sets stored in non volatile memory was ConfiguratorFDT found to be corrupted If the problem persists replace the PROFI BUS Master Unit During startup the Parameter set stored in Check the Parameter set in CX Configura non volatile memory was correct but the con torFDT and re download the Parameter sets tents contains errors preventing the PROFI from CX ConfiguratorFDT BUS interface to be initialized correctly If the problem persists replace the PROFI BUS Master Unit Lit Not a valid combination Note 1 The table above assumes that the RUN indicator is ON and the ERH indicator is OFF Oth erwise refer to section 7 2 2 Unit Startup Errors or section 7 2 3 Unit Operational Errors 2 If the PRM indicator is OFF or Flashing the BST COMM and BF indicators remain OFF 7 2 5 Network Errors 7 6 Network errors are errors which occur when attempting to startup a network i e the PROFIBUS Master Unit has been switched to CLEAR or OPERATE mode The Unit will parameterize the slave devices and start data exchange An error in this process can be determined by examining the BST COMM and BF indicators e The error determination procedure uses the table below To determine the error e First find the status of the BST indicator left column e Move one column to the right and find the COMM indicator status e Move one column to the righ
385. the exact mapping of I O data on to the CPU memory areas Refer to section 5 4 3 Defining and Changing the I O Mapping for more information on I O data mapping After making the changes select the Save button in the lower right corner of the user interface to accept the changes Next select the Bus Parameter tab to display the Bus Parameters suajoueseg sng eu BUIS Z 7 G 5 4 2 Setting the Bus Parameters The Bus Parameter Setup tab contains all the settings required to setup the communication cycles on the network The settings depend on the selected baud rate the number of slaves the amount of I O data per slave etc By default the CJ1W PRM21 Master DTM will calculate the bus parameters based on this informa tion H Precautions for Correct Use Although the user can decide to modify some of these parameters it is not recommended Mak ing the wrong configuration may lead to unexpected behavior An example of the Bus Parameter tab is shown below CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 5 19 5 Operation Oevee Sete Mester See SSPE Dave Ane Cat ane lt i gt COIW PRP21 PROF TOUS Aaro Litas F The baud rate has been set to 1500 kbps The amount of slaves and the amount of I O data results in a poll cycle time of approximately 5 2 ms Min Slave Interval After making the changes select the Save button in the lower right corner of the user interface to accept the c
386. the following sequence CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 5 47 5 Operation 5 48 Determine which slave device failed during network startup or data exchange To do this use the CJ1W PRM21 Master DTM Monitoring User Interface or the slave DTM see 5 7 1 Monitoring the Master Unit and the Network and 5 7 2 Monitoring Slave Status to determine the slave and its type of failure Remove the cause of the failure Press the OPERATE Button in the Master Units Monitoring window Alternatively the Master can also be switched to OPERATE from the CPU program CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 5 Operation 5 Monitoring the Network 5 7 1 Monitoring the Master Unit and the Network Both the CJ1W PRM21 Master DTM and the Generic Slave DTM provide special user interfaces to facilitate status debugging and diagnostics determination This section and the next will discuss the use and the features of these diagnosis user interfaces CJ1W PRM21 Master DTM Diagnosis User interface The CJ1W PRM21 Master DTM Diagnosis Monitor User Interface provides a means to e Monitor the CJ1W PRM21 Master Unit status e Monitor an overview of the status of all allocated slave devices e Monitor standard slave diagnostics e Monitor the Unit s Error Log The Error Log is discussed in section 5 7 3 Using the Error Log The information is obtained directly from the Mast
387. the slave DTM address the new address will also be shown in the Network view s ss ippy WLG pue eolaeq Huiueyo Z zZ G CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 5 11 5 Operation 5 3 Configuring the Slave Devices After adding each of the slave DTMs to the network configurations have to be selected for each of them Setting up a configuration involves e Selecting the proper I O modules which define the I O data to be exchanged when operational e Setting up the device parameters which will be send to the device to make or verify its settings e Selecting the group assignment which defines the group of slave devices each slave belongs to and to allow sending Global Control commands to this particular group All these settings will be downloaded to the Master Unit which will send the data to the individual slave devices over the PROFIBUS network 5 3 1 Defining the I O Configuration Opening the DTM Configuration User Interface In order to define the I O configuration the DTM Configuration User Interface must be opened To do this either e select the device in the Network view and double click the left mouse button e select the device in the Network view right click the mouse and select Configuration from the context menu The figure below shows the DTM User Interface for the CJ1W PRT21 PROFIBUS DP slave device lt Comnmi TPC OM2 gt OMRON O ere u Pr J50 Pie M gp r Ar x Dat tute
388. tion Layer 6 Presentation Layer 5 Session Layer NOT DEFINED 4 Transport Layer 3 Network Layer 2 1 JO90 O1q UOHESIUNWLWWOD SNEIAOUd L b 2 Data Link Layer Fieldbus Data Link FDL 1 Physical Layer RS485 Fibre Optics PROFIBUS DP In the rest of this manual only PROFIBUS DP is considered OSI Layer 1 2 and User Interface PROFIBUS DP uses layers 1 and 2 and the user interface Layers 3 to 7 are not defined for PROFI BUS DP The user interface Layer defines the interface functions for specific application areas i e the PROFIBUS DP basic functions and communication profiles This streamlined architecture ensures fast and efficient data transmission The application functions which are available to the user as well as the system and device behavior of the various PROFIBUS DP device types are specified in the user interface OSI Layer 1 Transmission Medium RS 485 transmission technology or fiber optics are available for transmission RS 485 transmission is the most frequently used transmission technology Its application area includes all areas in which high transmission speed and simple inexpensive installation are required PROFIBUS modules are interconnected by single twisted pair shielded copper wires RS 485 Technology The RS 485 transmission technology is very easy to handle Installation of the twisted pair cable does not require expert knowledge The bus structure permits addition and remov
389. tion words was inserted and re allocated subsequent I O modules Note The start address of Output area 1 in the example remains the same after adding an I O module Re allocating I O Modules After setting up the initial I O configuration the I O modules can be re mapped to the second Input Output area This can be accomplished by using drag amp drop to move the I O modules To accomplish this perform the following sequence 1 Open the CJ1W PRM21 Master DTM Configuration User Interface 2 Select the Slave Area tab The window shows two sub tabs One for Output Allocation and one for Input Allocation The following points apply to each of these tabs 3 After setting up the initial I O configuration all I O modules will be shown in the overall list in the upper half of the Slave Area tab This is a pick list from which modules can be selected The allocated I O modules are listed in area 1 the column on the left of the lower half of the window 4 The I O modules in the pick list all remain there The allocated I O modules are copies of the modules selected from the pick list 5 In order to move an I O module from one area to another select the module in the pick list CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 5 Operation 6 Hold the left mouse button and drag the I O module to the Input Output area of choice Release the left mouse button to drop the module in place Note The area to p
390. to a Master Unit in the network this DTM will be invoked This DTM consists of two parts e The Settings User Interface will provide the user interface to display the device s information and the selectable values as defined in the GSD After making the necessary configuration settings and saving them these will be transferred to the Master DTM e The Monitoring User Interface will provide a diagnostics interface allowing the user to check the Slave s status This DTM obtains the necessary information from the PROFIBUS Master Unit s monitoring DTM Note Note The Generic Slave DTM provides parameter settings related to PROFIBUS DP V1 However it does not support PROFIBUS DP V1 communication Downloading the Configuration After setting up the configuration it must be downloaded to the PROFIBUS Master Unit Connection to the CJ1W PRM21 Unit is achieved through a communication port of the NJ series Controller Unit using CX Server CX Server also allows routing the download through multiple sys tems if supported by these systems The CJ1W PRM21 does not support message routing CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 1 Features and System Configuration D 3 sg 9 1 3 2 Specifications S Fi Functional Specifications i Es Item Specification Operating Hardware platform Personal computer IBM PC AT or compatible environment e Processor Pentium 700 MHz or higher e
391. tor is ON e Master Errors flag may provide more information _MstrBusErr MstrProtErr _MstrAdrErr MstrHweErr e Slave Data Exchange Ative Flags show which slaves have problems Verify that the network installation is cor rect e Verify that all slaves are powered up and functioning correctly Verify that all slave devices are cor rectly connected to the network Verify that any repeaters used are func tioning correctly Check the cable length versus the selected baud rate Verify that any stubs used are not too long Verify that termination resistors and inductors are properly set and used 7 19 YIOMJON 84 Huljooysalqnoly p 2 Ls uonesiunwwoy O Bunooyse qnol p 2 7 Troubleshooting and Maintenance 7 20 Problem PROFIBUS Master Unit is configured Some but not all slaves exchange data Probable Cause Network cabling is not correct BF indicator is ON or Flashing e Master Errors flag may provide more information _MstrBusErr MstrProtErr _MstrAdrErr MstrHweErr e Slave Data Exchange Active Flags show which slaves have problems Correction Verify that the network installation is cor rect e Verify that all slaves are powered up and functioning correctly Verify that all slave devices are cor rectly connected to the network Verify that any repeaters used are func tioning correctly e Check the cable length versus the selected baud rate
392. trol commands These messages are unconfirmed broadcast messages i e the slave devices do not send a response message which can be used to synchronize I O data related events two more slave devices I O Data Synchronization Two types of synchronization can be achieved e Synchronization of input data The inputs on one or more slave devices are read at the same time The synchronized data is transferred to the Master Unit during the next I O data exchange cycle The commands are defined as Freeze and Unfreeze e Synchronization of output data The outputs on one or more slave devices are set at the same time The synchronized data has been transferred to the slave devices during the previous I O data exchange cycle The commands are defined as Sync and Unsync spuewwog OU0D eqo D Bunywsues 9 G Note 1 The CJ1W PRM21 PROFIBUS Master Unit also uses Global Control commands to broad cast its own operational mode to other devices on the network These Global Control com mands are sent automatically without user interference e to all devices on the network i e not to specific groups e always at the start of every I O data exchange cycle and e only when the Master Unit is either in OPERATE or in CLEAR mode 2 The user can only initiate transmission of Freeze Unfreeze and Sync Unsync to either all slave devices or specific groups of slave devices These Global Control commands are transmitted separately from the automatically trans
393. troller double word format in the CPU memory area The figure below shows the conversion in graphic format CPU Data area PROFIBUS Bit 07 Bit 00 Bit 15 Bit 00 Byte 1 MSB Word 0 Double Word 0 Word 1 Byte 4 LSB A 6 2 Floating Point Data Conversions PROFIBUS defines the IEEE 754 format single precision floating point data type It is transferred over the network as a 4 byte data Most Significant Byte first In the CPU memory area the same data type and size is defined but data of this type is stored with the Most Significant bytes on the higher memory location and the Least Significant Bytes on the lower memory location The figure below shows the con version in graphic format CPU Data area PROFIBUS Bit 07 Bit 00 Bit 15 Bit 00 Byte 1 MSB Single precision floating point IEEE754 Word 0 Word 1 Byte 4 LSB A 6 3 Text String Data Conversion PROFIBUS defines ASCII text strings data type It is transferred over the network as a string of characters In order to maintain a readable string in the CPU memory the data is converted to fit the odd character in the Most Significant Byte of the words and the even characters in the Least Signif icant Byte of the words The string is stored on ascending word addresses in CPU memory The fig ure below illustrates the conversion CPU Data area PROFIBUS Bit 07 Bit 00 Bit 15 Word 0 ASCII Text string Word m A 22 CJ series P
394. ts in the NJ series CPU Unit Refer to the NJ series CPU Unit Software User s Manual Cat No W501 for details on the event logs in an NJ series CPU Unit Refer to the NJU series Troubleshooting Manual Cat No W503 for details on Controller errors confirmation methods and corrections C3 senes nae Ureta 7 6 2 Error Table The errors that may occur for this Unit are listed below Event levels are given in the table as follows Maj Major fault level Prt Partial fault level Min Minor fault level Obs Observation Info Information Refer to the NJ series Troubleshooting Manual Cat No W503 for all of the event codes that may occur in an NJ series Controller 7 26 CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 7 Troubleshooting and Maintenance Level Event code Event name Meaning Assumed cause Maj Prt Min Obs Info 38110000 hex Double Mas There is a Master e A second Master with the same address x ter Address address duplica has been detected on the Bus Error tion setting 38120000 hex Parameter There is a problem An error has been detected in the con x Error with the contents of tents of the Parameter set while configur the parameters ing the PROFIBUS interface 58010000 hex Mode Com There is a problem More than one command mode switch x mand Error with the Mode set has been set ting of the Unit A mode command switch is set while the previous
395. tween the Unit and the ter Unit CPU Lit Not a valid combination during operation Note If operational errors prevent the Unit from functioning correctly the PRM BST COMM and BF indicators will remain OFF 7 2 4 Unit Configuration Errors Unit configuration errors are errors which occur during download of the new configuration or after restarting the Unit following a download The error can be determined by examining the ERC and the PRM indicators The error determination procedure uses the table below To determine the error e First find the status of the ERC indicator left column e Move one column to the right and find the PRM indicator status The probable error causes are then listed to the right of the third column ERC PRM Probable Cause Correction Not lit Not lit Not a valid combination Lit No errors The PROFIBUS DP Parameter set is ready for use Flashing No errors A new configuration is being downloaded from the configurator CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 7 5 10 E91PU HUN 42 S2W SNAIOUd 94 YM Buyooys jqnosL Z Z s4013 uonesnByuoD PUN P Z Z Troubleshooting and Maintenance ERC PRM Probable Cause Correction Lit Not lit An error has occurred while writing the Re download the Parameter sets from CX Parameter sets to the non volatile memory ConfiguratorFDT If the problem persists replace the PROFI BUS Master Unit During startup
396. u YIOMJON Z The two PROFIBUS data lines are designated A and B There are no regula To next tions on which cable core color should be connected to which of the two data station terminals on each PROFIBUS device the sole requirement is to ensure that the same core color is connected to the same terminal A or B for all devices throughout the entire system across all devices and bus segments The JOJDBUUOD 9 GeD SNAlsAOYd E Prom PROFIBUS Organization recommends the following rule for data line color lei codes PROFIBUS cables in general will use the colors red and green for the data lines with the following assignment e Data cable wire A green e Data cable wire B red This rule applies to both the incoming and the outgoing data lines CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 2 11 2 Nomenclature and Installation 2 3 4 Shielding Precautions Bus Cable Connector To ensure electro magnetic compatibility EMC the shield of the cable should be connected to the metal case of the plug connector If the Unit is installed in a control cabinet the bus cable shield should be brought into physical contact with a grounding rail using a grounding clamp or similar device The cable shield should continue in the cabinet right up to the PROFIBUS device Ensure that the CPU and the control panel in which it is mounted have the same ground potential by providing a large area meta
397. ubleshoot the device the configuration or the network connection Troubleshooting the device and the connection is discussed in section 7 4 2 Troubleshooting the Network using CX ConfiguratorFDT e Determine the status of the slave device e Determine if the slave device has reported extended diagnostics If extended diagnostics have been reported to the Master Unit the Extended diagnostics received indicator will be on Refer to section 7 4 2 Troubleshooting the Network using CX ConfiguratorFDT the Network using CX ConfiguratorFDT for a discussion on the errors reported by the slave and how to correct them Clearing Diagnostics Flags All slave devices will have to return their status in the diagnostics message after parameterization therefore all the indicators associated with the slave devices allocated to the Master Unit will indi cate received diagnostics immediately after network startup If all slave devices have established I O data exchange with the Master Unit this information may be less relevant To detect new diagnostics received during I O data exchange the user can clear all current new diagnostics flags by pressing the Clear Diagnostics button in the window thus making it easy to see newly received and more relevant diagnostics information Pressing Clear Diagnostics button will cause all yellow indicators to turn green 5 7 2 Monitoring Slave Status The Generic Slave DTM provides a Diagnosis User Interface with two tabs
398. uction Instruction Instruction Instruction Instruction Execution Execution Execution Execution Execution CIO Refresh Output data refresh O O 1 0 2 0 3 0 4 Input data refresh l l 1 2 PROFIBUS Cycle Cycle n Cycle n 1 Cycle n 2 End of PROFIBUS DP cycle End of PROFIBUS DP cycle End of PROFIBUS DP cycle PROFIBUS DP I O data exchange cycle gt CPU cyclic refresh results in the following I O transfer characteristics e Not all output data is guaranteed to be transmitted over the PROFIBUS network referring to the figure above Output data marked with O is overwritten by O 1 and therefore lost e Input data is always sent to the CPU Note 1 CPU cyclic refresh times may vary depending on the execution of the user program If vari ation is too large this may result in I O data being lost 2 To prevent output data not being transmitted over the PROFIBUS network the PROFIBUS DP cycle time must made at least two times the CPU cyclic refresh time This can be accomplished by changing the Target Token Rotation time in the Master DTM Configura tion User Interface see section 5 4 2 Setting the Bus Parameters PROFIBUS DP Cycle lt CPU Cyclic Refresh The figure below shows the effects of the cyclic refresh rules for the case in which the PROFIBUS DP I O data exchange cycle lt CPU cyclic refresh 5 36 CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 5 Operation Unit requests Unit requ
399. uits or e Faulty bus timings e A master device has been detected beyond the Highest Station Address HSA To correct this e Check the network wiring and make sure it is correct e Check for short circuits e Check the bus timing set through CX ConfiguratorF DT e Check if any other faulty devices are on the same network e After correction switch the Unit to CLEAR OPERATE mode again Auto Clear enabled TRUE CLEAR TRUE Slave Diagnostics received TRUE This combination indicates that one of the slave devices on the network failed causing an automatic transition to the CLEAR mode Check the Monitor Slave Status tab to see which slave failed OPERATE TRUE Slave Diagnostics received is TRUE Data Exchange FALSE Auto Clear enabled FALSE The Master Unit is still in OPERATE mode but not exchanging data with all its slave devices One or more of the slave devices on the network failed Check the Monitor Slave Status tab to see which slave failed Troubleshooting the Slave Devices If the Master Status tab indicates problems related to slave devices their status can be obtained by checking the Slave Status tab The figure below shows this tab As an example a failure of slave device 2 is shown CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 7 Troubleshooting and Maintenance lt i gt OIW PRH21 PROF ines O ue 18 Jaber Mate Sme STO A beer ratiy pte save
400. ully align the connectors to mount the PROFIBUS Master Unit Hook Hook holes Connector 2 Move the yellow sliders on the top and bottom of the Unit until they click into position to lock Move the sliders toward the back until they lock into place 2 6 CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 2 Nomenclature and Installation amp Precautions for Safe Use If the sliders are not securely locked the PROFIBUS Master Unit may not operate sufficiently To dismount the Unit move the sliders to the Release direction e Always turn OFF the power supply to the Controller before you mount or dismount a Unit or con nect or disconnect cables Provide separate conduits or ducts for the I O lines to prevent noise from high tension lines or power lines e Prevent wire clippings cutting chips or other materials from getting inside the Unit They could cause scorching failure and malfunction Pay particular attention to this during installation and take measures such as covering the unit If the Unit was shipped from the factory with the dust protection label on top of the unit be sure to remove that label before switching ON the power The label prevents heat dissipation and could cause a malfunction HUN J9ISEW SNAIIONd 24 Huljjeysuy Z Z Remove the label afier wiring suojnedeid BuljpueH Z Z rf CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Uni
401. upplier 105 Undefined control type An internal error has occurred Reinstall CX ConfiguratorFDT if problem persists contact supplier 106 Communication failure with An internal error has occurred Reinstall CX ConfiguratorFDT if the DTM problem persists contact supplier 107 GUI could not be closed An internal error has occurred Reinstall CX ConfiguratorFDT if CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 problem persists contact supplier Appendices A 6 I O Data Type Definitions Standard PROFIBUS DP defines two types of I O data e 8 bit bytes sized data e 16 bit word sized data The standard for PROFIBUS extension also referred to as PROFIBUS DP V1 defines the following additional data types e 8 bit byte signed unsigned Integer data e 16 bit word signed unsigned Integer data e 32 bit double word signed unsigned Integer data e 32 bit single precision floating point IEEE754 format e ASCII Text strings of indeterminate length in 8 bit bytes e 7 byte Date format e 6 byte Time of Day format e 6 byte Time Difference format The NJ series controller unit defines similar data types which however differ in size and or storage for mat in the CPU memory Since the PROFIBUS Master Units provides an interface between a PROFI BUS network and the NJ series controller unit the Unit will provide the necessary conversions to ensure that the I O data on the PROFIBUS network i
402. urrent user role i e the login level g 5 In case the Error Log view has been closed the status bar will additionally display a x symbol to Q indicate that new errors are available in the Error Log view Double clicking the symbol will open the a Q Error Log view g 3 1 3 Device Catalogue Device Catalogue Main Components The Device Catalogue is one of the main components in CX ConfiguratorFDT Its main functions are e to maintain a list of installed DTM and GSD files e to provide convenient sorting and categorizing of the list e to allow updating the list after installation of new DTMs or GSD files e to provide detailed information on selected DTMs The main layout of the Device Catalogue is shown below CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 3 5 3 Configuration Software Device name File date DTM categories Version number Vendor name ream Install a new GSD file Update Device Catalogue Add selected device to the network Invoking the Device Catalogue The Device Catalogue window is opened by either selecting the icon in the CX Configura torFDT toolbar or by selecting the View Device Catalogue menu option Both options have toggle function selecting one of them again will close the Device Catalogue 3 6 CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 3 Configuration Software DTM View Layout The left view allows
403. ves based on the value of TIR i Determining the Bus Parameters The bus parameters defined in the previous paragraph are used to configure the PROFIBUS DP hardware interface and to calculate the cycle time for I O data exchange as well as the watchdog value Most of the parameters set in the Bus Parameter Tab are directly transferred to the interface hardware registers The table below lists these parameters along with their default value for the available baud rates These values are also the minimum values for each parameter at a given baud rate Baud rate Toui TSET TSL 2 Retry ra e min TSpR MX TSpR IKBItS E tst terry terr Limit ms tgr tgr 9 6 0 1 100 1 1 10 11 60 19 2 0 1 100 1 1 10 11 60 45 45 0 95 640 1 1 10 1 400 93 75 0 1 100 1 1 10 11 60 187 5 0 1 100 1 1 10 11 60 500 0 1 200 1 1 10 1 100 1500 0 1 300 1 1 10 11 150 3000 3 4 400 1 2 10 11 250 6000 6 8 600 1 3 10 11 450 12000 9 43 1000 1 4 10 11 1600 The parameters to calculate are e Min Slave Interval t e Target Rotation Time BIT tsir e Watchdog timeout ms e Data Control Time ms These four values depend on the number of slave devices allocated to the PROFIBUS Master Unit the number of I O bytes each of the slave devices will exchange with the Master Unit and how many other Master Units are on the PROFIBUS network at the same time Furthermore the Unit will require additional time to pro
404. view e DTM names can be edited by the user e Any change to the parameters of a DTM is clearly marked in the tree view until the project is downloaded to the Master Unit Device Catalogue functions The Device Catalogue maintains the installed device DTMs After installation of a new DTM the user must refresh the database The Device Catalogue provides the following functions e Update Device Catalogue e Add device DTMs to the network directly e Install a GSD file This function allows copying of GSD files to a specific directory after which they are available for the Generic Slave DTM Support functions CX ConfiguratorFDT provides the following additional support func tions e Context sensitive help functions e Error logging e Monitoring of FDT communication between DTMs Multi language support 1 20 CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 Item CJ1W PRM21 DTM Device setup 1 Features and System Configuration Specification Device setup allows the user to Select the PROFIBUS Master Unit s unit number e Configure the communication link between the PC and the Unit This function invokes the user interface of CX Server Test the Units communication link and read out the Unit s informa tion Master setup It allows enabling of Auto Addressing to facilitate I O data mapping as well as defining the Unit s behavior in case of e a network m
405. ways e Change the DTM address through the Generic Slave DTM e Change the DTM address through the Slave DTM Address Assignment table via the Master DTM Changing the DTM address via the Generic Slave DTM The first option using the Generic Slave DTM is illustrated in the example below Assume that the F150 PRT Vision system in the previous example has an actual network address of 10 instead of 4 which was automatically assigned In order to change the network address of the F150 PRT or any other slave device perform the procedure outlined below CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 5 9 5 Operation Note Open the Configuration User Interface for the slave device by selecting it in the Network view and double clicking the left mouse button Select the Station Address field at the top of the Configuration tab see figure below and change the value to 10 Select the OK or Apply button at the bottom of the window The OK button will close the DTM Configuration User Interface Comme TMC OMbt gt FISO PRT Conliquestion wos MRON Sayom hato Paadu Guo Terese beren Zaton Ades 4 J Eutie watchdog corti Sba rhprer Mas engh d rou uane es M bte Mas engh of rou dta tee ee angh of apu Gea w Oy Mae uber f oct bet hs ating AOA ea ose ure Woe Uac Anp of On gt 07 amp ssc Amp or sf ee stared Meares a Mosse iame wp Ozo DOF GOA ogee Latgeec
406. wn in the example below wesboId SN 94 w014 Buissoo0y Z p y GRTI S ARRAY 15 Gf BOOL GAT1_ 008 Siotl2 Out ARRAY 6 7 of BOOL EN Additional Information For details on CJ Unit memory variable allocation and user defined variable registration refer to section 5 5 3 Assigning User defined Variables and Sysmac Studio Ver 1 0 Operation Manual Cat No W504 CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 4 7 4 Data Exchange with the CPU Unit 4 2 Device Variables for CJ series Unit Software Switches Statuses When you operate and reference software switches and statuses use the following Device Variables for CJ series Unit allocated to the I O port of this Unit Name of Device Variable for CJ Sotige Uni Type R W Description SwCmd WORD RW Software Switches Section 4 2 1 MstrOperateCmd BOOL RW Bit 00 Switch master to OPERATE mode MstrStopCmd BOOL RW Bit 01 Switch master to STOP mode MstrClearCmd BOOL RW Bit 02 Switch master to CLEAR mode MstrOfflineCmd BOOL RW Bit 03 Switch master to OFFLINE mode GlobCtlTxCmd BOOL RW Bit 04 Transmit Global Control command ClrNewDiagCmd BOOL RW Bit 08 Clear new diagnostics bits GlobCtlCmd WORD RW Global Control Command Section 4 2 2 GlobCtlGrp1 BOOL RW Bit 00 Send command to slaves of Group 1 GlobCtlGrp2 B
407. wnloading a configu ration as well as monitoring the Master Unit To setup the communication to the Unit perform the fol lowing procedure 1 Open the Master DTM Configuration Interface Device Setup tab see section 3 3 1 Configura tion User Interface 2 Select the Unit Number It must match the unit number set on the PROFIBUS Master Unit through the rotary switch on the front 3 Select the Configure button to start CX Server CX Server Up on pressing the Configure button CX Server is launched and displays the CX Server User Inter face as shown below CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 3 Configuration Software Configuring CX Server In order to configure CX Server for communication with the Unit perform the following procedure 1 Select the type of CPU to which the Unit is attached from the Device Type drop down selection box 2 Press the Settings button next to the CPU type selected The CPU settings window see figure below is displayed ia Deve Type Setsag INISOL m WLA 193S SNAIJHOHd LZWNd MLrO Z LZW d MLfro 94 0 Buyoauu0D E Z 3 In this window make the proper adjustments if necessary The selections made must match the physical configuration of the CPU system When done press the OK button 4 Select the Network Type to be used as connection between the PC and the Unit The available options may include other CPU systems or Communicat
408. work soeLaluy snN oNsoUBeIg Z Z Monitor Tab The DTM Diagnostics User Interface Monitor tab contains three sub tabs e Master Status tab e Slave Status tab e Error History tab Also the Diagnostics data refreshing mode can be selected e Automatic The Diagnostics data is constantly retrieved from the Unit e Manual The Diagnostics data is retrieved only once from the Unit when pressing the Manual button Master Status Tab The Master Status tab shown in the figure above contains Diagnostics information regarding the Master Status Each of the four status boxes is related to one of the Unit s status words in the CPU memory see 4 2 3 Unit Status _UnitSta to 4 2 6 Slave Status _Si vSta The status is indicated by red or green indicators Red indicates an error situation green indicates a status indication The indicators are listed in the table below CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 3 29 3 Configuration Software Master Status Indicator Description OPERATE Master Unit is in OPERATE mode STOP Master Unit is in STOP mode CLEAR Master Unit is in CLEAR mode OFFLINE Master Unit is in OFFLINE mode Data Exchange When set to TRUE it indicates that the Master Unit is in Data Exchange with all its allocated and enabled slave devices Auto Clear enabled Auto Clear function has been enabled in the downloaded configuration Valid C
409. x 1 Index Index A Access Rights 222 aversoeere avon en ee bdudes 3 13 Add Device 3 i206 aati De hee eee ee ee 5 7 Allocation AreaS 0 0 00 cece ee 3 21 Assumed cause 2 000 cee eee eee 7 27 AT Specification 20000 0 eee 4 3 4 5 AT Specification Destination 4 2 Auto Addressing 20 000 5 27 5 29 B Baud Rate 1 4 2 10 3 20 A 10 A 11 Broadcast Communication 1 6 Bus Cable Connector 00000 00 ee 2 11 C Cable Length orca aiie nnda ea Aa eee es 2 9 Cable Type cesce e beet epee tbe ee tert a aie 2 9 CIOcAT Cae vies Sire Sab date eh ae na aa dee A 2 CLEAR 2226 2 cttw cain pie a ed weet 1 7 5 42 5 50 Common Parameter 00000 0 eee eens 5 14 COMPIeSSING piscata eee he kre neiro tanie weed 5 33 CPU Cyclic Refresh Rules 004 5 35 CxX ConfiguratorFDT 1 9 1 17 1 20 GCX SONWER cic ois hea a Se ee ee ee 5 21 D Data Types ences eek wade ew ee wes 5 34 Detailed Codes 0 0 0 cece ee 7 24 Device Catalogue 0 cee eee ee 3 5 Device DTM aaner ae tate way Aa aA ees 1 9 Device Profile seer e a cc eee eee eee 1 5 Device Station Address 0 0000005 3 27 Device Variable for CJ series Unit 4 2 4 3 4 8 DIMAS C8 aan r Siete 0k Set ea BE GES A 2 DTM Device Catalogue Window 3 3 Dust Prote
410. y either connecting the USB port of the PC to the NJ series controller unit with a USB interface cable or use an ethernet connection between the PC and the NJ series con troller unit CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 2 13 uoneinByUuoyd a1eMYOS p Z suoqnedaid Bulpjalys Z 2 Nomenclature and Installation 2 14 CJ series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ series CPU Unit W509 Configuration Software This section presents an overview of the Configuration software and discusses the main aspects of defining a PROFIBUS configuration A more detailed description of the use of the Configuration software can be found in section 5 Operation 3 1 3 3 CX ContiguratorF DT fic5c5 sie ee SS ea Be Ge ee eS 3 2 3 1 1 Starting CX ConfiguratorFDT 0 0 ete 3 2 3 1 2 CX ConfiguratorFDT Main Window 0 0 cee eee 3 2 3 1 3 Device Catalogue iie che eee Ride eee eon bbe A 3 5 3 1 4 Updating the Device Catalogue 0 cece ee 3 8 3 1 5 Adding Devices to the Network 000000 eens 3 8 3 1 6 Saving and Opening Projects 0 cee eee 3 9 3 1 7 Exporting to HTML ait ie e eee ete eave te Rae 3 9 3 1 8 Error Logging and FDT Monitoring 0 0c eee eee 3 10 3 1 9 Access Control and User Management 0 000 cee eee eee 3 11 CJ1W PRM21 PROFIBUS Master DTM 22000 ce eee eee 3 15 3 2 1 Configuration User In
411. y the DTMs and by the CX ConfiguratorFDT container application All messages include the Time and Date of occurrence as well as the DTM Name as shown in the Network view Purpose of the Error Log The purpose of the Error Log view is error reporting as well as troubleshooting The contents of the window can be copied to the clipboard to allow it to be pasted into another document or into an email The errors themselves as well as the sequence of errors may hold additional clues in case of problems Error Log Format The format used in the Error Log view is Time lt Time gt Date lt Date gt lt DTM name gt lt message gt The message displayed originates from the DTM in which the error occurred The figure below shows an example of an error message sequence This example sequence is gen erated after attempting to change a slave address to that of another slave already assigned to the same Master Unit Eos Lag aa 2 Date 08 Mew TW RMS PROF Matin Sipe Peeks have igur Adrie er Oe Tw PRM PROF Assan Sipe pide tA detected News aders miget Tee 2 By right clicking the mouse cursor in the Error Log view a context menu is displayed This context menu provides the options listed below Error Log View Context Menu Menu item Description Equivalent menu command Clear all entries Clears the entire Error Log view Copy to clipboard Copies the entire contents of the Error Log view to the clipboard

CJ-series PROFIBUS Master Unit Operation Manual for NJ

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents